2 $Id: RELEASE_NOTES,v 8.1730 2005/03/28 00:31:23 gshapiro Exp $
5 This listing shows the version of the sendmail binary, the version
6 of the sendmail configuration files, the date of release, and a
7 summary of the changes in that release.
9 8.13.4/8.13.4 2005/03/27
10 The bug fixes in 8.13.3 for connection handling uncovered a
11 different error which could result in connections that
12 stay in CLOSE_WAIT state due to a variable that was not
13 properly initialized. Problem noted by Michael Sims.
14 Deal with empty hostnames in hostsignature(). This bug could lead
15 to an endless loop when doing LMTP deliveries to another
16 host. Problem first reported by Martin Lathoud and
17 tracked down by Gael Roualland.
18 Make sure return parameters are initialized in getmxrr(). Problem
19 found by Gael Roualland using valgrind.
20 If shared memory is used and the RunAsUser option is set, then the
21 owner and group of the shared memory segment is set to
22 the ids specified RunAsUser and the access mode is set
23 to 0660 to allow for updates by sendmail processes.
24 The number of queue entries that is (optionally) kept in shared
25 memory was wrong in some cases, e.g., envelope splitting
26 and bounce generation.
27 Undo a change made in 8.13.0 to silently truncate long strings
28 in address rewriting because the message can be triggered
29 for header checks where long strings are legitimate.
30 Problem reported by Mary Verge DeSisto, and tracked
31 down with the help of John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
32 The internal stab map did not obey the -m flag. Patch from
33 Rob McMahon of Warwick University, England.
34 The socket map did not obey the -f flag. Problem noted by
35 Dan Ringdahl, forwarded by Andrzej Filip.
36 The addition of LDAP recursion in 8.13.0 broke enforcement of
37 the LDAP map -1 argument which tells the MTA to only
38 return success if and only if a single LDAP match is found.
39 Add additional error checks in the MTA for milter communication
40 to avoid a possible segmentation fault. Based on patch
42 Do not trigger an assertion if X509_digest() returns success but
43 does not assign a value to its output parameter. Based
44 on patch by Brian Kantor.
45 Add more checks when resetting internal AUTH data (applies only
46 to Cyrus SASL version 2). Otherwise an SMTP session might
47 be dropped after an AUTH failure.
49 Add LA_LONGLONG as valid LA_TYPE type for systems that use
50 "long long" to read load average data, e.g.,
51 AIX 5.1 in 32 bit mode. Note: this has to be set
52 "by hand", it is not (yet) automatically detected.
53 Problem noted by Burak Bilen.
54 Use socklen_t for accept(), etc. on AIX 5.x. This should
55 fix problems when compiling in 64 bit mode.
56 Problem first reported by Harry Meiert of
63 8.13.3/8.13.3 2005/01/11
64 Enhance handling of I/O errors, especially EOF, when STARTTLS
66 Make sure a connection is not reused after it has been closed
67 due to a 421 error. Problem found by Allan E Johannesen
68 of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
69 Avoid triggering an assertion when sendmail is interrupted while
70 closing a connection. Problem found by Allan E Johannesen
71 of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
72 Regression: a change in 8.13.2 caused sendmail not to try the
73 next MX host (or FallbackMXhost if configured) when, at
74 connection open, the current server returns a 4xy or 5xy
75 SMTP reply code. Problem noted by Mark Tranchant.
77 8.13.2/8.13.2 2004/12/15
78 Do not split the first header even if it exceeds the internal
79 buffer size. Previously a part of such a header would
80 end up in the body of the message. Problem noted by
81 Simple Nomad of BindView.
82 Do not complain about "cataddr: string too long" when checking
83 headers that do not contain RFC 2822 addresses.
84 Problem noted by Rich Graves of Brandeis University.
85 If a server returns a 421 reply to the RSET command between
86 message deliveries, do not attempt to deliver any more
87 messages on that connection. This prevents bogus "Bad
88 file number" recipient status. Problem noted by
89 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
90 Allow trailing white space in EHLO command as recommended by RFC
91 2821. Problem noted by Ralph Santagato of SBC Services.
92 Deal with clients which use AUTH but negotiate a smaller buffer size
93 for data exchanges than the value used by sendmail, e.g.,
94 Cyrus IMAP lmtp server. Based on patch by Jamie Clark.
95 When passing ESMTP arguments for RCPT to a milter, do not cut
96 them off at a comma. Problem noted by Krzysztof Oledzki.
97 Add more logging to milter change header functions to
98 complement existing logging. Based on patch from
99 Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State.
100 Include <lber.h> in include/sm/config.h when LDAPMAP is defined.
101 Patch from Edgar Hoch of the University of Stuttgart.
102 Fix DNS lookup if IPv6 is enabled when converting an IP address
103 to a hostname for use with SASL. Problem noted by Ken Jones;
104 patch from Hajimu UMEMOTO.
105 CONFIG: For consistency enable MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS for the prog
106 mailer. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
107 LIBMILTER: It was possible that xxfi_abort() was called after
108 xxfi_eom() for a message if some timeouts were triggered.
109 Patch from Alexey Kravchuk.
110 LIBMILTER: Slightly rearrange mutex use in listener.c to allow
111 different threads to call smfi_opensocket() and smfi_main().
112 Patch from Jordan Ritter of Cloudmark.
113 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly terminate MBDB before exiting. Problem
114 noted by Nelson Fung.
115 MAIL.LOCAL: make strip-mail.local used a wrong path to access
116 mail.local. Problem noted by William Park.
117 VACATION: Properly terminate MBDB before exiting. Problem noted
120 Add support for DragonFly BSD.
122 cf/ostype/dragonfly.m4
123 devtools/OS/DragonFly
124 include/sm/os/sm_os_dragonfly.h
128 8.13.1/8.13.1 2004/07/30
129 Using the default AliasFile ldap: specification would cause the
130 objectClasses of the LDAP response to be included in the
131 alias expansion. Problem noted by Brenden Conte of
132 Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute.
133 Fix support for a fallback smart host for system where DNS is
134 (partially) available. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
135 Fix SuperSafe=PostMilter behavior when a milter replaces a body
136 but the data file is not yet stored on disk because it is
137 smaller than the size of the memory buffer. Problem noted
139 Fix certificate revocation list support; if a CRL was specified
140 but the other side presented a cert that was signed by
141 a different (trusted) CA than the one which issued the CRL,
142 verification would always fail. Problem noted by Al Smith.
143 Run mailer programs as the RunAsUser when RunAsUser is set and
144 the F=S mailer flag is set without a U= mailer equate.
145 Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of Proofpoint.
146 ${nbadrcpts} was off by one if BadRcptThrottle is zero.
147 Patch from Sung-hoon Choi of DreamWiz Inc.
148 CONFIG: Emit a warning if FEATURE(`access_db') is used after
149 FEATURE(`greet_pause') because then the latter will not
150 use the access map. Note: if no default value is given
151 for FEATURE(`greet_pause') then it issues an error if
152 FEATURE(`access_db') is not specified before it.
153 Problem noted by Alexander Dalloz of University of
155 CONFIG: Invoke ruleset Local_greet_pause if FEATURE(`greet_pause')
156 is used to give more flexibility for local changes.
158 Fix a 64 bit problem in the socket map code. Problem
159 noted by Geoff Adams.
160 NetBSD 2.0F has closefrom(3). Patch from Andrew Brown.
161 NetBSD can use sysctl(3) to get the number of CPUs in
162 a system. Patch from Andrew Brown.
163 Add a README file in doc/op/ to explain potential
164 incompatibilities with various *roff related
165 tools. Problem tracked down by Per Hedeland.
169 8.13.0/8.13.0 2004/06/20
170 Do not include AUTH data in a bounce to avoid leaking confidential
171 information. See also cf/README about MSP and the section
172 "Providing SMTP AUTH Data when sendmail acts as Client".
173 Problem noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
175 Fix compilation error in libsm/clock.c for -D_FFR_SLEEP_USE_SELECT=n
176 and -DSM_CONF_SETITIMER=0. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi
177 of RUS University of Stuttgart.
178 Fix bug in conversion from 8bit to quoted-printable. Problem found
179 by Christof Haerens, patch from Per Hedeland.
180 Add support for LDAP recursion based on types given to attribute
181 specifications in an LDAP map definition. This allows
182 LDAP queries to return a new query, a DN, or an LDAP
183 URL which will in turn be queried. See the ``LDAP
184 Recursion'' section of doc/op/op.me for more information.
185 Based on patch from Andrew Baucom.
186 Extend the default LDAP specifications for AliasFile
187 (O AliasFile=ldap:) and file classes (F{X}@LDAP) to
188 include support for LDAP recursion via new attributes.
189 See ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section
190 of cf/README for more information.
191 New option for LDAP maps: the -w option allows you to specify the
192 LDAP API/protocol version to use. The default depends on
194 New option for LDAP maps: the -H option allows you to specify an
195 LDAP URI instead of specifying the LDAP server via -h host
196 and -p port. This also allows for the use of LDAP over
197 SSL and connections via named sockets if your LDAP
199 New compile time flag SM_CONF_LDAP_INITIALIZE: set this if
200 ldap_initialize(3) is available (and LDAPMAP is set).
201 If MaxDaemonChildren is set and a command is repeated too often
202 during a SMTP session then terminate it just like it is
203 done for too many bad SMTP commands.
204 Basic connection rate control support has been added: the daemon
205 maintains the number of incoming connections per client
206 IP address and total in the macros {client_rate} and
207 {total_rate}, respectively. These macros can be used
208 in the cf file to impose connection rate limits.
209 A new option ConnectionRateWindowSize (default: 60s)
210 determines the length of the interval for which the
211 number of connections is stored. Based on patch from
212 Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz, Ecole des Mines de Paris.
213 Add optional protection from open proxies and SMTP slammers which
214 send SMTP traffic without waiting for the SMTP greeting.
215 If enabled by the new ruleset greet_pause (see
216 FEATURE(`greet_pause')), sendmail will wait the specified
217 amount of time before sending the initial 220 SMTP
218 greeting. If any traffic is received before then, a 554
219 SMTP response is sent and all SMTP commands are rejected
220 during that connection.
221 If 32 NOOP (or unknown/bad) commands are issued by a client the SMTP
222 server could sleep for a very long time. Fix based on
223 patch from Tadashi Kobayashi of IIJ.
224 Fix a potential memory leak in persistent queue runners if the
225 number of entries in the queue exceeds the limit of jobs.
226 Problem noted by Steve Hubert of University of Washington.
227 Do not use 4.7.1 as enhanced status code because some broken systems
228 misinterpret it as a permanent error.
229 New value for SuperSafe: PostMilter which will delay fsync() until
230 all milters accepted the mail. This can increase
231 performance if many mails are rejected by milters due to
232 body scans. Based on patch from David F. Skoll.
233 New macro {msg_id} which contains the value of the Message-Id:
234 header, whether provided by the client or generated by
236 New macro {client_connections} which contains the number of open
237 connections in the SMTP server for the client IP address.
238 Based on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz, Ecole des
240 sendmail will now remove its pidfile when it exits. This was done
241 to prevent confusion caused by running sendmail stop
242 scripts two or more times, where the second and subsequent
243 runs would report misleading error messages about sendmail's
244 pid no longer existing. See section 1.3.15 of doc/op/op.me
245 for a discussion of the implications of this, including
246 how to correct broken scripts which may have depended on
247 the old behavior. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
248 Support per-daemon input filter lists which override the default
249 filter list specified in InputMailFilters. The filters
250 can be listed in the I= equate of DaemonPortOptions.
251 Do not add all domain prefixes of the hostname to class 'w'. If
252 your configuration relies on this behavior, you have to
253 add those names to class 'w' yourself. Problem noted
255 Support message quarantining in the mail queue. Quarantined
256 messages are not run on normal queue displays or runs
257 unless specifically requested with -qQ. Quarantined queue
258 files are named with an hf prefix instead of a qf prefix.
259 The -q command line option now can specify which queue to display
260 or run. -qQ operates on quarantined queue items. -qL
261 operates on lost queue items.
262 Restricted mail queue runs and displays can be done based on the
263 quarantined reason using -qQtext to run or display
264 quarantined items if the quarantine reason contains the
265 given text. Similarly, -q!Qtext will run or display
266 quarantined items which do not have the given text in the
268 Items in the queue can be quarantined or unquarantined using the
269 new -Q option. See doc/op/op.me for more information.
270 When displaying the quarantine mailq with 'mailq -qQ', the
271 quarantine reason is shown in a new line prefixed by
273 A new error code for the $#error mailer, $@ quarantine, can be used
274 to quarantine messages in check_* (except check_compat) and
275 header check rulesets. The $: of the mailer triplet will
276 be used for the quarantine reason.
277 Add a new quarantine count to the mailstats collected.
278 Add a new macro ${quarantine} which is the quarantine reason for a
279 message if it is quarantined.
280 New map type "socket" for a trivial query protocol over UNIX domain
281 or TCP sockets (requires compile time option SOCKETMAP).
282 See sendmail/README and doc/op/op.me for details as well as
283 socketmapServer.pl and socketmapClient.pl in contrib.
284 Code donated by Bastiaan Bakker of LifeLine Networks.
285 Define new macro ${client_ptr} which holds the result of the PTR
286 lookup for the client IP address. Note: this is the same
287 as ${client_name} if and only if ${client_resolve} is OK.
288 Add a new macro ${nbadrcpts} which contains the number of bad
289 recipients received so far in a transaction.
290 Call check_relay with the value of ${client_name} to deal with bogus
291 DNS entries. See also FEATURE(`use_client_ptr'). Problem
292 noted by Kai Schlichting.
293 Treat Delivery-Receipt-To: headers the same as Return-Receipt-To:
294 headers (turn them into DSNs). Delivery-Receipt-To: is
295 apparently used by SIMS (Sun Internet Mail System).
296 Enable connection caching for LPC mailers. Patch from Christophe
297 Wolfhugel of France Telecom Oleane.
298 Do not silently truncate long strings in address rewriting.
299 Add support for Cyrus SASL version 2. From Kenneth Murchison of
301 Add a new AuthOption=m flag to require the use of mechanisms which
302 support mutual authentication. From Kenneth Murchison of
304 Fix logging of TLS related problems (introduced in 8.12.11).
305 The macros {auth_author} and {auth_authen} are stored in xtext
306 format just like the STARTTLS related macros to avoid
307 problems with parsing them. Problem noted by Pierangelo
308 Masarati of SysNet s.n.c.
309 New option AuthRealm to set the authentication realm that is
310 passed to the Cyrus SASL library. Patch from Gary Mills
311 of the University of Manitoba.
312 Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS verification was
313 successful, otherwise relaying would be allowed if
314 EXTERNAL is listed in TRUST_AUTH_MECH() and STARTTLS
316 Add basic support for certificate revocation lists. Note: if a
317 CRLFile is specified but the file is unusable, STARTTLS
318 is disabled. Based on patch by Ralf Hornik.
319 Enable workaround for inconsistent Cyrus SASLv1 API for mechanisms
320 DIGEST-MD5 and LOGIN.
321 Write pid to file also if sendmail only acts as persistent queue
322 runner. Proposed by Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
323 Keep daemon pid file(s) locked so other daemons don't try to
324 overwrite each other's pid files.
325 Increase maximum length of logfile fields for {cert_subject} and
326 {cert_issuer} from 128 to 256. Requested by Christophe
327 Wolfhugel of France Telecom.
328 Log the TLS verification message on the STARTTLS= log line at
329 LogLevel 12 or higher.
330 If the MSP is invoked with the verbose option (-v) then it will
331 try to use the SMTP command VERB to propagate this option
332 to the MTA which in turn will show the delivery just like
333 it was done before the default 8.12 separation of MSP and
334 MTA. Based on patch by Per Hedeland.
335 If a daemon is refusing connections for longer than the time specified
336 by the new option RejectLogInterval (default: 3 hours) due
337 to high load, log this information. Patch from John Beck
339 Remove the ability for non-trusted users to raise the value of
340 CheckpointInterval on the command line.
341 New mailer flag 'B' to strip leading backslashes, which is a
342 subset of the functionality of the 's' flag.
343 New mailer flag 'W' to ignore long term host status information.
344 Patch from Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart.
345 Enable generic mail filter API (milter) by default. To turn
346 it off, add -DMILTER=0 to the compile time options.
347 An internal SMTP session discard flag was lost after an RSET/HELO/EHLO
348 causing subsequent messages to be sent instead of being
349 discarded. This also caused milter callbacks to be called
350 out of order after the SMTP session was reset.
351 New option RequiresDirfsync to turn off the compile time flag
352 REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC at runtime. See sendmail/README for
354 New command line option -D logfile to send debug output to
355 the indicated log file instead of stdout.
356 Add Timeout.queuereturn.dsn and Timeout.queuewarn.dsn to control
357 queue return and warning times for delivery status
359 New queue sort order option: 'n'one for not sorting the queue entries
361 Several more return values for ruleset srv_features have been added
362 to enable/disable certain features in the server per
363 connection. See doc/op/op.me for details.
364 Support for SMTP over SSL (smtps), activated by Modifier=s
365 for DaemonPortOptions.
366 Continue with DNS lookups on ECONNREFUSED and TRY_AGAIN when
367 trying to canonify hostnames. Suggested by Neil Rickert
368 of Northern Illinois University.
369 Add support for a fallback smart host (option FallbackSmartHost) to
370 be tried as a last resort after all other fallbacks. This
371 is designed for sites with partial DNS (e.g., an accurate
372 view of inside the company, but an incomplete view of
373 outside). From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
374 Enable timeout for STARTTLS even if client does not start the TLS
375 handshake. Based on patch by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
376 Remove deprecated -v option for PH map, use -k instead. Patch from
377 Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
378 libphclient is version 1.2.x by default, if version 1.1.x is required
379 then compile with -DNPH_VERSION=10100. Patch from Mark Roth
380 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
381 Add Milter.macros.eom, allowing macros to be sent to milter
382 applications for use in the xxfi_eom() callback.
383 New macro {time} which contains the output of the time(3) function,
384 i.e., the number of seconds since 0 hours, 0 minutes,
385 0 seconds, January 1, 1970, Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
386 If check_relay sets the reply code to "421" the SMTP server will
387 terminate the SMTP session with a 421 error message.
388 Get rid of dead code that tried to access the environment variable
390 Deprecate the use of ErrorMode=write. To enable this in 8.13
391 compile with -DUSE_TTYPATH=1.
392 Header check rulesets using $>+ (do not strip comments) will get
393 the header value passed in without balancing quotes,
394 parentheses, and angle brackets. Based on patch from
396 Do not complain and fix up unbalanced quotes, parentheses, and
397 angle brackets when reading in rulesets. This allows
398 rules to be written for header checks to catch strings
399 that contain quotes, parentheses, and/or angle brackets.
400 Based on patch from Oleg Bulyzhin.
401 Do not close socket when accept(2) in the daemon encounters
402 some temporary errors like ECONNABORTED.
403 Added list of CA certificates that are used by members of the
404 sendmail consortium, see CACerts.
406 Two new compile options have been added:
407 HASCLOSEFROM System has closefrom(3).
408 HASFDWALK System has fdwalk(3).
409 Based on patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
410 The Linux kernel version 2.4 series has a broken flock() so
411 change to using fcntl() locking until they can fix
412 it. Be sure to update other sendmail related
413 programs to match locking techniques.
414 New compile time option NEEDINTERRNO which should be set
415 if <errno.h> does not declare errno itself.
416 Support for UNICOS/mk and UNICOS/mp added, some changes for
417 UNICOS. Patches contributed by Aaron Davis and
418 Brian Ginsbach, Cray Inc., and Manu Mahonen of
419 Center for Scientific Computing.
420 Add support for Darwin 7.0/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther).
421 Extend support to Darwin 7.x/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther).
422 Remove path from compiler definition for Interix because
423 Interix 3.0 and 3.5 put gcc in different locations.
424 Also use <sys/mkdev.h> to get the correct
425 major()/minor() definitions. Based on feedback
426 from Mark Funkenhauser.
427 CONFIG: Add support for LDAP recursion to the default LDAP searches
428 for maps via new attributes. See the ``USING LDAP FOR
429 ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README and
430 cf/sendmail.schema for more information.
431 CONFIG: Make sure confTRUSTED_USER is valid even if confRUN_AS_USER
432 is of the form "user:group" when used for submit.mc.
433 Problem noted by Carsten P. Gehrke, patch from Neil Rickert
434 of Northern Illinois University.
435 CONFIG: Add a new access DB value of QUARANTINE:reason which
436 instructs the check_* (except check_compat) to quarantine
437 the message using the given reason.
438 CONFIG: Use "dns -R A" as map type for dnsbl (just as for enhdnsbl)
439 instead of "host" to avoid problem with looking up other
440 DNS records than just A.
441 CONFIG: New option confCONNECTION_RATE_WINDOW_SIZE to define the
442 length of the interval for which the number of incoming
443 connections is maintained.
444 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ratecontrol') to set the limits for connection
445 rate control for individual hosts or nets.
446 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`conncontrol') to set the limits for the
447 number of open SMTP connections for individual hosts or nets.
448 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`greet_pause') enables open proxy and SMTP
449 slamming protection described above. The feature can
450 take an argument specifying the milliseconds to wait and/or
451 use the access database to look the pause time based on
452 client hostname, domain, IP address, or subnet.
453 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`use_client_ptr') to have check_relay use
454 $&{client_ptr} as its first argument. This is useful for
455 rejections based on the unverified hostname of client,
456 which turns on the same behavior as in earlier sendmail
457 versions when delay_checks was not in use. See also entry
458 above about check_relay being invoked with ${client_name}.
459 CONFIG: New option confREJECT_LOG_INTERVAL to specify the log
460 interval when refusing connections for this long.
461 CONFIG: Remove quotes around usage of confREJECT_MSG; in some cases
462 this requires a change in a mc file. Requested by
463 Ted Roberts of Electronic Data Systems.
464 CONFIG: New option confAUTH_REALM to set the authentication realm
465 that is passed to the Cyrus SASL library. Patch from
466 Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
467 CONFIG: Rename the (internal) classes {tls}/{src} to {Tls}/{Src}
468 to follow the naming conventions.
469 CONFIG: Add a third optional argument to local_lmtp to specify
471 CONFIG: Remove the f flag from the default mailer flags of
473 CONFIG: New option confREQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC to turn off the compile
474 time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC at runtime.
475 CONFIG: New LOCAL_UUCP macro to insert rules into the generated
476 cf file at the same place where MAILER(`uucp') inserts
478 CONFIG: New options confTO_QUEUERETURN_DSN and confTO_QUEUEWARN_DSN
479 to control queue return and warning times for delivery
480 status notifications.
481 CONFIG: New option confFALLBACK_SMARTHOST to define FallbackSmartHost.
482 CONFIG: Add the mc file which has been used to create the cf
483 file to the end of the cf file when using make in cf/cf/.
484 Patch from Richard Rognlie.
485 CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) has been removed, it was a no-op since 8.9.
486 Use ServiceSwitchFile to turn off DNS lookups, see
488 CONFIG: New option confMILTER_MACROS_EOM (sendmail Milter.macros.eom
489 option) defines macros to be sent to milter applications for
490 use in the xxfi_eom() callback.
491 CONFIG: New option confCRL to specify file which contains
492 certificate revocations lists.
493 CONFIG: Add a new value (sendertoo) for the third argument to
494 FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which will reject the SMTP
495 MAIL From: command if the sender address doesn't exist
496 in LDAP. See cf/README for more information.
497 CONFIG: Add a fifth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
498 instructs the rulesets on whether or not to do a domain
499 lookup if a full address lookup doesn't match. See cf/README
500 for more information.
501 CONFIG: Add a sixth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
502 instructs the rulesets on whether or not to queue the mail
503 or give an SMTP temporary error if the LDAP server can't be
504 reached. See cf/README for more information. Based on
505 patch from Billy Ray Miller of Caterpillar.
506 CONFIG: Experimental support for MTAMark, see cf/README for details.
507 CONFIG: New option confMESSAGEID_HEADER to define a different
508 Message-Id: header format. Patch from Bastiaan Bakker
509 of LifeLine Networks.
510 CONTRIB: New version of cidrexpand which uses Net::CIDR. From
512 CONTRIB: oldbind.compat.c has been removed due to security problems.
513 Found by code inspection done by Reasoning, Inc.
514 DEVTOOLS: Add an example file for devtools/Site/, contributed
515 by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
516 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_quarantine() which allows the
517 filter's EOM routine to quarantine the current message.
518 Filters which use this function must include the
519 SMFIF_QUARANTINE flag in the registered smfiDesc structure.
520 LIBMILTER: If a milter sets the reply code to "421", the SMTP server
521 will terminate the SMTP session with that error.
522 LIBMILTER: Upon filter shutdown, libmilter will not remove a
523 named socket in the file system if it is running as root.
524 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_progress() which allows the filter
525 to notify the MTA that an EOM operation is still in progress,
526 resetting the timeout.
527 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_opensocket() which allows the filter
528 to attempt to establish the interface socket, and detect
529 failure to do so before calling smfi_main().
530 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_setmlreply() which allows the
531 filter to return a multi-line SMTP reply.
532 LIBMILTER: Deal with more temporary errors in accept() by ignoring
533 them instead of stopping after too many occurred.
534 Suggested by James Carlson of Sun Microsystems.
535 LIBMILTER: Fix a descriptor leak in the sample program found in
536 docs/sample.html. Reported by Dmitry Adamushko.
537 LIBMILTER: The sample program also needs to use SMFIF_ADDRCPT.
538 Reported by Carl Byington of 510 Software Group.
539 LIBMILTER: Document smfi_stop() and smfi_setdbg(). Patches
541 LIBMILTER: New compile time option SM_CONF_POLL; define this if
542 poll(2) should be used instead of select(2).
543 LIBMILTER: New function smfi_insheader() and related protocol
544 amendments to support header insertion operations.
545 MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for hashed mail directories, see
546 mail.local/README. Contributed by Chris Adams of HiWAAY
547 Informations Services.
548 MAILSTATS: Display quarantine message counts.
549 MAKEMAP: Add new flag -D to specify the comment character to use
551 VACATION: Add new flag -j to auto-respond to messages regardless of
552 whether or not the recipient is listed in the To: or Cc:
554 VACATION: Add new flag -R to specify the envelope sender address
555 for the auto-response message.
558 cf/feature/conncontrol.m4
559 cf/feature/greet_pause.m4
560 cf/feature/mtamark.m4
561 cf/feature/ratecontrol.m4
562 cf/feature/use_client_ptr.m4
564 cf/ostype/unicosmk.m4
565 cf/ostype/unicosmp.m4
566 contrib/socketmapClient.pl
567 contrib/socketmapServer.pl
568 devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0
569 devtools/OS/UNICOS-mk
570 devtools/OS/UNICOS-mp
571 devtools/Site/site.config.m4.sample
572 include/sm/os/sm_os_unicos.h
573 include/sm/os/sm_os_unicosmk.h
574 include/sm/os/sm_os_unicosmp.h
575 libmilter/docs/smfi_insheader.html
576 libmilter/docs/smfi_progress.html
577 libmilter/docs/smfi_quarantine.html
578 libmilter/docs/smfi_setdbg.html
579 libmilter/docs/smfi_setmlreply.html
580 libmilter/docs/smfi_stop.html
584 contrib/oldbind.compat.c
585 devtools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x
586 devtools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x
589 devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0 => devtools/OS/Darwin.7.x
591 8.12.11/8.12.11 2004/01/18
592 Use QueueFileMode when opening qf files. This error was a
593 regression in 8.12.10. Problem detected and diagnosed
594 Lech Szychowski of the Polish Power Grid Company.
595 Properly count the number of queue runners in a work group and
596 make sure the total limit of MaxQueueChildren is not
597 exceeded. Based on patch from Takayuki Yoshizawa of
599 Take care of systems that can generate time values where the
600 seconds can exceed the usual range of 0 to 59.
601 Problem noted by Randy Diffenderfer of EDS.
602 Avoid regeneration of identical queue identifiers by processes
603 whose process id is the same as that of the initial
604 sendmail process that was used to start the daemon.
605 Problem noted by Randy Diffenderfer of EDS.
606 When a milter invokes smfi_delrcpt() compare the supplied
607 recipient address also against the printable addresses
608 of the current list to deal with rewritten addresses.
609 Based on patch from Sean Hanson of The Asylum.
610 BadRcptThrottle now also works for addresses which return the
611 error mailer, e.g., virtusertable entries with the
612 right hand side error:. Patch from Per Hedeland.
613 Fix printing of 8 bit characters as octals in log messages.
614 Based on patch by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
615 Undo change of algorithm for MIME 7-bit base64 encoding to 8-bit
616 text that has been introduced in 8.12.3. There are some
617 examples where the new code fails, but the old code works.
618 To get the 8.12.3-8.12.10 version, compile sendmail with
619 -DMIME7TO8_OLD=0. If you have an example of improper
620 7 to 8 bit conversion please send it to us.
621 Return normal error code for unknown SMTP commands instead of
622 the one specified by check_relay or a milter for a
623 connection. Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
624 Some ident responses contain data after the terminating CRLF which
625 causes sendmail to log "POSSIBLE ATTACK...newline in string".
626 To avoid this everything after LF is ignored.
627 If the operating system supports O_EXLOCK and HASFLOCK is set
628 then a possible race condition for creating qf files
629 can be avoided. Note: the race condition does not
630 exist within sendmail, but between sendmail and an
631 external application that accesses qf files.
632 Log the proper options name for TLS related mising files for
633 the CACertPath, CACertFile, and DHParameters options.
634 Do not split an envelope if it will be discarded, otherwise df
635 files could be left behind. Problem found by Wolfgang
637 The use of the environment variables HOME and HOSTALIASES has been
638 deprecated and will be removed in version 8.13. This only
639 effects configuration which preserve those variable via the
640 'E' command in the cf file as sendmail clears out its entire
643 Add support for Darwin 7.0/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther).
644 Solaris 10 has unsetenv(), patch from Craig Mohrman of
646 LIBMILTER: Add extra checks in case a broken MTA sends bogus data
647 to libmilter. Based on code review by Rob Grzywinski.
648 SMRSH: Properly assemble commands that contain '&&' or '||'.
649 Problem noted by Eric Lee of Talking Heads.
651 devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0
653 8.12.10/8.12.10 2003/09/24 (Released: 2003/09/17)
654 SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing. Problem
655 detected by Michal Zalewski, patch from Todd C. Miller
656 of Courtesan Consulting.
657 Fix a potential buffer overflow in ruleset parsing. This problem
658 is not exploitable in the default sendmail configuration;
659 only if non-standard rulesets recipient (2), final (4), or
660 mailer-specific envelope recipients rulesets are used then
661 a problem may occur. Problem noted by Timo Sirainen.
662 Accept 0 (and 0/0) as valid input for set MaxMimeHeaderLength.
663 Problem noted by Thomas Schulz.
664 Add several checks to avoid (theoretical) buffer over/underflows.
665 Properly count message size when performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME
666 conversions. Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
667 Properly compute message priority based on size of entire message,
668 not just header. Problem noted by Axel Holscher.
669 Reset SevenBitInput to its configured value between SMTP
670 transactions for broken clients which do not properly
671 announce 8 bit data. Problem noted by Stefan Roehrich.
672 Set {addr_type} during queue runs when processing recipients.
673 Based on patch from Arne Jansen.
674 Better error handling in case of (very unlikely) queue-id conflicts.
675 Perform better error recovery for address parsing, e.g., when
676 encountering a comment that is too long. Problem noted by
677 Tanel Kokk, Union Bank of Estonia.
678 Add ':' to the allowed character list for bogus HELO/EHLO
679 checking. It is used for IPv6 domain literals. Patch from
680 Iwaizako Takahiro of FreeBit Co., Ltd.
681 Reset SASL connection context after a failed authentication attempt.
682 Based on patch from Rob Siemborski of CMU.
683 Check Berkeley DB compile time version against run time version
684 to make sure they match.
685 Do not attempt AAAA (IPv6) DNS lookups if IPv6 is not enabled
687 When a milter adds recipients and one of them causes an error,
688 do not ignore the other recipients. Problem noted by
690 CONFIG: Use specified SMTP error code in mailertable entries which
691 lack a DSN, i.e., "error:### Text". Problem noted by
693 CONFIG: Call Local_trust_auth with the correct argument. Patch
694 from Jerome Borsboom.
695 CONTRIB: Better handling of temporary filenames for doublebounce.pl
696 and expn.pl to avoid file overwrites, etc. Patches from
697 Richard A. Nelson of Debian and Paul Szabo.
698 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix obscure race condition that could lead to an
699 improper mailbox truncation if close() fails after the
700 mailbox is fsync()'ed and a new message is delivered
701 after the close() and before the truncate().
702 MAIL.LOCAL: If mail delivery fails, do not leave behind a
703 stale lockfile (which is ignored after the lock timeout).
704 Patch from Oleg Bulyzhin of Cronyx Plus LLC.
706 Port for AIX 5.2. Thanks to Steve Hubert of University
707 of Washington for providing access to a computer
709 setreuid(2) works on OpenBSD 3.3. Patch from
710 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
711 Allow for custom definition of SMRSH_CMDDIR and SMRSH_PATH
712 on all operating systems. Patch from Robert Harker
714 Use strerror(3) on Linux. If this causes a problem on
715 your Linux distribution, compile with
716 -DHASSTRERROR=0 and tell sendmail.org about it.
720 8.12.9/8.12.9 2003/03/29
721 SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing due to
722 a char to int conversion problem which is potentially
723 remotely exploitable. Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
724 Note: an MTA that is not patched might be vulnerable to
725 data that it receives from untrusted sources, which
727 To provide partial protection to internal, unpatched sendmail MTAs,
728 8.12.9 changes by default (char)0xff to (char)0x7f in
729 headers etc. To turn off this conversion compile with
730 -DALLOW_255 or use the command line option -d82.101.
731 To provide partial protection for internal, unpatched MTAs that may be
732 performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME conversions, the default
733 for MaxMimeHeaderLength has been changed to 2048/1024.
734 Note: this does have a performance impact, and it only
735 protects against frontal attacks from the outside.
736 To disable the checks and return to pre-8.12.9 defaults,
737 set MaxMimeHeaderLength to 0/0.
738 Do not complain about -ba when submitting mail. Problem noted
739 by Derek Wueppelmann.
740 Fix compilation with Berkeley DB 1.85 on systems that do not
741 have flock(2). Problem noted by Andy Harper of Kings
743 Properly initialize data structure for dns maps to avoid various
744 errors, e.g., looping processes. Problem noted by
745 Maurice Makaay of InterNLnet B.V.
746 CONFIG: Prevent multiple application of rule to add smart host.
747 Patch from Andrzej Filip.
748 CONFIG: Fix queue group declaration in MAILER(`usenet').
749 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: New option -t builds the virtusertable
750 text file instead of the database map.
752 Revert wrong change made in 8.12.7 and actually use the
753 builtin getopt() version in sendmail on Linux.
754 This can be overridden by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0
755 in which case the OS supplied version will be used.
757 8.12.8/8.12.8 2003/02/11
758 SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by
759 dropping sender and recipient header comments if the
760 comments are too long. Problem noted by Mark Dowd
762 Fix a potential non-exploitable buffer overflow in parsing the
763 .cf queue settings and potential buffer underflow in
764 parsing ident responses. Problem noted by Yichen Xie of
765 Stanford University Compilation Group.
766 Fix ETRN #queuegroup command: actually start a queue run for
767 the selected queue group. Problem noted by Jos Vos.
768 If MaxMimeHeaderLength is set and a malformed MIME header is fixed,
769 log the fixup as "Fixed MIME header" instead of "Truncated
770 MIME header". Problem noted by Ian J Hart.
771 CONFIG: Fix regression bug in proto.m4 that caused a bogus
772 error message: "FEATURE() should be before MAILER()".
773 MAIL.LOCAL: Be more explicit in some error cases, i.e., whether
774 a mailbox has more than one link or whether it is not
775 a regular file. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
777 8.12.7/8.12.7 2002/12/29
778 Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data
779 across various connections. This could cause session
780 oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements,
781 to erroneously allow a connection. Problem noted
782 by Tim Maletic of Priority Health.
783 Do not lookup MX records when sorting the MSP queue. The MSP
784 only needs to relay all mail to the MTA. Problem found
785 by Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
786 Do not restrict the length of connection information to 100
787 characters in some logging statements. Problem noted by
789 When converting an enhanced status code to an exit status, use
790 EX_CONFIG if the first digit is not 2, 4, or 5 or if *.1.5
792 Reset macro $x when receiving another MAIL command. Problem
793 noted by Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o.
794 Don't bother setting the permissions on the build area statistics
795 file, the proper permissions will be put on the file at
796 install time. This fixes installation over NFS for some
797 users. Problem noted by Martin J. Dellwo of 3-Dimensional
798 Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
799 Fix problem of decoding SASLv2 encrypted data. Problem noted by
800 Alex Deiter of Mobile TeleSystems, Komi Republic.
801 Log milter socket open errors at MilterLogLevel 1 or higher instead
803 Print early system errors to the console instead of silently
804 exiting. Problem noted by James Jong of IBM.
805 Do not process a queue group if Runners is set to 0, regardless
806 of whether F=f or sendmail is run in verbose mode (-v).
807 The use of -qGname will still force queue group "name"
808 to be run even if Runners=0.
809 Change the level for logging the fact that a daemon is refusing
810 connections due to high load from LOG_INFO to LOG_NOTICE.
811 Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
812 Use location information for submit.cf from NetInfo
813 (/locations/sendmail/submit.cf) if available.
814 Re-enable ForkEachJob which was lost in 8.12.0. Problem noted by
815 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
816 Make behavior of /canon in debug mode consistent with usage in
817 rulesets. Patch from Shigeno Kazutaka of IIJ.
818 Fix a potential memory leak in envelope splitting. Problem noted
819 by John Majikes of IBM.
820 Do not try to share an mailbox database LDAP connection across
821 different processes. Problem noted by Randy Kunkee.
822 Fix logging for undelivered recipients when the SMTP connection
823 times out during message collection. Problem noted by Neil
824 Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
825 Avoid problems with QueueSortOrder=random due to problems with
826 qsort() on Solaris (and maybe some other operating systems).
827 Problem noted by Stephan Schulz of Gruner+Jahr..
828 If -f "" is specified, set the sender address to "<>". Problem
829 noted by Matthias Andree.
830 Fix formatting problem of footnotes for plain text output on some
831 versions of tmac. Patch from Per Hedeland.
833 Berkeley DB 4.1 support (requires at least 4.1.25).
834 Some getopt(3) implementations in GNU/Linux are broken
835 and pass a NULL pointer to an option which requires
836 an argument, hence the builtin version of
837 sendmail is used instead. This can be overridden
838 by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0. Problem noted by
839 Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o.
840 Support for nph-1.2.0 from Mark D. Roth of the University
841 of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
842 Support for FreeBSD 5.0's MAC labeling from Robert Watson
843 of the TrustedBSD Project.
844 Support for reading the number of processors on an IRIX
845 system from Michel Bourget of SGI.
846 Support for UnixWare 7.1 based on input from Larry Rosenman.
847 Interix support from Nedelcho Stanev of Atlantic Sky
849 Update Mac OS X/Darwin portability from Wilfredo Sanchez.
850 CONFIG: Enforce tls_client restrictions even if delay_checks
851 is used. Problem noted by Malte Starostik.
852 CONFIG: Deal with an empty hostname created via bogus
853 DNS entries to get around access restrictions.
854 Problem noted by Kai Schlichting.
855 CONFIG: Use FEATURE(`msp', `[127.0.0.1]') in submit.mc by default
856 to avoid problems with hostname resolution for localhost
857 which on many systems does not resolve to 127.0.0.1 (or
858 ::1 for IPv6). If you do not use IPv4 but only IPv6 then
859 you need to change submit.mc accordingly, see the comment
861 CONFIG: Set confDONT_INIT_GROUPS to True in submit.mc to avoid
862 error messages from initgroups(3) on AIX 4.3 when sending
863 mail to non-existing users. Problem noted by Mark Roth of
864 the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
865 CONFIG: Allow local_procmail to override local_lmtp settings.
866 CONFIG: Always allow connections from 127.0.0.1 or IPv6:::1 to
868 CONTRIB: cidrexpand: Deal with the prefix tags that may be included
870 CONTRIB: New version of doublebounce.pl contributed by Leo Bicknell.
871 LIBMILTER: On Solaris libmilter may get into an endless loop if
872 an error in the communication from/to the MTA occurs.
873 Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State.
874 LIBMILTER: Ignore EINTR from sigwait(3) which may happen on Tru64.
875 Patch from from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole
876 Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris.
877 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on
878 the mailbox fails. Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of
880 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a potential file descriptor leak if mkstemp(3)
881 fails. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
882 SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be
883 used for a command. Problem noted by David Endler of
889 8.12.6/8.12.6 2002/08/26
890 Do not add the FallbackMXhost (or its MX records) to the list
891 returned by the bestmx map when -z is used as option.
892 Otherwise sendmail may act as an open relay if FallbackMXhost
893 and FEATURE(`relay_based_on_MX') are used together.
894 Problem noted by Alexander Ignatyev.
895 Properly split owner- mailing list messages when SuperSafe is set
896 to interactive. Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of
897 Courtesan Consulting.
898 Make sure that an envelope is queued in the selected queue group
899 even if some recipients are deleted or invalid. Problem
900 found by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services.
901 Do not send a bounce message if a message is completely collected
902 from the SMTP client. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
903 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
904 Provide an 'install-submit-st' target for sendmail/Makefile to
905 install the MSP statistics file using the file named in the
906 confMSP_STFILE devtools variable. Requested by Jeff
907 Earickson of Colby College.
908 Queue up mail with a temporary error if setusercontext() fails
909 during a delivery attempt. Patch from Todd C. Miller of
910 Courtesan Consulting.
911 Fix handling of base64 encoded client authentication data for
912 SMTP AUTH. Patch from Elena Slobodnik of life medien GmbH.
913 Set the OpenLDAP option LDAP_OPT_RESTART so the client libraries
914 restart interrupted system calls. Problem noted by Luiz
915 Henrique Duma of BSIOne.
916 Prevent a segmentation fault if a program passed a NULL envp using
918 Document a problem with the counting of queue runners that may
919 cause delays if MaxQueueChildren is set too low. Problem
920 noted by Ian Duplisse of Cable Television Laboratories, Inc.
921 If discarding a message based on a recipient, don't try to look up
922 the recipient in the mailbox database if F=w is set. This
923 allows users to discard bogus recipients when dealing with
924 spammers without tipping them off. Problem noted by Neil
925 Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
926 If applying a header check to a header with unstructured data,
927 e.g., Subject:, then do not run syntax checks that are
928 supposed for addresses on the header content.
929 Count messages rejected/discarded via the check_data ruleset.
931 Fix compilation on systems which do not allow simple
932 copying of the variable argument va_list. Based on
933 fix from Scott Walters.
934 Fix NSD map open bug. From Michel Bourget of SGI.
935 Add some additional IRIX shells to the default shell
936 list. From Michel Bourget of SGI.
937 Fix compilation issues on Mac OS X 10.2 (Darwin 6.0).
938 NETISO support has been dropped.
939 CONFIG: There was a seemingly minor change in 8.12.4 with respect
940 to handling entries of IP nets/addresses with RHS REJECT.
941 These would be rejected in check_rcpt instead of only
942 being activated in check_relay. This change has been made to
943 avoid potential bogus temporary rejection of relay attempts
944 "450 4.7.1 Relaying temporarily denied. Cannot resolve PTR
945 record for ..." if delay_checks is enabled. However, this
946 modification causes a change of behavior if an IP net/address
947 is listed in the access map with REJECT and a host/domain
948 name is listed with OK or RELAY, hence it has been reversed
949 such that the behavior of 8.12.3 is restored. The original
950 change was made on request of Neil Rickert of Northern
951 Illinois University, the side effect has been found by
952 Stefaan Van Hoornick.
953 CONFIG: Make sure delay_checks works even for sender addresses
954 using the local hostname ($j) or domains in class {P}.
955 Based on patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
957 CONFIG: Fix temporary error handling for LDAP Routing lookups.
958 Fix from Andrzej Filip.
959 CONTRIB: New version of etrn.pl script and external man page
960 (etrn.0) from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
961 LIBMILTER: Protect a free(3) operation from being called with a
962 NULL pointer. Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
963 LIBMILTER: Protect against more interrupted select() calls. Based
964 on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale
965 Superieure des Mines de Paris.
969 8.12.5/8.12.5 2002/06/25
970 SECURITY: The DNS map can cause a buffer overflow if the user
971 specifies a dns map using TXT records in the configuration
972 file and a rogue DNS server is queried. None of the
973 sendmail supplied configuration files use this option hence
974 they are not vulnerable. Problem noted independently by
975 Joost Pol of PINE Internet and Anton Rang of Sun Microsystems.
976 Unprintable characters in responses from DNS servers for the DNS
977 map type are changed to 'X' to avoid potential problems
978 with rogue DNS servers.
979 Require a suboption when setting the Milter option. Problem noted
981 Do not silently overwrite command line settings for
982 DirectSubmissionModifiers. Problem noted by Bryan
984 Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by
985 turning off alarms before checking if event list is
986 empty. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
987 Polytechnic Institute.
988 Close a potential race condition in transitioning a memory buffered
989 file onto disk. From Janani Devarajan of Sun Microsystems.
991 Include paths.h on Linux systems running glibc 2.0 or later
992 to get the definition for _PATH_SENDMAIL, used by
993 rmail and vacation. Problem noted by Kevin
994 A. McGrail of Peregrine Hardware.
995 NOTE: Linux appears to have broken flock() again. Unless
996 the bug is fixed before sendmail 8.13 is shipped,
997 8.13 will change the default locking method to
998 fcntl() for Linux kernel 2.4 and later. You may
999 want to do this in 8.12 by compiling with
1000 -DHASFLOCK=0. Be sure to update other sendmail
1001 related programs to match locking techniques.
1003 8.12.4/8.12.4 2002/06/03
1004 SECURITY: Inherent limitations in the UNIX file locking model
1005 can leave systems open to a local denial of service
1006 attack. Be sure to read the "FILE AND MAP PERMISSIONS"
1007 section of the top level README for more information.
1008 Problem noted by lumpy.
1009 Use TempFileMode (defaults to 0600) for the permissions of PidFile
1011 Change the default file permissions for new alias database files
1012 from 0644 to 0640. This can be overridden at compile time
1013 by setting the DBMMODE macro.
1014 Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable
1015 NAME is set. Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of
1017 Expand macros before passing them to libmilter. Problem noted
1018 by Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale
1019 Superieure des Mines de Paris.
1020 Rewind the df (message body) before truncating it when libmilter
1021 replaces the body of a message. Problem noted by Gisle Aas
1023 Change SMTP reply code for AUTH failure from 500 to 535 and the
1024 initial zero-length response to "=" per RFC 2554. Patches
1025 from Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
1026 Do not try to fix broken message/rfc822 MIME attachments by
1027 inserting a MIME-Version: header when MaxMimeHeaderLength
1028 is set and no 8 to 7 bit conversion is needed. Based on
1029 patch from Rehor Petr of ICZ (Czech Republic).
1030 Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" if the connection
1031 is rejected anyway. Noted by Chris Loelke.
1032 Mention the submission mail queue in the mailq man page. Requested
1033 by Bill Fenner of AT&T.
1034 Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line
1036 Detach from shared memory before dropping privileges back to
1037 user who started sendmail.
1038 If AllowBogusHELO is set to false (default) then also complain if
1039 the argument to HELO/EHLO contains white space. Suggested
1040 by Seva Gluschenko of Cronyx Plus.
1041 Allow symbolicly linked forward files in writable directory paths
1042 if both ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath and
1043 LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir DontBlameSendmail options
1044 are set. Problem noted by Werner Spirk of
1045 Leibniz-Rechenzentrum Munich.
1047 Operating systems that lack the ftruncate() call will not
1048 be able to use Milter's body replacement feature.
1049 This only affects Altos, Maxion, and MPE/iX.
1050 Digital UNIX 5.0 has changed flock() semantics to be
1051 non-compliant. Problem noted by Martin Mokrejs of
1052 Charles University in Prague.
1053 The sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0 now supports shared
1055 CONFIG: FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') needs the macro map.
1056 Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
1057 CONFIG: Using 'local:' as a mailertable value with
1058 FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') and LUSER_RELAY caused mail
1059 to be misaddressed. Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
1060 CONFIG: Provide a workaround for DNS based rejection lists that
1061 fail for AAAA queries. Problem noted by Chris Boyd.
1062 CONFIG: Accept the machine's hostname as resolvable when checking
1063 the sender address. This allows locally submitted mail to
1064 be accepted if the machine isn't connected to a nameserver
1065 and doesn't have an /etc/hosts entry for itself. Problem
1066 noted by Robert Watson of the TrustedBSD Project.
1067 CONFIG: Use deferred expansion for checking the ${deliveryMode}
1068 macro in case the SMTP VERB command is used. Problem
1069 noted by Bryan Costales.
1070 CONFIG: Avoid a duplicate '@domain' virtusertable lookup if no
1071 matches are found. Fix from Andrzej Filip.
1072 CONFIG: Fix wording in default dnsbl rejection message. Suggested
1073 by Lou Katz of Metron Computerware, Ltd.
1074 CONFIG: Add mailer cyrusv2 for Cyrus V2. Contributed by
1075 Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
1076 CONTRIB: Fix wording in default dnsblaccess rejection message to
1078 DEVTOOLS: Add new option for access mode of statistics file,
1079 confSTMODE, which specifies the permissions when initially
1080 installing the sendmail statistics file.
1081 LIBMILTER: Mark the listening socket as close-on-exec in case
1082 a user's filter starts other applications.
1083 LIBSM: Allow the MBDB initialize, lookup, and/or terminate
1084 functions in SmMbdbTypes to be set to NULL.
1085 MAKEMAP: Change the default file permissions for new databases from
1086 0644 to 0640. This can be overridden at compile time
1087 by setting the DBMMODE macro.
1088 SMRSH: Fix man page bug: replace SMRSH_CMDBIN with SMRSH_CMDDIR.
1089 Problem noted by Dave Alden of Ohio State University.
1090 VACATION: When listing the vacation database (-l), don't show
1091 bogus timestamps for excluded (-x) addresses. Problem
1092 noted by Bryan Costales.
1094 cf/mailer/cyrusv2.m4
1096 8.12.3/8.12.3 2002/04/05
1097 NOTICE: In general queue files should not be moved if queue groups
1098 are used. In previous versions this could cause mail
1099 not to be delivered if a queue file is repeatedly moved
1100 by an external process whenever sendmail moved it back
1101 into the right place. Some precautions have been taken
1102 to avoid moving queue files if not really necessary.
1103 sendmail may use links to refer to queue files and it
1104 may store the path of data files in queue files. Hence
1105 queue files should not be moved unless those internals
1106 are understood and the integrity of the files is not
1107 compromised. Problem noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia
1109 If an error mail is created, and the mail is split across different
1110 queue directories, and SuperSafe is off, then write the mail
1111 to disk before splitting it, otherwise an assertion is
1112 triggered. Problem tracked down by Henning Schmiedehausen
1114 Fix possible race condition that could cause sendmail to forget
1115 running queues. Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org.
1116 Handle bogus qf files better without triggering assertions.
1117 Problem noted by Guy Feltin.
1118 Protect against interrupted select() call when enforcing Milter
1119 read and write timeouts. Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of
1121 Matching queue IDs with -qI should be case sensitive. Problem
1122 noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia University.
1123 If privileges have been dropped, don't try to change group ID to
1124 the RunAsUser group. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
1125 Northern Illinois University.
1126 Fix SafeFileEnvironment path munging when the specified path
1127 contains a trailing slash. Based on patch from Dirk Meyer
1129 Do not limit sendmail command line length to SM_ARG_MAX (usually
1130 4096). Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
1131 Polytechnic Institute.
1132 Clear full name of sender for each new envelope to avoid bogus data
1133 if several mails are sent in one session and some of them
1134 do not have a From: header. Problem noted by Bas Haakman.
1135 Change timeout check such that cached information about a connection
1136 will be immediately invalid if ConnectionCacheTimeout is zero.
1137 Based on patch from David Burns of Portland State University.
1138 Properly count message size for mailstats during mail collection.
1139 Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
1140 Log complete response from LMTP delivery agent on failure. Based on
1141 patch from by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1142 Provide workaround for getopt() implementations that do not catch
1144 Fix the message size calculation if the message body is replaced by
1145 a milter filter and buffered file I/O is being used.
1146 Problem noted by Sergey Akhapkin of Dr.Web.
1147 Do not honor SIGUSR1 requests if running with extra privileges.
1148 Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
1149 Prevent a file descriptor leak on mail delivery if the initial
1150 connect fails and DialDelay is set. Patch from Servaas
1151 Vandenberghe of Katholieke Universiteit Leuven.
1152 Properly deal with a case where sendmail is called by root running
1153 a set-user-ID (non-root) program. Problem noted by Jon
1154 Lusky of ISS Atlanta.
1155 Avoid leaving behind stray transcript (xf) files if multiple queue
1156 directories are used and mail is sent to a mailing list
1157 which has an owner- alias. Problem noted by Anne Bennett
1158 of Concordia University.
1159 Fix class map parsing code if optional key is specified. Problem
1160 found by Mario Nigrovic.
1161 The SMTP daemon no longer tries to fix up improperly dot-stuffed
1162 incoming messages. A leading dot is always stripped by the
1163 SMTP receiver regardless of whether or not it is followed by
1164 another dot. Problem noted by Jordan Ritter of darkridge.com.
1165 Fix corruption when doing automatic MIME 7-bit quoted-printable or
1166 base64 encoding to 8-bit text. Problem noted by Mark
1168 Correct the statistics gathered for total number of connections.
1169 Instead of being the exact same number as the total number
1170 of messages (T line in mailstats) it now represents the
1171 total number of TCP connections.
1172 Be more explicit about syntax errors in addresses, especially
1173 non-ASCII characters, and properly create DSNs if necessary.
1174 Problem noted by Leena Heino of the University of Tampere.
1175 Prevent small timeouts from being lost on slow machines if itimers
1176 are used. Problem noted by Suresh Ramasubramanian.
1177 Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files.
1178 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of
1180 Change the SMTP error code for temporary map failures from 421
1182 Do not assume that realloc(NULL, size) works on all OS (this was
1183 only done in one place: queue group creation). Based on
1184 patch by Bryan Costales.
1185 Initialize Timeout.iconnect in the code to prevent randomly short
1186 timeouts. Problem noted by Bradley Watts of AT&T Canada.
1187 Do not try to send a second SMTP QUIT command if the remote
1188 responds to a MAIL command with a 421 reply or on I/O
1189 errors. By doing so, the host was marked as having a
1190 temporary problem and other mail destined for that host was
1191 queued for the next queue run. Problem noted by Fletcher
1192 Mattox of the University of Texas, Allan E Johannesen of
1193 Worcester Polytechnic Institute, Larry Greenfield of CMU,
1194 and Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1195 Ignore error replies from the SMTP QUIT command (including servers
1196 which drop the connection instead of responding to the
1199 Check LDAP_API_VERSION to determine if ldap_memfree() is
1201 Define HPUX10 when building on HP-UX 10.X. That platform
1202 now gets the proper _PATH_SENDMAIL and SMRSH_CMDDIR
1203 settings. Patch from Elias Halldor Agustsson of
1205 Fix dependency building on Mac OS X and Darwin. Problem
1207 Preliminary support for the sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0.
1208 Add /sbin/sh as an acceptable user shell on HP-UX. From
1209 Rajesh Somasund of Hewlett-Packard.
1210 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(`authinfo') to allow a separate database for
1211 SMTP AUTH information. This feature was actually added in
1212 8.12.0 but a release note was not included.
1213 CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce
1214 parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary
1216 CONFIG: Honor FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') when using
1217 FEATURE(`relay_mail_from', `domain'). Problem noted by
1219 CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') now disables any type of alias
1220 initialization as aliases are not needed for the MSP.
1221 CONFIG: Allow users to override RELAY_MAILER_ARGS when FEATURE(`msp')
1222 is in use. Patch from Andrzej Filip.
1223 CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') uses `[localhost]' as default instead of
1224 `localhost' and turns on MX lookups for the SMTP mailers.
1225 This will only have an effect if a parameter is specified,
1226 i.e., an MX lookup will be performed on the hostname unless
1227 it is embedded in square brackets. Problem noted by
1228 Theo Van Dinter of Collective Technologies.
1229 CONFIG: Set confTIME_ZONE to USE_TZ in submit.mc (TimeZoneSpec= in
1230 submit.cf) to use $TZ for time stamps. This is a compromise
1231 to allow for the proper time zone on systems where the
1232 default results in misleading time stamps. That is, syslog
1233 time stamps and Date headers on submitted mail will use the
1234 user's $TZ setting. Problem noted by Mark Roth of the
1235 University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, solution proposed
1236 by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1237 CONFIG: Mac OS X (Darwin) ships with mail.local as non-set-user-ID
1238 binary. Adjust local mailer flags accordingly. Problem
1240 CONTRIB: Add a warning to qtool.pl to not move queue files around
1241 if queue groups are used.
1242 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Add -f option to force rebuild.
1243 CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add -f option to specify control socket.
1244 CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add support for 'memdump' command.
1245 Suggested by Bryan Costales.
1246 DEVTOOLS: Add dependency generation for test programs.
1247 LIBMILTER: Remove conversion of port number for the socket
1248 structure that is passed to xxfi_connect(). Notice:
1249 this fix requires that sendmail and libmilter both have
1250 this change; mixing versions may lead to wrong port
1251 values depending on the endianness of the involved systems.
1252 Problem noted by Gisle Aas of ActiveState.
1253 LIBMILTER: If smfi_setreply() sets a custom reply code of '4XX' but
1254 SMFI_REJECT is returned, ignore the custom reply. Do the
1255 same if '5XX' is used and SMFI_TEMPFAIL is returned.
1256 LIBMILTER: Install include files in ${INCLUDEDIR}/libmilter/ as
1257 required by mfapi.h. Problem noted by Jose Marcio Martins
1258 da Cruz of Ecole Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris.
1259 LIBSM: Add SM_CONF_LDAP_MEMFREE as a configuration define. Set
1260 this to 1 if your LDAP client libraries include
1262 LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X
1263 and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag.
1264 SMRSH: Fix compilation problem on some operating systems. Problem
1265 noted by Christian Krackowizer of schuler technodat GmbH.
1266 VACATION: Allow root to operate on user vacation databases. Based
1267 on patch from Greg Couch of the University of California,
1269 VACATION: Don't ignore -C option. Based on patch by Bryan Costales.
1270 VACATION: Clarify option usage in the man page. Problem noted by
1273 libmilter/docs/smfi_setbacklog.html
1275 8.12.2/8.12.2 2002/01/13
1276 Don't complain too much if stdin, stdout, or stderr are missing
1277 at startup, only log an error message.
1278 Fix potential problem if an unknown operation mode (character
1279 following -b) has been specified.
1280 Prevent purgestat from looping even if someone changes the
1281 permissions or owner of hoststatus files. Problem noted
1282 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1283 Properly record dropped connections in persistent host status.
1284 Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat
1286 Remove newlines from recipients read via sendmail -t to prevent
1287 SMTP protocol errors when sending the RCPT command.
1288 Problem noted by William D. Colburn of the New Mexico
1289 Institute of Mining and Technology.
1290 Only log milter body replacements once instead of for each body
1291 chunk sent by a filter. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of
1292 the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1293 In 8.12.0 and 8.12.1, the headers were mistakenly not included in
1294 the message size calculation. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta
1295 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1296 Since 8.12 no longer forks at the SMTP MAIL command, the daemon
1297 needs to collect children status to avoid zombie processes.
1298 Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services.
1299 Shut down "nullserver" and ETRN-only connections after 25 bad
1300 commands are issued. This makes it consistent with normal
1302 Avoid duplicate logging of milter rejections. Problem noted by
1303 William D. Colburn of the New Mexico Institute of Mining
1305 Error and delay DSNs were being sent to postmaster instead of the
1306 message sender if the sender had used a deprecated RFC822
1307 source route. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1308 Meteorological Institute.
1309 Fix FallbackMXhost behavior for temporary errors during address
1310 parsing. Problem noted by Jorg Bielak from Coastal Web
1312 For systems on which stat(2) does not return a value for st_blksize
1313 that is the "optimal blocksize for I/O" three new compile
1314 time flags are available: SM_IO_MAX_BUF_FILE, SM_IO_MIN_BUF,
1315 and SM_IO_MAX_BUF, which define an upper limit for
1316 regular files, and a lower and upper limit for other file
1317 types, respectively.
1318 Fix a potential deadlock if two events are supposed to occur at
1319 exactly the same time. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks
1321 Perform envelope splitting for aliases listed directly in the
1322 alias file, not just for include/.forward files.
1323 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1324 Allow selection of queue group for mailq using -qGgroup.
1325 Based on patch by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1326 Make sure cached LDAP connections used my multiple maps in the same
1327 process are closed. Patch from Taso N. Devetzis.
1328 If running as root, allow reading of class files in protected
1329 directories. Patch from Alexander Talos of the University
1331 Correct a few LDAP related memory leaks. Patch from David Powell
1332 of Sun Microsystems.
1333 Allow specification of an empty realm via the authinfo ruleset.
1334 This is necessary to interoperate as an SMTP AUTH client
1335 with servers that do not support realms when using
1336 CRAM-MD5. Problem noted by Bjoern Voigt of TU Berlin.
1337 Avoid a potential information leak if AUTH PLAIN is used and the
1338 server gets stuck while processing that command. Problem
1339 noted by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
1340 In addition to printing errors when parsing recipients during
1341 command line invocations log them to make it simpler
1342 to understand possible DSNs to postmaster.
1343 Do not use FallbackMXhost on mailers which have the F=0 flag set.
1344 Allow local mailers (F=l) to specify a host for TCP connections
1345 instead of forcing localhost.
1346 Obey ${DESTDIR} for installation of the client mail queue and
1347 submit.cf. Patch from Peter 'Luna' Runestig.
1348 Re-enable support for -M option which was broken in 8.12.1. Problem
1349 noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1350 If a remote server violates the SMTP standard by unexpectedly
1351 dropping the connection during an SMTP transaction, stop
1352 sending commands. This prevents bogus "Bad file number"
1353 recipient status. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of
1354 Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
1355 Do not use a size estimate of 100 for postmaster bounces, it's
1356 almost always too small; do not guess the size at all.
1357 New VENDOR_DEC for Compaq/DEC. Requested by James Seagraves of
1358 Compaq Computer Corp.
1359 Fix DaemonPortOptions IPv6 address parsing such that ::1 works
1360 properly. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia
1363 Fix IPv6 network interface probing on HP-UX 11.X. Based on
1364 patch provided by HP.
1365 Mac OS X (aka Darwin) has a broken setreuid() call, but a
1366 working seteuid() call. From Daniel J. Luke.
1367 Use proper type for a 32-bit integer on SINIX. From Ganu
1369 Set SM_IO_MIN_BUF (4K) and SM_IO_MAX_BUF (8K) for HP-UX.
1370 Reduce optimization from +O3 to +O2 on HP-UX 11. This
1371 fixes a problem that caused additional bogus
1372 characters to be written to the qf file. Problem
1373 noted by Tapani Tarvainen.
1374 Set LDA_USE_LOCKF by default for UnixWare. Problem noted
1375 by Boyd Lynn Gerber.
1376 Add support for HP MPE/iX. See sendmail/README for port
1377 information. From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
1378 New portability defines HASNICE, HASRRESVPORT, USE_ENVIRON,
1379 USE_DOUBLE_FORK, and NEEDLINK. See sendmail/README
1380 for more information. From Mark Bixby of
1382 If an OS doesn't have a method of finding free disk space
1383 (SFS_NONE), lie and say there is plenty of space.
1384 From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
1385 Add support for AIX 5.1. From Valdis Kletnieks of
1387 Fix man page location for NeXTSTEP. From Hisanori Gogota
1388 of the NTT/InterCommunication Center.
1389 Do not assume that strerror() always returns a string.
1390 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1391 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd5) for FreeBSD 5.X, which has removed
1392 UUCP from the base operating system. From Mark Murray of
1393 FreeBSD Services, Ltd.
1394 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(mpeix) and a generic .mc file for HP MPE/iX
1395 systems. From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
1396 CONFIG: Add support for selecting a queue group for all mailers.
1397 Based on proposal by Stephen L. Ulmer of the University of
1399 CONFIG: Fix error reporting for compat_check.m4. Problem noted by
1401 CONFIG: Do not override user selections for confRUN_AS_USER and
1402 confTRUSTED_USER in FEATURE(msp). From Mark Bixby of
1404 LIBMILTER: Fix bug that prevented the removal of a socket after
1405 libmilter terminated. Problem reported by Andrey V. Pevnev
1407 LIBMILTER: Fix configuration error that required libsm for linking.
1408 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
1410 LIBMILTER: Portability fix for OpenUNIX. Patch from Larry Rosenman.
1411 LIBMILTER: Fix a theoretical memory leak and a possible attempt
1412 to free memory twice.
1413 LIBSM: Fix a potential segmentation violation in the I/O library.
1414 Problem found and analyzed by John Beck and Tim Haley
1415 of Sun Microsystems.
1416 LIBSM: Do not clear the LDAP configuration information when
1417 terminating the mailbox database connection in the LDAP
1418 example code. Problem noted by Nikos Voutsinas of the
1419 University of Athens.
1421 cf/cf/generic-mpeix.cf
1422 cf/cf/generic-mpeix.mc
1423 cf/ostype/freebsd5.m4
1427 include/sm/os/sm_os_mpeix.h
1430 8.12.1/8.12.1 2001/10/01
1431 SECURITY: Check whether dropping group privileges actually succeeded
1432 to avoid possible compromises of the mail system by
1433 supplying bogus data. Add configuration options for
1434 different set*gid() calls to reset saved gid. Problem
1435 found by Michal Zalewski.
1436 PRIVACY: Prevent information leakage when sendmail has extra
1437 privileges by disabling debugging (command line -d flag)
1438 during queue runs and disabling ETRN when sendmail -bs is
1439 used. Suggested by Michal Zalewski.
1440 Avoid memory corruption problems resulting from bogus .cf files.
1441 Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
1442 Set the ${server_addr} macro to name of mailer when doing LMTP
1443 delivery. LMTP systems may offer SMTP Authentication or
1444 STARTTLS causing sendmail to use this macro in rulesets.
1445 If debugging is turned on (-d0.10) print not just the default
1446 values for configuration file and pid file but also the
1447 selected values. Problem noted by Brad Chapman.
1448 Continue dealing with broken nameservers by ignoring SERVFAIL
1449 errors returned on T_AAAA (IPv6) lookups at delivery time
1450 if ResolverOptions=WorkAroundBrokenAAAA is set. Previously
1451 this only applied to hostname canonification. Problem
1452 noted by Bill Fenner of AT&T Research.
1453 Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the
1454 canonical name for a host.
1455 When sendmail has extra privileges, limit mail submission command
1456 line flags (i.e., -G, -h, -F, etc.) to mail submission
1457 operating modes (i.e., -bm, -bs, -bv, etc.). Idea based on
1458 suggestion from Michal Zalewski.
1460 AIX: Use `oslevel` if available to determine OS version.
1461 `uname` does not given complete information.
1462 Problem noted by Keith Neufeld of the Cessna
1464 OpenUNIX: Use lockf() for LDA delivery (affects mail.local).
1465 Problem noticed by Boyd Lynn Gerber of ZENEX.
1466 Avoid compiler warnings by not using pointers to pass
1467 integers. Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of
1468 Courtesan Consulting.
1469 CONFIG: Add restrictqrun to PrivacyOptions for the MSP to minimize
1470 problems with potential misconfigurations.
1471 CONFIG: Fix comment showing default value of MaxHopCount. Problem
1472 noted by Greg Robinson of the Defence Science and
1473 Technology Organisation of Australia.
1474 CONFIG: dnsbl: If an argument specifies an error message in case
1475 of temporary lookup failures for DNS based blacklists
1477 LIBMILTER: Install mfdef.h, required by mfapi.h. Problem noted by
1478 Richard A. Nelson of Debian.
1479 LIBMILTER: Add __P definition for OS that lack it. Problem noted
1480 by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
1481 LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases,
1483 MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does
1484 not contain a value for a key. Based on patch from
1485 Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard.
1495 include/sm/sysstat.h
1497 8.12.0/8.12.0 2001/09/08
1498 *NOTICE*: The default installation of sendmail does not use
1499 set-user-ID root anymore. You need to create a new user and
1500 a new group before installing sendmail (both called smmsp by
1501 default). The installation process tries to install
1502 /etc/mail/submit.cf and creates /var/spool/clientmqueue by
1503 default. Please see sendmail/SECURITY for details.
1504 SECURITY: Check for group and world writable forward and :include:
1505 files. These checks can be turned off if absolutely
1506 necessary using the DontBlameSendmail option and the new
1508 GroupWritableForwardFile
1509 WorldWritableForwardFile
1510 GroupWritableIncludeFile
1511 WorldWritableIncludeFile
1512 Problem noted by Slawek Zak of Politechnika Warszawska,
1513 SECURITY: Drop privileges when using address test mode. Suggested
1514 by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project
1516 Fixed problem of a global variable being used for a timeout jump
1517 point where the variable could become overused for more than
1518 one timeout concurrently. This erroneous behavior resulted in
1519 a corrupted stack causing a core dump. The timeout is now
1520 handled via libsm. Problem noted by Michael Shapiro,
1521 John Beck, and Carl Smith of Sun Microsystems.
1522 If sendmail is set-group-ID then that group ID is used for permission
1523 checks (group ID of RunAsUser). This allows use of a
1524 set-group-ID sendmail binary for initial message submission
1525 and no set-user-ID root sendmail is needed. For details
1526 see sendmail/SECURITY.
1527 Log a warning if a non-trusted user changes the syslog label.
1528 Based on notice from Bryan Costales of SL3D, Inc.
1529 If sendmail is called for initial delivery, try to use submit.cf
1530 with a fallback of sendmail.cf as configuration file. See
1532 New configuration file option UseMSP to allow group writable queue
1533 files if the group is the same as that of a set-group-ID
1534 sendmail binary. See sendmail/SECURITY.
1535 The .cf file is chosen based on the operation mode. For -bm (default),
1536 -bs, and -t it is submit.cf if it exists for all others it
1537 is sendmail.cf (to be backward compatible). This selection
1538 can be changed by the new option -Ac or -Am (alternative .cf
1539 file: client or mta). See sendmail/SECURITY.
1540 The SMTP server no longer forks on each MAIL command. The ONEX
1541 command has been removed.
1542 Implement SMTP PIPELINING per RFC 2920. It can be turned off
1543 at compile time or per host (ruleset).
1544 New option MailboxDatabase specifies the type of mailbox database
1545 used to look up local mail recipients; the default value
1546 is "pw", which means to use getpwnam(). New mailbox database
1547 types can be added by adding custom code to libsm/mbdb.c.
1548 Queue file names are now 15 characters long, rather than 14 characters
1549 long, to accomodate envelope splitting. File systems with
1550 a 14 character file name length limit are no longer
1552 Recipient list used for delivery now gets internally ordered by
1553 hostsignature (character string version of MX RR). This orders
1554 recipients for the same MX RR's together meaning smaller
1555 portions of the list need to be scanned (instead of the whole
1556 list) each delivery() pass to determine piggybacking. The
1557 significance of the change is better the larger the recipient
1558 list. Hostsignature is now created during recipient list
1559 creation rather than just before delivery.
1560 Enhancements for more opportunistic piggybacking. Previous
1561 piggybacking (called coincidental) extended to coattail
1562 piggybacking. Rather than complete MX RR matching
1563 (coincidental) piggybacking is done if just the lowest value
1564 preference matches (coattail).
1565 If sendmail receives a temporary error on a RCPT TO: command, it will
1566 try other MX hosts if available.
1567 DefaultAuthInfo can contain a list of mechanisms to be used for
1568 outgoing (client-side) SMTP Authentication.
1569 New modifier 'A' for DaemonPortOptions/ClientPortOptions to disable
1570 AUTH (overrides 'a' modifier in DaemonPortOptions). Based
1571 on patch from Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct.
1572 Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS is used.
1573 A new ruleset authinfo can be used to return client side
1574 authentication information for AUTH instead of DefaultAuthInfo.
1575 Therefore the DefaultAuthInfo option is deprecated and will be
1576 removed in future versions.
1577 Accept any SMTP continuation code 3xy for AUTH even though RFC 2554
1578 requires 334. Mercury 1.48 is a known offender.
1579 Add new option AuthMaxBits to limit the overall encryption strength
1580 for the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL). See
1581 doc/op/op.me for details.
1582 Introduce new STARTTLS related macros {cn_issuer}, {cn_subject},
1583 {cert_md5} which hold the CN (common name) of the CA that
1584 signed the presented certificate, the CN and the MD5 hash
1585 of the presented certificate, respectively.
1586 New ruleset try_tls to decide whether to try (as client) STARTTLS.
1587 New ruleset srv_features to enable/disable certain features in the
1588 server per connection. See doc/op/op.me for details.
1589 New ruleset tls_rcpt to decide whether to send e-mail to a particular
1590 recipient; useful to decide whether a conection is secure
1591 enough on a per recipient basis.
1592 New option TLSSrvOptions to modify some aspects of the server
1594 If no certificate has been requested, the macro {verify} has the
1596 New M=S modifier for ClientPortOptions/DaemonPortOptions to turn off
1597 using/offering STARTTLS when delivering/receiving e-mail.
1598 Macro expand filenames/directories for certs and keys in the .cf file.
1599 Proposed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1600 Generate an ephemeral RSA key for a STARTTLS connection only if
1601 really required. This change results in a noticable
1602 performance gains on most machines. Moreover, if shared
1603 memory is in use, reuse the key several times.
1604 Add queue groups which can be used to group queue directories with
1605 the same behavior together. See doc/op/op.me for details.
1606 If the new option FastSplit (defaults to one) has a value greater
1607 than zero, it suppresses the MX lookups on addresses when they
1608 are initially sorted which may result in faster envelope
1609 splitting. If the mail is submitted directly from the
1610 command line, then the value also limits the number of
1611 processes to deliver the envelopes; if more envelopes are
1612 created they are only queued up and must be taken care of
1614 The check for 'enough disk space' now pays attention to which file
1615 system each queue directory resides in.
1616 All queue runners can be cleanly terminated via SIGTERM to parent.
1617 New option QueueFileMode for the default permissions of queue files.
1618 Add parallel queue runner code. Allows multiple queue runners per work
1619 group (one or more queues in a multi-queue environment
1620 collected together) to process the same work list at the
1622 Option MaxQueueChildren added to limit the number of concurrently
1623 active queue runner processes.
1624 New option MaxRunnersPerQueue to specify the maximum number of queue
1625 runners per queue group.
1626 Queue member selection by substring pattern matching now allows
1627 the pattern to be negated. For -qI, -qR and -qS it is
1628 permissible for -q!I, -q!R and -q!S to mean remove members
1629 of the queue that match during processing.
1630 New -qp[time] option is similar to -qtime, except that instead of
1631 periodically forking a child to process the queue, a single
1632 child is forked for each queue that sleeps between queue
1633 runs. A SIGHUP signal can be sent to restart this
1634 persistent queue runner.
1635 The SIGHUP signal now restarts a timed queue run process (i.e., a
1636 sendmail process which only runs the queue at an interval:
1638 New option NiceQueueRun to set the priority of queue runners.
1639 Proposed by Thom O'Connor.
1640 sendmail will run the queue(s) in the background when invoked with -q
1641 unless the new -qf option or -v is used.
1642 QueueSortOrder=Random sorts the queue randomly, which is useful if
1643 several queue runners are started by hand to avoid contention.
1644 QueueSortOrder=Modification sorts the queue by the modification time
1645 of the qf file (older entries first).
1646 Support Deliver By SMTP Service Extension (RFC 2852) which allows
1647 a client to specify an amount of time within which an e-mail
1648 should be delivered. New option DeliverByMin added to set the
1649 minimum amount of time or disable the extension.
1650 Non-printable characters (ASCII: 0-31, 127) in mailbox addresses are
1651 not allowed unless escaped or quoted.
1652 Add support for a generic DNS map. Based on a patch contributed
1653 by Leif Johansson of Stockholm University, which was based on
1654 work by Assar Westerlund of Swedish Institute of Computer
1655 Science, Kista, and Johan Danielsson of Royal Institute of
1656 Technology, Stockholm, Sweden.
1657 MX records will be looked up for FallBackMXhost. To use the old
1658 behavior (no MX lookups), put the name in square brackets.
1659 Proposed by Thom O'Connor.
1660 Use shared memory to store free space of filesystems that are used
1661 for queues, if shared memory is available and if a key is set
1662 via SharedMemoryKey. This minimizes the number of system
1663 calls to check the available space. See doc/op/op.me for
1665 If shared memory is compiled in the option -bP can be used to print
1666 the number of entries in the queue(s).
1667 Enable generic mail filter API (milter). See libmilter/README
1668 and the usual documentation for details.
1669 Remove AutoRebuildAliases option, deprecated since 8.10.
1670 Remove '-U' (initial user submission) command line option as
1672 Remove support for non-standard SMTP command XUSR. Use an MSA instead.
1673 New macro {addr_type} which contains whether the current address is
1674 an envelope sender or recipient address. Suggested by
1675 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1676 Two new options for host maps: -d (retransmission timeout),
1677 -r (number of retries).
1678 New option for LDAP maps: the -V<sep> allows you to specify a
1679 separator such that a lookup can return both an attribute
1680 and value separated by the given separator.
1681 Add new operators '%', '|', '&' (modulo, binary or, binary and)
1683 If DoubleBounceAddress expands to an empty string, ``double bounces''
1684 (errors that occur when sending an error message) are dropped.
1685 New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableSASLDBFile and
1686 GroupWritableSASLDBFile to relax requirements for sasldb files.
1687 New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableKeyFile to relax
1688 requirements for files containing secret keys. This is
1689 necessary for the MSP if client authentification is used.
1690 Properly handle quoted filenames for class files (to allow for
1691 filenames with spaces).
1692 Honor the resolver option RES_NOALIASES when canonifying hostnames.
1693 Add macros to avoid the reuse of {if_addr} etc:
1694 {if_name_out} hostname of interface of outgoing connection.
1695 {if_addr_out} address of interface of outgoing connection.
1696 {if_family_out} family of interface of outgoing connection.
1697 The latter two are only set if the interface does not belong
1698 to the loopback net.
1699 Add macro {nrcpts} which holds the number of (validated) recipients.
1700 DialDelay option applies only to mailers with flag 'Z'. Patch from
1701 Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart.
1702 New Timeout.lhlo,auth,starttls options to limit the time waiting for
1703 an answer to the LMTP LHLO, SMTP AUTH or STARTTLS command.
1704 New Timeout.aconnect option to limit the overall waiting time for
1705 all connections for a single delivery attempt to succeed.
1706 Limit the rate recipients in the SMTP envelope are accepted once
1707 a threshold number of recipients has been rejected (option
1708 BadRcptThrottle). From Gregory A Lundberg of the WU-FTPD
1710 New option DelayLA to delay connections if the load averages
1711 exceeds the specified value. The default of 0 does not
1712 change the previous behavior. A value greater than 0
1713 will cause sendmail to sleep for one second on most
1714 SMTP commands and before accepting connections if that
1715 load average is exceeded.
1716 Use a dynamic (instead of fixed-size) buffer for the list of
1717 recipients that are sent during a connection to a mailer.
1718 This also introduces a new mailer field 'r' which defines
1719 the maximum number of recipients (defaults to 100).
1720 Based on patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1721 Add new F=1 mailer flag to disable sending of null characters ('\0').
1722 Add new F=2 mailer flag to disable use of ESMTP, using SMTP instead.
1723 The deprecated [TCP] builtin mailer pathname (P=) is gone. Use [IPC]
1725 IPC is no longer available as first mailer argument (A=) for [IPC]
1726 builtin mailer pathnames. Use TCP instead.
1727 PH map code updated to use the new libphclient API instead of the
1728 old libqiapi library. Contributed by Mark Roth of the
1729 University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1730 New option DirectSubmissionModifiers to define {daemon_flags}
1731 for direct (command line) submissions.
1732 New M=O modifier for DaemonPortOptions to ignore the socket in
1733 case of failures. Based on patch by Jun-ichiro itojun
1734 Hagino of the KAME Project.
1735 Add Disposition-Notification-To: (RFC 2298) to the list of headers
1736 whose content is rewritten similar to Reply-To:.
1737 Proposed by Andrzej Filip.
1738 Use STARTTLS/AUTH=server/client for logging incoming/outgoing
1739 STARTTLS/AUTH connections; log incoming connections at level
1740 9 or higher. Use AUTH/STARTTLS instead of SASL/TLS for SMTP
1741 AUTH/STARTTLS related logfile entries.
1742 Convert unprintable characters (and backslash) into octal or C format
1744 Log recipients if no message is transferred but QUIT/RSET is given
1745 (at LogLevel 9/10 or higher).
1746 Log discarded recipients at LogLevel 10 or higher.
1747 Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" for connections
1748 in which most commands are rejected due to check_relay or
1749 TCP Wrappers if the host tries one of those commands anyway.
1750 Change logging format for cloned envelopes to be similar to that for
1751 DSNs ("old id: new id: clone"). Suggested by Ulrich Windl
1752 of the Universitat Regensburg.
1753 Added libsm, a C library of general purpose abstractions including
1754 assertions, tracing and debugging with named debug categories,
1755 exception handling, malloc debugging, resource pools,
1756 portability abstractions, and an extensible buffered I/O
1757 package. It will at some point replace libsmutil.
1758 See libsm/index.html for details.
1759 Fixed most memory leaks in sendmail which were previously taken
1760 care of by fork() and exit().
1761 Use new sm_io*() functions in place of stdio calls. Allows for
1762 more consistent portablity amongst different platforms
1763 new and old (from new libsm).
1764 Common I/O pkg means just one buffering method needed instead of two
1765 ('bf_portable' and 'bf_torek' now just 'bf').
1766 Sfio no longer needed as SASL/TLS code uses sm_io*() API's.
1767 New possible value 'interactive' for SuperSafe which can be used
1768 together with DeliveryMode=interactive is to avoid some disk
1769 synchronizations calls.
1770 Add per-recipient status information to mailq -v output.
1771 T_ANY queries are no longer used by sendmail.
1772 When compiling with "gcc -O -Wall" specify "-DSM_OMIT_BOGUS_WARNINGS"
1773 too (see include/sm/cdefs.h for more info).
1774 sendmail -d now has general support for named debug categories.
1775 See libsm/debug.html and section 3.4 of doc/op/op.me
1777 Eliminate the "postmaster warning" DSNs on address parsing errors
1778 such as unbalanced angle brackets or parentheses. The DSNs
1779 generated by this condition were illegal (not RFC conform).
1780 Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg.
1781 Do not issue a DSN if the ruleset localaddr resolves to the $#error
1782 mailer and the recipient has hence been rejected during the
1783 SMTP dialogue. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
1784 Deal with a case of multiple deliveries on misconfigured systems
1785 that do not have postmaster defined. If an email was sent
1786 from an address to which a DSN cannot be returned and
1787 in which at least one recipient address is non-deliverable,
1788 then that email had been delivered in each queue run.
1789 Problem reported by Matteo HCE Valsasna of Universita
1790 degli Studi dell'Insubria.
1791 The compilation options SMTP, DAEMON, and QUEUE have been removed,
1792 i.e., the corresponding code is always compiled in now.
1793 Log the command line in daemon/queue-run mode at LogLevel 10 and
1794 higher. Suggested by Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
1795 New ResolverOptions setting: WorkAroundBrokenAAAA. When
1796 attempting to canonify a hostname, some broken nameservers
1797 will return SERVFAIL (a temporary failure) on T_AAAA (IPv6)
1798 lookups. If you want to excuse this behavior, use this new
1799 flag. Suggested by Chris Foote of SE Network Access and
1800 Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at
1802 Free the memory allocated by getipnodeby{addr,name}(). Problem
1803 noted by Joy Latten of IBM.
1804 ConnectionRateThrottle limits the number of connections per second
1805 to each daemon individually, not the overall number of
1807 Specifying only "ldap:" as an AliasFile specification will force
1808 sendmail to use a default alias schema as outlined in the
1809 ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of
1811 Add a new syntax for the 'F' (file class) sendmail.cf command. If
1812 the first character after the class name is not a '/' or a
1813 '|' and it contains an '@' (e.g., F{X}key@class:spec), the
1814 rest of the line will be parsed as a map lookup. This
1815 allows classes to be filled via a map lookup. See op.me
1816 for more syntax information. Specifically, this can be
1817 used for commands such as VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() to read
1818 the list of domains via LDAP (see the ``USING LDAP FOR
1819 ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README for an
1821 The new macro ${sendmailMTACluster} determines the LDAP cluster for
1822 the default schema used in the above two items.
1823 Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath is set, log a
1824 warning if a program being run from a mailer or file class
1825 (e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is in an unsafe directory path.
1826 Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunWritableProgram is set, log a warning
1827 if a program being run from a mailer or file class
1828 (e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is group or world writable.
1829 Loopback interfaces (e.g., "lo0") are now probed for class {w}
1830 hostnames. Setting DontProbeInterfaces to "loopback"
1831 (without quotes) will disable this and return to the
1832 pre-8.12 behavior of only probing non-loopback interfaces.
1833 Suggested by Bryan Stansell of GNAC.
1834 In accordance with RFC 2821 section 4.1.4, accept multiple
1836 Multiple ClientPortOptions settings are now allowed, one for each
1837 possible protocol family which may be used for outgoing
1838 connections. Restrictions placed on one family only affect
1839 outgoing connections on that particular family. Because of
1840 this change, the ${client_flags} macro is not set until the
1841 connection is established. Based on patch from Motonori
1842 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1843 PrivacyOptions=restrictexpand instructs sendmail to drop privileges
1844 when the -bv option is given by users who are neither root
1845 nor the TrustedUser so users can not read private aliases,
1846 forwards, or :include: files. It also will override the -v
1847 (verbose) command line option.
1848 If the M=b modifier is set in DaemonPortOptions and the interface
1849 address can't be used for the outgoing connection, fall
1850 back to the settings in ClientPortOptions (if set).
1851 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1852 New named config file rule check_data for DATA command (input:
1853 number of recipients). Based on patch from Mark Roth of
1854 the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1855 Add support for ETRN queue selection per RFC 1985. The queue group
1856 can be specified using the '#' option character. For
1857 example, 'ETRN #queuegroup'.
1858 If an LDAP server times out or becomes unavailable, close the
1859 current connection and reopen to get to one of the fallback
1860 servers. Patch from Paul Hilchey of the University of
1862 Make default error number on $#error messages 550 instead of 501
1863 because 501 is not allowed on all commands.
1864 The .cf file option UnsafeGroupWrites is deprecated, it should be
1865 replaced with the settings GroupWritableForwardFileSafe
1866 and GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe in DontBlameSendmail
1868 The deprecated ldapx map class has been removed. Use the ldap map
1870 Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed by the
1871 "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly. For example,
1872 if you want to add the IPv6 address [2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4] to
1873 class {w}, you would need to add [IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4].
1874 Change the $&{opMode} macro if the operation mode changes while the
1875 MTA is running. For example, during a queue run.
1876 Add "use_inet6" as a new ResolverOptions flag to control the
1877 RES_USE_INET6 resolver option. Based on patch from Rick
1879 The maximum number of commands before the MTA slows down when too
1880 many "light weight" commands have been received are now
1881 configurable during compile time. The current values and
1883 MAXBADCOMMANDS 25 unknown commands
1884 MAXNOOPCOMMANDS 20 NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR
1885 MAXHELOCOMMANDS 3 HELO, EHLO
1886 MAXVRFYCOMMANDS 6 VRFY, EXPN
1887 MAXETRNCOMMANDS 8 ETRN
1888 Setting a value to 0 disables the check. Patch from Bryan
1889 Costales of SL3D, Inc.
1890 The header syntax H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: now not only checks if
1891 ${MyMacro} is defined but also that it is not empty.
1892 Properly quote usernames with special characters if they are used
1893 in headers. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1894 Meteorological Institute.
1895 Be sure to include the proper Final-Recipient: DSN header in bounce
1896 messages for messages for mailing list expanded addresses
1897 which are not delivered on the initial attempt.
1898 Do not treat errors as sticky when doing delivery via LMTP after
1899 the final dot has been sent to avoid affecting future
1900 deliveries. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
1901 New compile time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC which turns on support for
1902 file systems that require to call fsync() for a directory
1903 if the meta-data in it has been changed. This should be
1904 set at least for ReiserFS; it is enabled by default for Linux.
1905 See sendmail/README for further information.
1906 Avoid file locking deadlock when updating the statistics file if
1907 sendmail is signaled to terminate. Problem noted by
1908 Christophe Wolfhugel of France Telecom.
1909 Set the $c macro (hop count) as it is being set instead of when the
1910 envelope is initialized. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of
1911 the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1912 Properly count recipients for DeliveryMode defer and queue. Fix
1913 from Peter A. Friend of EarthLink.
1914 Treat invalid hesiod lookups as permanent errors instead of
1915 temporary errors. Problem noted by Russell McOrmond of
1918 Remove support for AIX 2, which supports only 14 character
1919 filenames and is outdated anyway. Suggested by
1920 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
1921 Change several settings for Irix 6: remove confSBINDIR,
1922 i.e., use default /usr/sbin, change owner/group
1923 of man pages and user-executable to root/sys, set
1924 optimization limit to 0 (unlimited). Based on patch
1925 from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D, and proposal from Kari
1926 Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1927 Do not assume LDAP support is installed by default under
1928 Solaris 8 and later.
1929 Add support for OpenUNIX.
1930 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 10.
1931 CONFIG: Add an install target and a README file in cf/cf.
1932 CONFIG: Don't accept addresses of the form a@b@, a@b@c, a@[b]c, etc.
1933 CONFIG: Reject empty recipient addresses (in check_rcpt).
1934 CONFIG: The access map uses an option of -T<TMPF> to deal with
1935 temporary lookup failures.
1936 CONFIG: New value for access map: SKIP, which causes the default
1937 action to be taken by aborting the search for domain names
1939 CONFIG: check_rcpt can deal with TEMPFAIL for either recipient or
1940 relay address as long as the other part allows the email
1942 CONFIG: Entries for virtusertable can make use of a third parameter
1943 "%3" which contains "+detail" of a wildcard match, i.e., an
1944 entry like user+*@domain. This allows handling of details by
1945 using %1%3 as the RHS. Additionally, a "+" wildcard has been
1946 introduced to match only non-empty details of addresses.
1947 CONFIG: Numbers for rulesets used by MAILERs have been removed
1948 and hence there is no required order within the MAILER
1949 section anymore except for MAILER(`uucp') which must come
1950 after MAILER(`smtp') if uucp-dom and uucp-uudom are used.
1951 CONFIG: Hosts listed in the generics domain class {G}
1952 (GENERICS_DOMAIN() and GENERICS_DOMAIN_FILE()) are treated
1953 as canonical. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
1954 CONFIG: If FEATURE(`delay_checks') is used, make sure that a lookup
1955 in the access map which returns OK or RELAY actually
1956 terminates check_* ruleset checking.
1957 CONFIG: New tag TLS_Rcpt: for access map to be used by ruleset
1958 tls_rcpt, see cf/README for details.
1959 CONFIG: Change format of Received: header line which reveals whether
1960 STARTTLS has been used to "(version=${tls_version}
1961 cipher=${cipher} bits=${cipher_bits} verify=${verify})".
1962 CONFIG: Use "Spam:" as tag for lookups for FEATURE(`delay_checks')
1963 options friends/haters instead of "To:" and enable
1964 specification of whole domains instead of just users.
1965 Notice: this change is not backward compatible.
1966 Suggested by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
1967 CONFIG: Allow for local extensions for most new rulesets, see
1968 cf/README for details.
1969 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`lookupdotdomain') to lookup also .domain in
1970 the access map. Proposed by Randall Winchester of the
1971 University of Maryland.
1972 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`local_no_masquerade') to avoid masquerading for
1973 the local mailer. Proposed by Ingo Brueckl of Wupper Online.
1974 CONFIG: confRELAY_MSG/confREJECT_MSG can override the default
1975 messages for an unauthorized relaying attempt/for access
1976 map entries with RHS REJECT, respectively.
1977 CONFIG: FEATURE(`always_add_domain') takes an optional argument
1978 to specify another domain to be added instead of the local one.
1979 Suggested by Richard H. Gumpertz of Computer Problem
1981 CONFIG: confAUTH_OPTIONS allows setting of Cyrus-SASL specific
1982 options, see doc/op/op.me for details.
1983 CONFIG: confAUTH_MAX_BITS sets the maximum encryption strength for
1984 the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL).
1985 CONFIG: If Local_localaddr resolves to $#ok, localaddr is terminated
1987 CONFIG: FEATURE(`enhdnsbl') is an enhanced version of dnsbl which
1988 allows checking of the return values of the DNS lookups.
1989 See cf/README for details.
1990 CONFIG: FEATURE(`dnsbl') allows now to specify the behavior for
1991 temporary lookup failures.
1992 CONFIG: New option confDELIVER_BY_MIN to specify minimum time for
1993 Deliver By (RFC 2852) or to turn off the extension.
1994 CONFIG: New option confSHARED_MEMORY_KEY to set the key for shared
1996 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`compat_check') to look up a key consisting
1997 of the sender and the recipient address delimited by the
1998 string "<@>", e.g., sender@sdomain<@>recipient@rdomain,
1999 in the access map. Based on code contributed by Mathias
2000 Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications Ltd.
2001 CONFIG: Add EXPOSED_USER_FILE() command to allow an exposed user
2002 file. Suggested by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2003 CONFIG: Don't use MAILER-DAEMON for error messages delivered
2004 via LMTP. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
2005 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') to preserve the name of
2006 the recipient host if LUSER_RELAY is used.
2007 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_local_plus_detail') to preserve the
2008 +detail portion of the address when passing address to
2009 local delivery agent. Disables alias and .forward +detail
2010 stripping. Only use if LDA supports this.
2011 CONFIG: Removed deprecated FEATURE(`rbl').
2012 CONFIG: Add LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT() and LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT_FILE()
2013 which allow you to specify 'equivalent' hosts for LDAP
2014 Routing lookups. Equivalent hostnames are replaced by the
2015 masquerade domain name for lookups. See cf/README for
2017 CONFIG: Add a fourth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
2018 instructs the rulesets on what to do if the address being
2019 looked up has +detail information. See cf/README for more
2021 CONFIG: When chosing a new destination via LDAP Routing, also look
2022 up the new routing address/host in the mailertable. Based
2023 on patch from Don Badrak of the United States Census Bureau.
2024 CONFIG: Do not reject the SMTP Mail from: command if LDAP Routing
2025 is in use and the bounce option is enabled. Only reject
2026 recipients as user unknown.
2027 CONFIG: Provide LDAP support for the remaining database map
2028 features. See the ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES AND MAPS''
2029 section of cf/README for more information.
2030 CONFIG: Add confLDAP_CLUSTER which defines the ${sendmailMTACluster}
2031 macro used for LDAP searches as described above in ``USING
2032 LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, AND CLASSES''.
2033 CONFIG: confCLIENT_OPTIONS has been replaced by CLIENT_OPTIONS(),
2034 which takes the options as argument and can be used
2035 multiple times; see cf/README for details.
2036 CONFIG: Add configuration macros for new options:
2037 confBAD_RCPT_THROTTLE BadRcptThrottle
2038 confDIRECT_SUBMISSION_MODIFIERS DirectSubmissionModifiers
2039 confMAILBOX_DATABASE MailboxDatabase
2040 confMAX_QUEUE_CHILDREN MaxQueueChildren
2041 confMAX_RUNNERS_PER_QUEUE MaxRunnersPerQueue
2042 confNICE_QUEUE_RUN NiceQueueRun
2043 confQUEUE_FILE_MODE QueueFileMode
2044 confFAST_SPLIT FastSplit
2045 confTLS_SRV_OPTIONS TLSSrvOptions
2046 See above (and related documentation) for further information.
2047 CONFIG: Add configuration variables for new timeout options:
2048 confTO_ACONNECT Timeout.aconnect
2049 confTO_AUTH Timeout.auth
2050 confTO_LHLO Timeout.lhlo
2051 confTO_STARTTLS Timeout.starttls
2052 CONFIG: Add configuration macros for mail filter API:
2053 confINPUT_MAIL_FILTERS InputMailFilters
2054 confMILTER_LOG_LEVEL Milter.LogLevel
2055 confMILTER_MACROS_CONNECT Milter.macros.connect
2056 confMILTER_MACROS_HELO Milter.macros.helo
2057 confMILTER_MACROS_ENVFROM Milter.macros.envfrom
2058 confMILTER_MACROS_ENVRCPT Milter.macros.envrcpt
2059 Mail filters can be defined via INPUT_MAIL_FILTER() and
2060 MAIL_FILTER(). See libmilter/README, cf/README, and
2061 doc/op/op.me for details.
2062 CONFIG: Add support for accepting temporarily unresolvable domains.
2063 See cf/README for details. Based on patch by Motonori
2064 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2065 CONFIG: confDEQUOTE_OPTS can be used to specify options for the
2067 CONFIG: New macro QUEUE_GROUP() to define queue groups.
2068 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`queuegroup') to select a queue group based
2069 on the full e-mail address or the domain of the recipient.
2070 CONFIG: Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed
2071 by the "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly. For
2072 example, if you want to use the IPv6 address
2073 2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 in the access database, you would need
2074 to use IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 on the left hand side.
2075 This affects the access database as well as the
2076 relay-domains and local-host-names files.
2077 CONFIG: OSTYPE(aux) has been renamed to OSTYPE(a-ux).
2078 CONFIG: Avoid expansion of m4 keywords in SMART_HOST.
2079 CONFIG: Add MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION_FILE() for reading masquerading
2080 exceptions from a file. Suggested by Trey Breckenridge of
2081 Mississippi State University.
2082 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_USER_FILE() for reading local users
2083 (LOCAL_USER() -- $={L}) entries from a file.
2084 CONTRIB: dnsblaccess.m4 is a further enhanced version of enhdnsbl.m4
2085 which allows to lookup error codes in the access map.
2086 Contributed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2087 DEVTOOLS: Add new options for installation of include and library
2088 files: confINCGRP, confINCMODE, confINCOWN, confLIBGRP,
2089 confLIBMODE, confLIBOWN.
2090 DEVTOOLS: Add new option confDONT_INSTALL_CATMAN to turn off
2091 installation of the the formatted man pages on operating
2092 systems which don't include cat directories.
2093 EDITMAP: New program for editing maps as supplement to makemap.
2094 MAIL.LOCAL: Mail.local now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up
2095 local mail recipients. New option -D mbdb specifies the
2096 mailbox database type.
2097 MAIL.LOCAL: New option "-h filename" which instructs mail.local to
2098 deliver the mail to the named file in the user's home
2099 directory instead of the system mail spool area. Based on
2100 patch from Doug Hardie of the Los Angeles Free-Net.
2101 MAILSTATS: New command line option -P which acts the same as -p but
2102 doesn't truncate the statistics file.
2103 MAKEMAP: Add new option -t to specify a different delimiter
2104 instead of white space.
2105 RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway
2106 submission. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2107 Meteorological Institute.
2108 SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on FreeBSD 3.3 and later.
2109 VACATION: Change Auto-Submitted: header value from auto-generated to
2110 auto-replied. From Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
2111 VACATION: New option -d to send error/debug messages to stdout
2113 VACATION: New option -U which prevents the attempt to lookup login
2114 in the password file. The -f and -m options must be used
2115 to specify the database and message file since there is no
2116 home directory for the default settings for these options.
2117 VACATION: Vacation now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up
2118 local mail recipients; it reads the MailboxDatabase option
2119 from the sendmail.cf file. New option -C cffile which
2120 specifies the path of the sendmail.cf file.
2127 cf/feature/authinfo.m4
2128 cf/feature/compat_check.m4
2129 cf/feature/enhdnsbl.m4
2131 cf/feature/local_no_masquerade.m4
2132 cf/feature/lookupdotdomain.m4
2133 cf/feature/preserve_luser_host.m4
2134 cf/feature/preserve_local_plus_detail.m4
2135 cf/feature/queuegroup.m4
2137 contrib/dnsblaccess.m4
2138 devtools/M4/UNIX/sm-test.m4
2139 devtools/OS/OpenUNIX.5.i386
2150 sendmail/sm_resolve.c
2151 sendmail/sm_resolve.h
2157 include/sendmail/cdefs.h
2158 include/sendmail/errstring.h
2159 include/sendmail/useful.h
2160 libsmutil/errstring.c
2161 sendmail/bf_portable.c
2162 sendmail/bf_portable.h
2167 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc => cf/cf/generic-solaris.mc
2168 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.cf => cf/cf/generic-solaris.cf
2169 cf/ostype/aux.m4 => cf/ostype/a-ux.m4
2171 8.11.7/8.11.7 2003/03/29
2172 SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by
2173 dropping sender and recipient header comments if the
2174 comments are too long. Problem noted by Mark Dowd
2176 SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing due to
2177 a char to int conversion problem which is potentially
2178 remotely exploitable. Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
2179 Note: an MTA that is not patched might be vulnerable to
2180 data that it receives from untrusted sources, which
2182 To provide partial protection to internal, unpatched sendmail MTAs,
2183 8.11.7 changes by default (char)0xff to (char)0x7f in
2184 headers etc. To turn off this conversion compile with
2185 -DALLOW_255 or use the command line option -d82.101.
2186 To provide partial protection for internal, unpatched MTAs that may be
2187 performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME conversions, the default
2188 for MaxMimeHeaderLength has been changed to 2048/1024.
2189 Note: this does have a performance impact, and it only
2190 protects against frontal attacks from the outside.
2191 To disable the checks and return to pre-8.11.7 defaults,
2192 set MaxMimeHeaderLength to 0/0.
2193 Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data
2194 across various connections. This could cause session
2195 oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements,
2196 to erroneously allow a connection. Problem noted
2197 by Tim Maletic of Priority Health.
2198 Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the
2199 canonical name for a host.
2200 Fix a memory leak when closing Hesiod maps.
2201 Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line
2203 Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by
2204 turning off alarms before checking if event list is
2205 empty. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
2206 Polytechnic Institute.
2207 Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable
2208 NAME is set. Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of
2210 Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files.
2211 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of
2213 CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce
2214 parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary
2216 CONFIG: Fix a syntax error in the try_tls ruleset if
2217 FEATURE(`access_db') is not enabled.
2218 LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases,
2220 LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X
2221 and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag.
2222 MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does
2223 not contain a value for a key. Based on patch from
2224 Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard.
2225 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on
2226 the mailbox fails. Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of
2228 SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be
2229 used for a command. Problem noted by David Endler of
2232 8.11.6/8.11.6 2001/08/20
2233 SECURITY: Fix a possible memory access violation when specifying
2234 out-of-bounds debug parameters. Problem detected by
2235 Cade Cairns of SecurityFocus.
2236 Avoid leaking recipient information in unrelated DSNs. This could
2237 happen if a connection is aborted, several mails had been
2238 scheduled for delivery via that connection, and the timeout
2239 is reached such that several DSNs are sent next. Problem
2240 noted by Dileepan Moorkanat of Hewlett-Packard.
2241 Fix a possible segmentation violation when specifying too many
2242 wildcard operators in a rule. Problem detected by
2244 Avoid a segmentation fault on non-matching Hesiod lookups. Problem
2245 noted by Russell McOrmond of flora.ca
2247 8.11.5/8.11.5 2001/07/31
2248 Fix a possible race condition when sending a HUP signal to restart
2249 the daemon. This could terminate the current process without
2250 starting a new daemon. Problem reported by Wolfgang Breyha
2251 of SE Netway Communications.
2252 Only apply MaxHeadersLength when receiving a message via SMTP or
2253 the command line. Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
2254 When finding the system's local hostname on an IPv6-enabled system
2255 which doesn't have any IPv6 interface addresses, fall back
2256 to looking up only IPv4 addresses. Problem noted by Tim
2257 Bosserman of EarthLink.
2258 When commands were being rejected due to check_relay or TCP
2259 Wrappers, the ETRN command was not giving a response.
2260 Incoming IPv4 connections on a Family=inet6 daemon (using
2261 IPv4-mapped addresses) were incorrectly labeled as "may be
2262 forged". Problem noted by Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo
2264 Shutdown address test mode cleanly on SIGTERM. Problem noted by
2265 Greg King of the OAO Corporation.
2266 Restore the original real uid (changed in main() to prevent
2267 out of band signals) before invoking a delivery agent.
2268 Some delivery agents use this for the "From " envelope
2269 "header". Problem noted by Leslie Carroll of the
2270 University at Albany.
2271 Mark closed file descriptors properly to avoid reuse. Problem
2272 noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc.
2273 Setting Timeout options on the command line will also override
2274 their sub-suboptions in the .cf file, e.g., -O
2275 Timeout.queuereturn=2d will set all queuereturn timeouts
2276 to 2 days. Problem noted by Roger B.A. Klorese.
2278 BSD/OS has a broken setreuid() implementation. Problem
2279 noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software.
2280 BSD/OS has /dev/urandom(4) (as of version 4.1/199910 ?).
2281 Noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software.
2282 BSD/OS has fchown(2). Noted by Dave Yadallee of Netline
2283 2000 Internet Solutions Inc.
2284 Solaris 2.X and later have strerror(3). From Sebastian
2285 Hagedorn of Cologne University.
2286 CONFIG: Fix parsing for IPv6 domain literals in addresses
2287 (user@[IPv6:address]). Problem noted by Liyuan Zhou.
2289 8.11.4/8.11.4 2001/05/28
2290 Clean up signal handling routines to reduce the chances of heap
2291 corruption and other potential race conditions.
2292 Terminating and restarting the daemon may not be
2293 instantaneous due to this change. Also, non-root users can
2294 no longer send out-of-band signals. Problem reported by
2295 Michal Zalewski of BindView.
2296 If LogLevel is greater than 9 and SASL fails to negotiate an
2297 encryption layer, avoid core dump logging the encryption
2298 strength. Problem noted by Miroslav Zubcic of Crol.
2299 If a server offers "AUTH=" and "AUTH " and the list of mechanisms is
2300 different in those two lines, sendmail might not have
2301 recognized (and used) all of the offered mechanisms.
2302 Fix an IP address lookup problem on Solaris 2.0 - 2.3. Patch
2304 This time, really don't use the .. directory when expanding
2305 QueueDirectory wildcards.
2306 If a process is interrupted while closing a map, don't try to close
2307 the same map again while exiting.
2308 Allow local mailers (F=l) to contact remote hosts (e.g., via
2309 LMTP). Problem noted by Norbert Klasen of the University
2311 If Timeout.QueueReturn was set to a value less the time it took
2312 to write a new queue file (e.g., 0 seconds), the bounce
2313 message would be lost. Problem noted by Lorraine L Goff of
2314 Oklahoma State University.
2315 Pass map argument vector into map rewriting engine for the regex
2316 and prog map types. Problem noted by Stephen Gildea of
2317 InTouch Systems, Inc.
2318 When closing an LDAP map due to a temporary error, close all of the
2319 other LDAP maps which share the original map's connection
2320 to the LDAP server. Patch from Victor Duchovni of
2322 To detect changes of NDBM aliases files check the timestamp of the
2323 .pag file instead of the .dir file. Problem noted by Neil
2324 Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2325 Don't treat temporary hesiod lookup failures as permanent. Patch
2326 from Werner Wiethege.
2327 If ClientPortOptions is set, make sure to create the outgoing socket
2328 with the family set in that option. Patch from Sean Farley.
2329 Avoid a segmentation fault trying to dereference a NULL pointer
2330 when logging a MaxHopCount exceeded error with an empty
2331 recipient list. Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY
2333 Fix DSN for "Too many hops" bounces. Problem noticed by Ulrich
2334 Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg.
2335 Fix DSN for "mail loops back to me" bounces. Problem noticed by
2336 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2338 OpenBSD has a broken setreuid() implementation.
2339 CONFIG: Undo change from 8.11.1: change 501 SMTP reply code back
2340 to 553 since it is allowed by DRUMS.
2341 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd4) for FreeBSD 4.X.
2342 DEVTOOLS: install.sh did not properly handle paths in the source
2343 file name argument. Noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2344 Meteorological Institute.
2345 DEVTOOLS: Add FAST_PID_RECYCLE to compile time options for OpenBSD
2346 since it generates random process ids.
2347 PRALIASES: Add back adaptive algorithm to deal with different endings
2348 of entries in the database (with/without trailing '\0').
2349 Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2351 cf/ostype/freebsd4.m4
2353 8.11.3/8.11.3 2001/02/27
2354 Prevent a segmentation fault when a bogus value was used in the
2355 LDAPDefaultSpec option's -r, -s, or -M flags and if a bogus
2356 option was used. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of
2357 Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
2358 Prevent "token too long" message by shortening {currHeader} which
2359 could be too long if the last copied character was a quote.
2360 Problem detected by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers
2361 communications consulting gmbh.
2362 Additional IPv6 check for unspecified addresses. Patch from
2363 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
2364 Do not ignore the ClientPortOptions setting if DaemonPortOptions
2365 Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set and the
2366 connection came in from the command line.
2367 Do not bind to the loopback address if DaemonPortOptions
2368 Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set. Patch from
2369 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2370 Properly deal with open failures on non-optional maps used in
2371 check_* rulesets by returning a temporary failure.
2372 Buffered file I/O files were not being properly fsync'ed to disk
2373 when they were committed.
2374 Properly encode '=' for the AUTH= parameter of the MAIL command.
2375 Problem noted by Hadmut Danisch.
2376 Under certain circumstances the macro {server_name} could be set
2377 to the wrong hostname (of a previous connection), which may
2378 cause some rulesets to return wrong results. This would
2379 usually cause mail to be queued up and delivered later on.
2380 Ignore F=z (LMTP) mailer flag if $u is given in the mailer A=
2381 equate. Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto
2383 Work around broken accept() implementations which only partially
2384 fill in the peer address if the socket is closed before
2386 Return an SMTP "421" temporary failure if the data file can't be
2387 opened where the "354" reply would normally be given.
2388 Prevent a CPU loop in trying to expand a macro which doesn't exist
2389 in a queue run. Problem noted by Gordon Lack of Glaxo
2391 If delivering via a program and that program exits with EX_TEMPFAIL,
2392 note that fact for the mailq display instead of just showing
2393 "Deferred". Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto
2395 If doing canonification via /etc/hosts, try both the fully
2396 qualified hostname as well as the first portion of the
2397 hostname. Problem noted by David Bremner of the
2398 University of New Brunswick.
2400 Fix a compilation problem for mail.local and rmail if SFIO
2401 is in use. Problem noted by Auteria Wally
2402 Winzer Jr. of Champion Nutrition.
2403 IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME. Patch from
2404 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
2405 OpenBSD 2.7 and higher has srandomdev(3). OpenBSD 2.8 and
2406 higher has BSDI-style login classes. Patch from
2407 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
2408 Unixware 7.1.1 doesn't allow h_errno to be set directly if
2409 sendmail is being compiled with -kthread. Problem
2410 noted by Orion Poplawski of CQG, Inc.
2411 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Substitute current domain for $DOMAIN and
2412 current left hand side for $LHS in virtuser files.
2413 DEVTOOLS: Do not pass make targets to recursive Build invocations.
2414 Problem noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc.
2415 MAIL.LOCAL: In LMTP mode, do not return errors regarding problems
2416 storing the temporary message file until after the remote
2417 side has sent the final DATA termination dot. Problem
2418 noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
2420 MAIL.LOCAL: If LMTP mode is set, give a temporary error if users
2421 are also specified on the command line. Patch from
2422 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2423 PRALIASES: Skip over AliasFile specifications which aren't based on
2424 database files (i.e., only show dbm, hash, and btree).
2426 devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0 => devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.x
2428 8.11.2/8.11.2 2000/12/29
2429 Prevent a segmentation fault when trying to set a class in
2430 address test mode due to a negative array index. Audit
2431 other array indexing. This bug is not believed to be
2432 exploitable. Noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
2433 Schools" project (IdS).
2434 Add an FFR (for future release) to drop privileges when using
2435 address test mode. This will be turned on in 8.12. It can
2436 be enabled by compiling with:
2437 APPENDDEF(`conf_sendmail_ENVDEF', `-D_FFR_TESTMODE_DROP_PRIVS')
2438 in your devtools/Site/site.config.m4 file. Suggested by
2439 Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
2440 Fix potential problem with Cyrus-SASL security layer which may have
2441 caused I/O errors, especially for mechanism DIGEST-MD5.
2442 When QueueSortOrder was set to host, sendmail might not read
2443 enough of the queue file to determine the host, making the
2444 sort sub-optimal. Problem noted by Jeff Earickson of
2446 Don't issue DSNs for addresses which use the NOTIFY parameter (per
2447 RFC 1891) but don't have FAILURE as value.
2448 Initialize Cyrus-SASL library before the SMTP daemon is started.
2449 This implies that every change to SASL related files requires
2450 a restart of the daemon, e.g., Sendmail.conf, new SASL
2451 mechanisms (in form of shared libraries).
2452 Properly set the STARTTLS related macros during a queue run for
2453 a cached connection. Bug reported by Michael Kellen of
2455 Log the server name in relay= for ruleset tls_server instead of the
2457 Include original length of bad field/header when reporting
2458 MaxMimeHeaderLength problems. Requested by Ulrich Windl of
2459 the Universitat Regensburg.
2460 Fix delivery to set-user-ID files that are expanded from aliases in
2461 DeliveryMode queue. Problem noted by Ric Anderson of the
2462 University of Arizona.
2463 Fix LDAP map -m (match only) flag. Problem noted by Jeff Giuliano
2464 of Collective Technologies.
2465 Avoid using a negative argument for sleep() calls when delaying answers
2466 to EXPN/VRFY commands on systems which respond very slowly.
2467 Problem noted by Mikolaj J. Habryn of Optus Internet
2469 Make sure the F=u flag is set in the default prog mailer
2470 definition. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2471 Meteorological Institute.
2472 Fix IPv6 check for unspecified addresses. Patch from
2473 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
2474 Fix return values for IRIX nsd map. From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2475 Meteorological Institute.
2476 Fix parsing of DaemonPortOptions and ClientPortOptions. Read all
2477 of the parameters to find Family= setting before trying to
2478 interpret Addr= and Port=. Problem noted by Valdis
2479 Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2480 When delivering to a file directly from an alias, do not call
2481 initgroups(); instead use the DefaultUser group information.
2482 Problem noted by Marc Schaefer of ALPHANET NF.
2483 RunAsUser now overrides the ownership of the control socket, if
2484 created. Otherwise, sendmail can not remove it upon
2485 close. Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
2486 Fix ConnectionRateThrottle counting as the option is the number of
2487 overall connections, not the number of connections per
2488 socket. A future version may change this to per socket
2491 Clean up libsmdb so it functions properly on platforms
2492 where sizeof(u_int32_t) != sizeof(size_t). Problem
2493 noted by Rein Tollevik of Basefarm AS.
2494 Fix man page formatting for compatibility with Solaris'
2495 whatis. From Stephen Gildea of InTouch Systems, Inc.
2496 UnixWare 7 includes snprintf() support. From Larry
2498 IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME. Patch from
2499 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
2500 Avoid a typedef compile conflict with Berkeley DB 3.X and
2501 Solaris 2.5 or earlier. Problem noted by Bob Hughes
2503 Add preliminary support for AIX 5. Contributed by
2504 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2505 Solaris 9 load average support from Andrew Tucker of Sun
2507 CONFIG: Reject addresses of the form a!b if FEATURE(`nouucp', `r')
2508 is used. Problem noted by Phil Homewood of Asia Online,
2509 patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2510 CONFIG: Change the default DNS based blacklist server for
2511 FEATURE(`dnsbl') to blackholes.mail-abuse.org.
2512 CONFIG: Deal correctly with the 'C' flag in {daemon_flags}, i.e.,
2513 implicitly assume canonical host names.
2514 CONFIG: Deal with "::" in IPv6 addresses for access_db. Based on
2515 patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2516 CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`aix5') contributed by Valdis Kletnieks of
2518 CONFIG: Pass the illegal header form <list:;> through untouched
2519 instead of making it worse. Problem noted by Motonori
2520 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2521 CONTRIB: Added buildvirtuser (see `perldoc contrib/buildvirtuser`).
2522 CONTRIB: qtool.pl: An empty queue is not an error. Problem noted
2523 by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers communications consulting
2525 CONTRIB: domainmap.m4: Handle domains with '-' in them. From Mark
2526 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
2527 DEVTOOLS: Change the internal devtools OS, REL, and ARCH m4
2528 variables into bldOS, bldREL, and bldARCH to prevent
2529 namespace collisions. Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura
2530 of Kyoto University.
2531 RMAIL: Undo the 8.11.1 change to use -G when calling sendmail. It
2532 causes some changes in behavior and may break rmail for
2533 installations where sendmail is actually a wrapper to
2534 another MTA. The change will re-appear in a future
2536 SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on HPUX 10.X, HPUX 11.X,
2537 and SunOS 5.8. Requested by Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
2538 College and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2539 VACATION: Fix pattern matching for addresses to ignore.
2540 VACATION: Don't reply to addresses of the form owner-*
2544 contrib/buildvirtuser
2547 8.11.1/8.11.1 2000/09/27
2548 Fix SMTP EXPN command output if the address expands to a single
2549 name. Fix from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2550 Don't try STARTTLS in the client if the PRNG has not been properly
2551 seeded. This problem only occurs on systems without
2552 /dev/urandom. Problem detected by Jan Krueger of
2553 digitalanswers communications consulting gmbh and
2554 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2555 Don't use the . and .. directories when expanding QueueDirectory
2557 Do not try to cache LDAP connections across processes as a parent
2558 process may close the connection before the child process
2559 has completed. Problem noted by Lai Yiu Fai of the Hong
2560 Kong University of Science and Technology and Wolfgang
2561 Hottgenroth of UUNET.
2562 Use Timeout.fileopen to limit the amount of time spent trying to
2563 read the LDAP secret from a file.
2564 Prevent SIGTERM from removing a command line submitted item after
2565 the user submits the message and before the first delivery
2566 attempt completes. Problem noted by Max France of AlphaNet.
2567 Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2568 Deal correctly with MaxMessageSize restriction if message size is
2569 greater than 2^31. Problem noted by Tim "Darth Dice" Bosserman
2571 Turn off queue checkpointing if CheckpointInterval is set to zero.
2572 Treat an empty home directory (from getpw*() or $HOME) as
2573 non-existent instead of treating it as /. Problem noted by
2574 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
2575 Don't drop duplicate headers when reading a queued item. Problem
2576 noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2577 Avoid bogus error text when logging the savemail panic "cannot
2578 save rejected email anywhere". Problem noted by Marc G.
2579 Fournier of Acadia University.
2580 If an LDAP search fails because the LDAP server went down, close
2581 the map so subsequent searches reopen the map. If there are
2582 multiple LDAP servers, the down server will be skipped and
2583 one of the others may be able to take over.
2584 Set the ${load_avg} macro to the current load average, not the
2585 previous load average query result.
2586 If a non-optional map used in a check_* ruleset can't be opened,
2587 return a temporary failure to the remote SMTP client
2588 instead of ignoring the map. Problem noted by Allan E
2589 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
2590 Avoid a race condition when queuing up split envelopes by saving
2591 the split envelopes before the original envelope.
2592 Fix a bug in the PH_MAP code which caused mail to bounce instead of
2593 defer if the PH server could not be contacted. From Mark
2594 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
2595 Prevent QueueSortOrder=Filename from interfering with -qR, -qS, and
2596 ETRN. Problem noted by Erik R. Leo of SoVerNet.
2597 Change error code for unrecognized parameters to the SMTP MAIL and
2598 RCPT commands from 501 to 555 per RFC 1869. Problem
2599 reported to Postfix by Robert Norris of Monash University.
2600 Prevent overwriting the argument of -B on certain OS. Problem
2601 noted by Matteo Gelosa of I.NET S.p.A.
2602 Use the proper routine for freeing memory with Netscape's LDAP
2603 client libraries. Patch from Paul Hilchey of the
2604 University of British Columbia.
2606 Move the NETINET6 define to devtools/OS/SunOS.5.{8,9}
2607 instead of defining it in conf.h so users can
2608 override the setting. Suggested by
2609 Henrik Nordstrom of Ericsson.
2610 On HP-UX 10.X and 11.X, use /usr/sbin/sendmail instead of
2611 /usr/lib/sendmail for rmail and vacation. From
2612 Jeff A. Earickson of Colby College.
2613 On HP-UX 11.X, use /usr/sbin instead of /usr/libexec (which
2614 does not exist). From Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
2616 Avoid using the UCB subsystem on NCR MP-RAS 3.x. From
2618 NeXT 3.X and 4.X installs man pages in /usr/man. From
2619 Hisanori Gogota of NTT/InterCommunicationCenter.
2620 Solaris 8 and later include /var/run. The default PID file
2621 location is now /var/run/sendmail.pid. From John
2622 Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2623 SFIO includes snprintf() for those operating systems
2624 which do not. From Todd C. Miller of Courtesan
2626 CONFIG: Use the result of _CERT_REGEX_SUBJECT_ not {cert_subject}.
2627 Problem noted by Kaspar Brand of futureLab AG.
2628 CONFIG: Change 553 SMTP reply code to 501 to avoid problems with
2629 errors in the MAIL address.
2630 CONFIG: Fix FEATURE(nouucp) usage in example .mc files. Problem
2631 noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech.
2632 CONFIG: Add support for Solaris 8 (and later) as OSTYPE(solaris8).
2633 Contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2634 CONFIG: Set confFROM_HEADER such that the mail hub can possibly add
2635 GECOS information for an address. This more closely
2636 matches pre-8.10 nullclient behavior. From Per Hedeland of
2638 CONFIG: Fix MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(): apply the flag modifications for
2639 SMTP to all *smtp* mailers and those for RELAY to the relay
2640 mailer as described in cf/README.
2641 MAIL.LOCAL: Open the mailbox as the recipient not root so quotas
2642 are obeyed. Problem noted by Damian Kuczynski of NIK.
2643 MAKEMAP: Do not change a map's owner to the TrustedUser if using
2644 makemap to 'unmake' the map.
2645 RMAIL: Avoid overflowing the list of recipients being passed to
2647 RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway
2648 submission. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2649 Meteorological Institute.
2650 VACATION: Read the complete message to avoid "broken pipe" signals.
2651 VACATION: Do not cut off vacation.msg files which have a single
2652 dot as the only character on the line.
2654 cf/ostype/solaris8.m4
2656 8.11.0/8.11.0 2000/07/19
2657 SECURITY: If sendmail is installed as a non-root set-user-ID binary
2658 (not the normal case), some operating systems will still
2659 keep a saved-uid of the effective-uid when sendmail tries
2660 to drop all of its privileges. If sendmail needs to drop
2661 these privileges and the operating system doesn't set the
2662 saved-uid as well, exit with an error. Problem noted by
2663 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2664 SECURITY: sendmail depends on snprintf() NUL terminating the string
2665 it populates. It is possible that some broken
2666 implementations of snprintf() exist that do not do this.
2667 Systems in this category should compile with
2668 -DSNPRINTF_IS_BROKEN=1. Use test/t_snprintf.c to test your
2669 system and report broken implementations to
2670 sendmail-bugs@sendmail.org and your OS vendor. Problem
2671 noted by Slawomir Piotrowski of TELSAT GP.
2672 Support SMTP Service Extension for Secure SMTP (RFC 2487) (STARTTLS).
2673 Implementation influenced by the example programs of
2674 OpenSSL and the work of Lutz Jaenicke of TU Cottbus.
2675 Add new STARTTLS related options CACERTPath, CACERTFile,
2676 ClientCertFile, ClientKeyFile, DHParameters, RandFile,
2677 ServerCertFile, and ServerKeyFile. These are documented in
2678 cf/README and doc/op/op.*.
2679 New STARTTLS related macros: ${cert_issuer}, ${cert_subject},
2680 ${tls_version}, ${cipher}, ${cipher_bits}, ${verify},
2681 ${server_name}, and ${server_addr}. These are documented
2682 in cf/README and doc/op/op.*.
2683 Add support for the Entropy Gathering Daemon (EGD) for better
2685 New DontBlameSendmail option InsufficientEntropy for systems which
2686 don't properly seed the PRNG for OpenSSL but want to
2687 try to use STARTTLS despite the security problems.
2688 Support the security layer in SMTP AUTH for mechanisms which
2689 support encryption. Based on code contributed by Tim
2691 Add new macro ${auth_ssf} to reflect the SMTP AUTH security
2693 LDAP's -1 (single match only) flag was not honored if the -z
2694 (delimiter) flag was not given. Problem noted by ST Wong of
2695 the Chinese University of Hong Kong. Fix from Mark Adamson
2697 Add more protection from accidentally tripping OpenLDAP 1.X's
2698 ld_errno == LDAP_DECODING_ERROR hack on ldap_next_attribute().
2699 Suggested by Kurt Zeilenga of OpenLDAP.
2700 Fix the default family selection for DaemonPortOptions. As
2701 documented, unless a family is specified in a
2702 DaemonPortOptions option, "inet" is the default. It is
2703 also the default if no DaemonPortOptions value is set.
2704 Therefore, IPv6 users should configure additional sockets
2705 by adding DaemonPortOptions settings with Family=inet6 if
2706 they wish to also listen on IPv6 interfaces. Problem noted
2707 by Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
2708 Set ${if_family} when setting ${if_addr} and ${if_name} to reflect
2709 the interface information for an outgoing connection.
2710 Not doing so was creating a mismatch between the socket
2711 family and address used in subsequent connections if the
2712 M=b modifier was set in DaemonPortOptions. Problem noted
2713 by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2714 If DaemonPortOptions modifier M=b is used, determine the socket
2715 family based on the IP address. ${if_family} is no longer
2716 persistent (i.e., saved in qf files). Patch from John Beck
2717 of Sun Microsystems.
2718 sendmail 8.10 and 8.11 reused the ${if_addr} and ${if_family}
2719 macros for both the incoming interface address/family and
2720 the outgoing interface address/family. In order for M=b
2721 modifier in DaemonPortOptions to work properly, preserve
2722 the incoming information in the queue file for later
2724 Use SMTP error code and enhanced status code from check_relay in
2725 responses to commands. Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of
2727 Add more vigilance in checking for putc() errors on output streams
2728 to protect from a bug in Solaris 2.6's putc(). Problem
2729 noted by Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2730 The LDAP map -n option (return attribute names only) wasn't working.
2731 Problem noted by Ajay Matia.
2732 Under certain circumstances, an address could be listed as deferred
2733 but would be bounced back to the sender as failed to be
2734 delivered when it really should have been queued. Problem
2735 noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
2736 Prevent a segmentation fault in a child SMTP process from getting
2737 the SMTP transaction out of sync. Problem noted by Per
2738 Hedeland of Ericsson.
2739 Turn off RES_DEBUG if SFIO is defined unless SFIO_STDIO_COMPAT
2740 is defined to avoid a core dump due to incompatibilities
2741 between sfio and stdio. Problem noted by Neil Rickert
2742 of Northern Illinois University.
2743 Don't log useless envelope ID on initial connection log. Problem
2744 noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2745 Convert the free disk space shown in a control socket status query
2747 If TryNullMXList is True and there is a temporary DNS failure
2748 looking up the hostname, requeue the message for a later
2749 attempt. Problem noted by Ari Heikkinen of Pohjois-Savo
2751 Under the proper circumstances, failed connections would be recorded
2752 as "Bad file number" instead of "Connection failed" in the
2753 queue file and persistent host status. Problem noted by
2754 Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2755 Avoid getting into an endless loop if a non-hoststat directory exists
2756 within the hoststatus directory (e.g., lost+found).
2757 Patch from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2758 Make sure Timeout.queuereturn=now returns a bounce message to the
2759 sender. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
2760 If a message data file can't be opened at delivery time, panic and
2761 abort the attempt instead of delivering a message that
2762 states "<<< No Message Collected >>>".
2763 Fixup the GID checking code from 8.10.2 as it was overly
2764 restrictive. Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark
2765 G. Thomas Consulting.
2766 Preserve source port number instead of replacing it with the ident
2768 Document the queue status characters in the mailq man page.
2769 Suggested by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
2770 Process queued items in which none of the recipient addresses have
2771 host portions (or there are no recipients). Problem noted
2772 by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2773 If a cached LDAP connection is used for multiple maps, make sure
2774 only the first to open the connection is allowed to close
2775 it so a later map close doesn't break the connection for
2776 other maps. Problem noted by Wolfgang Hottgenroth of UUNET.
2777 Netscape's LDAP libraries do not support Kerberos V4
2778 authentication. Patch from Rainer Schoepf of the
2779 University of Mainz.
2780 Provide workaround for inconsistent handling of data passed
2781 via callbacks to Cyrus SASL prior to version 1.5.23.
2782 Mention ENHANCEDSTATUSCODES in the SMTP HELP helpfile. Omission
2783 noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
2785 Add the ability to read IPv6 interface addresses into class
2786 'w' under FreeBSD (and possibly others). From Jun
2787 Kuriyama of IMG SRC, Inc. and the FreeBSD Project.
2788 Replace code for finding the number of CPUs on HPUX.
2789 NCRUNIX MP-RAS 3.02 SO_REUSEADDR socket option does not
2790 work properly causing problems if the accept()
2791 fails and the socket needs to be reopened. Patch
2792 from Tom Moore of NCR.
2793 NetBSD uses a .0 extension of formatted man pages. From
2794 Andrew Brown of Crossbar Security.
2795 Return to using the IPv6 AI_DEFAULT flag instead of AI_V4MAPPED
2796 for calls to getipnodebyname(). The Linux
2797 implementation is broken so AI_ADDRCONFIG is stripped
2798 under Linux. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems and
2799 John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
2800 CONFIG: Catch invalid addresses containing a ',' at the wrong place.
2801 Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2802 CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
2803 confCACERT_PATH CACERTPath
2804 confCACERT CACERTFile
2805 confCLIENT_CERT ClientCertFile
2806 confCLIENT_KEY ClientKeyFile
2807 confDH_PARAMETERS DHParameters
2808 confRAND_FILE RandFile
2809 confSERVER_CERT ServerCertFile
2810 confSERVER_KEY ServerKeyFile
2811 CONFIG: Provide basic rulesets for TLS policy control and add new
2812 tags to the access database to support these policies. See
2813 cf/README for more information.
2814 CONFIG: Add TLS information to the Received: header.
2815 CONFIG: Call tls_client ruleset from check_mail in case it wasn't
2816 called due to a STARTTLS command.
2817 CONFIG: If TLS_PERM_ERR is defined, TLS related errors are permanent
2818 instead of temporary.
2819 CONFIG: FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') didn't work in combination with
2820 the access map and relaying to a domain without using a To:
2821 tag. Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark G. Thomas
2823 CONFIG: Set confEBINDIR to /usr/sbin to match the devtools entry in
2824 OSTYPE(`linux') and OSTYPE(`mklinux'). From Tim Pierce of
2826 CONFIG: Make sure FEATURE(`nullclient') doesn't use aliasing and
2827 forwarding to make it as close to the old behavior as
2828 possible. Problem noted by George W. Baltz of the
2829 University of Maryland.
2830 CONFIG: Added OSTYPE(`darwin') for Mac OS X and Darwin users. From
2831 Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
2832 CONFIG: Changed the map names used by FEATURE(`ldap_routing') from
2833 ldap_mailhost and ldap_mailroutingaddress to ldapmh and
2834 ldapmra as underscores in map names cause problems if
2835 underscore is in OperatorChars. Problem noted by Bob Zeitz
2836 of the University of Alberta.
2837 CONFIG: Apply blacklist_recipients also to hosts in class {w}.
2838 Patch from Michael Tratz of Esosoft Corporation.
2839 CONFIG: Use A=TCP ... instead of A=IPC ... in SMTP mailers.
2840 CONTRIB: Add link_hash.sh to create symbolic links to the hash
2841 of X.509 certificates.
2842 CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: More protection from special characters;
2843 treat special shells as root aliases; skip entries where the
2844 GECOS full name and username match. From Ulrich Windl of the
2845 Universitat Regensburg.
2846 CONTRIB: qtool.pl: Add missing last_modified_time method and fix a
2847 typo. Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2848 CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Improve handling of a race between re-mqueue
2849 and sendmail. Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2850 CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Don't exit(0) at end so can be called as
2851 subroutine Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2852 CONTRIB: Add movemail.pl (move old mail messages between queues by
2853 calling re-mqueue.pl) and movemail.conf (configuration
2854 script for movemail.pl). From Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2855 CONTRIB: Add cidrexpand (expands CIDR blocks as a preprocessor to
2856 makemap). From Derek J. Balling of Yahoo,Inc.
2857 DEVTOOLS: INSTALL_RAWMAN installation option mistakenly applied any
2858 extension modifications (e.g., MAN8EXT) to the installation
2859 target. Patch from James Ralston of Carnegie Mellon
2861 DEVTOOLS: Add support for SunOS 5.9.
2862 DEVTOOLS: New option confLN contains the command used to create
2864 LIBSMDB: Berkeley DB 2.X and 3.X errors might be lost and not
2866 MAIL.LOCAL: DG/UX portability. Problem noted by Tim Boyer of
2867 Denman Tire Corporation.
2868 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent a possible DoS attack when compiled with
2869 -DCONTENTLENGTH. Based on patch from 3APA3A@SECURITY.NNOV.RU.
2870 MAILSTATS: Fix usage statement (-p and -o are optional).
2871 MAKEMAP: Change man page layout as workaround for problem with nroff
2872 and -man on Solaris 7. Patch from Larry Williamson.
2873 RMAIL: AIX 4.3 has snprintf(). Problem noted by David Hayes of
2874 Black Diamond Equipment, Limited.
2875 RMAIL: Prevent a segmentation fault if the incoming message does not
2877 VACATION: Read all of the headers before deciding whether or not
2878 to respond instead of stopping after finding recipient.
2882 contrib/link_hash.sh
2883 contrib/movemail.conf
2885 devtools/OS/SunOS.5.9
2888 8.10.2/8.10.2 2000/06/07
2889 SECURITY: Work around broken Linux setuid() implementation.
2890 On Linux, a normal user process has the ability to subvert
2891 the setuid() call such that it is impossible for a root
2892 process to drop its privileges. Problem noted by Wojciech
2893 Purczynski of elzabsoft.pl.
2894 SECURITY: Add more vigilance around set*uid(), setgid(), setgroups(),
2895 initgroups(), and chroot() calls.
2899 8.10.1/8.10.1 2000/04/06
2900 SECURITY: Limit the choice of outgoing (client-side) SMTP
2901 Authentication mechanisms to those specified in
2902 AuthMechanisms to prevent information leakage. We do not
2903 recommend use of PLAIN for outgoing mail as it sends the
2904 password in clear text to possibly untrusted servers. See
2905 cf/README's DefaultAuthInfo section for additional information.
2906 Copy the ident argument for openlog() to avoid problems on some
2907 OSs. Based on patch from Rob Bajorek from Webhelp.com.
2908 Avoid bogus error message when reporting an alias line as too long.
2909 Avoid bogus socket error message if sendmail.cf version level is
2910 greater than sendmail binary supported version. Patch
2911 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2912 Prevent a malformed ruleset (missing right hand side) from causing
2913 a segmentation fault when using address test mode. Based on
2914 patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2915 Prevent memory leak from use of NIS maps and yp_match(3). Problem
2916 noted by Gil Kloepfer of the University of Texas at Austin.
2917 Fix queue file permission checks to allow for TrustedUser ownership.
2918 Change logging of errors from the trust_auth ruleset to LogLevel 10
2920 Avoid simple password cracking attacks against SMTP AUTH by using
2921 exponential delay after too many tries within one connection.
2922 Encode an initial empty AUTH challenge as '=', not as empty string.
2923 Avoid segmentation fault on EX_SOFTWARE internal error logs.
2924 Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
2925 Polytechnic Institute.
2926 Ensure that a header check which resolves to $#discard actually
2927 discards the message.
2928 Emit missing value warnings for aliases with no right hand side
2929 when newaliases is run instead of only when delivery is
2930 attempted to the alias.
2931 Remove AuthOptions missing value warning for consistency with other
2934 SECURITY: Specify a run-time shared library search path for
2935 AIX 4.X instead of using the dangerous AIX 4.X
2936 linker semantics. AIX 4.X users should consult
2937 sendmail/README for further information. Problem
2938 noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2939 Avoid use of strerror(3) call. Problem noted by Charles
2940 Levert of Ecole Polytechnique de Montreal.
2941 DGUX requires -lsocket -lnsl and has a non-standard install
2942 program. From Tim Boyer of Denman Tire Corporation.
2943 HPUX 11.0 has a broken res_search() function.
2944 Updates to devtools/OS/NeXT.3.X, NeXT.4.X, and NEXTSTEP.4.X
2945 from J. P. McCann of E I A.
2946 Digital UNIX/Compaq Tru64 5.0 now includes snprintf(3).
2947 Problem noted by Michael Long of Info Avenue Internet
2949 Modern (post-199912) OpenBSD versions include working
2950 strlc{at,py}(3) functions. From Todd C. Miller of
2951 Courtesan Consulting.
2952 SINIX doesn't have random(3). From Gerald Rinske of
2953 Siemens Business Services.
2954 CONFIG: Change error message about unresolvable sender domain to
2955 include the sender address. Proposed by Wolfgang Rupprecht
2957 CONFIG: Fix usenet mailer calls.
2958 CONFIG: If RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS is not defined, use SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS
2959 to be backward compatible with 8.9.
2960 CONFIG: Change handling of default case @domain for virtusertable
2961 to allow for +*@domain to deal with +detail.
2962 CONTRIB: Remove converting.sun.configs -- it is obsolete.
2963 DEVTOOLS: confUBINMODE was being ignored. Fix from KITAZIMA, Tuneki
2965 DEVTOOLS: Add to NCR platform list and include the architecture
2966 (i486). From Tom J. Moore of NCR.
2967 DEVTOOLS: SECURITY: Change method of linking with sendmail utility
2968 libraries to work around the AIX 4.X and SunOS 4.X linker's
2969 overloaded -L option. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of
2971 DEVTOOLS: configure.sh was overriding the user's choice for
2972 confNROFF. Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse
2974 DEVTOOLS: New variables conf_prog_LIB_POST and confBLDVARIANT added
2975 for other internal projects but included in the open source
2977 LIBSMDB: Check for ".db" instead of simply "db" at the end of the
2978 map name to determine whether or not to add the extension.
2979 This fixes makemap when building the userdb file. Problem
2980 noted by Andrew J Cole of the University of Leeds.
2981 LIBSMDB: Allow a database to be opened for updating and created if
2982 it doesn't already exist. Problem noted by Rand Wacker of
2984 LIBSMDB: If type is SMDB_TYPE_DEFAULT and both NEWDB and NDBM are
2985 available, fall back to NDBM if NEWDB open fails. This
2986 fixes praliases. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2987 LIBSMUTIL: safefile()'s SFF_NOTEXCL check was being misinterpreted
2989 OP.ME: Clarify some issues regarding mailer flags. Suggested by
2990 Martin Mokrejs of The Charles University and Neil Rickert of
2991 Northern Illinois University.
2992 PRALIASES: Restore 8.9.X functionality of being able to search for
2993 particular keys in a database by specifying the keys on the
2994 command line. Man page updated accordingly. Patch from
2995 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2996 VACATION: SunOS 4.X portability from Charles Levert of Ecole
2997 Polytechnique de Montreal.
2998 VACATION: Fix -t option which is ignored but available for
2999 compatibility with Sun's version, based on patch from
3000 Volker Dobler of Infratest Burke.
3002 devtools/M4/UNIX/smlib.m4
3003 devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0
3005 contrib/converting.sun.configs
3006 Deleted Directories (already done in 8.10.0 but not listed):
3011 8.10.0/8.10.0 2000/03/01
3012 *************************************************************
3013 * The engineering department at Sendmail, Inc. has suffered *
3014 * the tragic loss of a key member of our engineering team. *
3015 * Julie Van Bourg was the Vice President of Engineering *
3016 * at Sendmail, Inc. during the development and deployment *
3017 * of this release. It was her vision, dedication, and *
3018 * support that has made this release a success. Julie died *
3019 * on October 26, 1999 of cancer. We have lost a leader, a *
3020 * coach, and a friend. *
3022 * This release is dedicated to her memory and to the joy, *
3023 * strength, ideals, and hope that she brought to all of us. *
3024 * Julie, we miss you! *
3025 *************************************************************
3026 SECURITY: The safe file checks now back track through symbolic
3027 links to make sure the files can't be compromised due
3028 to poor permissions on the parent directories of the
3029 symbolic link target.
3030 SECURITY: Only root, TrustedUser, and users in class t can rebuild
3031 the alias map. Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the
3032 "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
3033 SECURITY: There is a potential for a denial of service attack if
3034 the AutoRebuildAliases option is set as a user can kill the
3035 sendmail process while it is rebuilding the aliases file
3036 (leaving it in an inconsistent state). This option and
3037 its use is deprecated and will be removed from a future
3038 version of sendmail.
3039 SECURITY: Make sure all file descriptors (besides stdin, stdout, and
3040 stderr) are closed before restarting sendmail. Problem noted
3041 by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project
3043 Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files. This affects
3044 a large number of files. See cf/README for more details.
3045 The directory structure of the distribution has changed slightly
3046 for easier code sharing among the programs.
3047 Support SMTP AUTH (see RFC 2554). New macros for this purpose
3048 are ${auth_authen}, ${auth_type}, and ${auth_author}
3049 which hold the client's authentication credentials,
3050 the mechanism used for authentication, and the
3051 authorization identity (i.e., the AUTH= parameter if
3052 supplied). Based on code contributed by Tim Martin of CMU.
3053 On systems which use the Torek stdio library (all of the BSD
3054 distributions), use memory-buffered files to reduce
3055 file system overhead by not creating temporary files on
3056 disk. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3057 New option DataFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
3058 memory-buffered data (df) file before a disk-based file is
3059 used. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3060 New option XscriptFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
3061 memory-buffered transcript (xf) file before a disk-based
3062 file is used. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3063 sendmail implements RFC 2476 (Message Submission), e.g., it can
3064 now listen on several different ports. Use:
3065 O DaemonPortOptions=Name=MSA, Port=587, M=E
3066 to run a Message Submission Agent (MSA); this is turned
3067 on by default in m4-generated .cf files; it can be turned
3068 off with FEATURE(`no_default_msa').
3069 The 'XUSR' SMTP command is deprecated. Mail user agents should
3070 begin using RFC 2476 Message Submission for initial user
3071 message submission. XUSR may disappear from a future release.
3072 The new '-G' (relay (gateway) submission) command line option
3073 indicates that the message being submitted from the command
3074 line is for relaying, not initial submission. This means
3075 the message will be rejected if the addresses are not fully
3076 qualified and no canonicalization will be done. Future
3077 releases may even reject improperly formed messages.
3078 The '-U' (initial user submission) command line option is
3079 deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
3080 Mail user agents should begin using '-G' to indicate that
3081 this is a relay submission (the inverse of -U).
3082 The next release of sendmail will assume that any message submitted
3083 from the command line is an initial user submission and act
3085 If sendmail doesn't have enough privileges to run a .forward
3086 program or deliver to file as the owner of that file, the
3087 address is marked as unsafe. This means if RunAsUser is
3088 set, users won't be able to use programs or delivery to
3089 files in their .forward files. Administrators can override
3090 this by setting the DontBlameSendmail option to the new
3091 setting NonRootSafeAddr.
3092 Allow group or world writable directories if the sticky bit is set
3093 on the directory and DontBlameSendmail is set to
3094 TrustStickyBit. Based on patch from Chris Metcalf of
3096 Prevent logging of unsafe directory paths for non-existent forward
3097 files if the new DontWarnForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath bit is
3098 set in the DontBlameSendmail option. Requested by many.
3099 New Timeout.control option to limit the total time spent satisfying
3100 a control socket request.
3101 New Timeout.resolver options for controlling BIND resolver
3103 Timeout.resolver.retrans
3104 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
3105 seconds). Sets both Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
3106 and Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal.
3107 Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
3108 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
3109 seconds) for the first attempt to deliver a message.
3110 Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
3111 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
3112 seconds) for all resolver lookups except the first
3114 Timeout.resolver.retry
3115 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
3116 query. Sets both Timeout.resolver.retry.first
3117 and Timeout.resolver.retry.normal.
3118 Timeout.resolver.retry.first
3119 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
3120 query for the first attempt to deliver a message.
3121 Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
3122 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
3123 query for all resolver lookups except the first
3125 Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3126 Support multiple queue directories. To use multiple queues, supply
3127 a QueueDirectory option value ending with an asterisk. For
3128 example, /var/spool/mqueue/q* will use all of the
3129 directories or symbolic links to directories beginning with
3130 'q' in /var/spool/mqueue as queue directories. Keep in
3131 mind, the queue directory structure should not be changed
3132 while sendmail is running. Queue runs create a separate
3133 process for running each queue unless the verbose flag is
3134 given on a non-daemon queue run. New items are randomly
3135 assigned to a queue. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3136 Support different directories for qf, df, and xf queue files; if
3137 subdirectories or symbolic links to directories of those names
3138 exist in the queue directories, they are used for the
3139 corresponding queue files. Keep in mind, the queue
3140 directory structure should not be changed while sendmail is
3141 running. Proposed by Mathias Koerber of Singapore
3142 Telecommunications Ltd.
3143 New queue file naming system which uses a filename guaranteed to be
3144 unique for 60 years. This allows queue IDs to be assigned
3145 without fancy file system locking. Queued items can be
3146 moved between queues easily. Contributed by Exactis.com,
3148 Messages which are undeliverable due to temporary address failures
3149 (e.g., DNS failure) will now go to the FallBackMX host, if
3150 set. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3151 New command line option '-L tag' which sets the identifier used for
3152 syslog. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3153 QueueSortOrder=Filename will sort the queue by filename. This
3154 avoids opening and reading each queue file when preparing
3155 to run the queue. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3156 Shared memory counters and microtimers functionality has been
3157 donated by Exactis.com, Inc.
3158 The SCCS ID tags have been replaced with RCS ID tags.
3159 Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to set the
3160 QueueDirectory (Q) option without an X-Authentication-Warning:
3161 being added. Suggested by Michael K. Sanders.
3162 IPv6 support based on patches from John Kennedy of Cal State
3163 University, Chico, Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University,
3164 and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3165 In low-disk space situations, where sendmail would previously refuse
3166 connections, still accept them, but only allow ETRN commands.
3167 Suggested by Mathias Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications
3169 The [IPC] builtin mailer now allows delivery to a UNIX domain socket
3170 on systems which support them. This can be used with LMTP
3171 local delivery agents which listen on a named socket. An
3172 example mailer might be:
3173 Mexecmail, P=[IPC], F=lsDFMmnqSXzA5@/:|, E=\r\n,
3174 S=10, R=20/40, T=DNS/RFC822/X-Unix,
3175 A=FILE /var/run/lmtpd
3176 Code contributed by Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct.
3177 The [TCP] builtin mailer name is now deprecated. Use [IPC]
3179 The first mailer argument in the [IPC] mailer is now checked for a
3180 legitimate value. Possible values are TCP (for TCP/IP
3181 connections), IPC (which will be deprecated in a future
3182 version), and FILE (for UNIX domain socket delivery).
3183 PrivacyOptions=goaway no longer includes the noetrn and the noreceipts
3185 PrivacyOptions=nobodyreturn instructs sendmail not to include the
3186 body of the original message on delivery status
3188 Don't announce DSN if PrivacyOptions=noreceipts is set. Problem noted
3189 by Dan Bernstein, fix from Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
3190 Accept the SMTP RSET command even when rejecting commands due to TCP
3191 Wrappers or the check_relay ruleset. Problem noted by
3192 Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
3193 Warn if OperatorChars is set multiple times. OperatorChars should
3194 not be set after rulesets are defined. Suggested by
3195 Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
3196 Do not report temporary failure on delivery to files. In
3197 interactive delivery mode, this would result in two SMTP
3198 responses after the DATA command. Problem noted by
3199 Nik Conwell of Boston University.
3200 Check file close when mailing to files. Problem noted by Nik
3201 Conwell of Boston University.
3202 Avoid a segmentation fault when using the LDAP map. Patch from
3203 Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
3204 Always bind to the LDAP server regardless of whether you are using
3205 ldap_open() or ldap_init(). Fix from Raj Kunjithapadam of
3207 New ruleset trust_auth to determine whether a given AUTH=
3208 parameter of the MAIL command should be trusted. See SMTP
3209 AUTH, cf/README, and doc/op/op.ps.
3210 Allow new named config file rules check_vrfy, check_expn, and
3211 check_etrn for VRFY, EXPN, and ETRN commands, respectively,
3212 similar to check_rcpt etc.
3213 Introduce new macros ${rcpt_mailer}, ${rcpt_host}, ${rcpt_addr},
3214 ${mail_mailer}, ${mail_host}, ${mail_addr} that hold
3215 the results of parsing the RCPT and MAIL arguments, i.e.
3216 the resolved triplet from $#mailer $@host $:addr.
3217 From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3218 New macro ${client_resolve} which holds the result of the resolve
3219 call for ${client_name}: OK, FAIL, FORGED, TEMP. Proposed
3220 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3221 New macros ${dsn_notify}, ${dsn_envid}, and ${dsn_ret} that hold
3222 the corresponding DSN parameter values. Proposed by
3224 New macro ${msg_size} which holds the value of the SIZE= parameter,
3225 i.e., usually the size of the message (in an ESMTP dialogue),
3226 before the message has been collected, thereafter it holds
3227 the message size as computed by sendmail (and can be used
3229 The macro ${deliveryMode} now specifies the current delivery mode
3230 sendmail is using instead of the value of the DeliveryMode
3232 New macro ${ntries} holds the number of delivery attempts.
3233 Drop explicit From: if same as what would be generated only if it is
3234 a local address. From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3235 Write pid to file also if sendmail only processes the queue.
3236 Proposed by Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
3237 Log "low on disk space" only when necessary.
3238 New macro ${load_avg} can be used to check the current load average.
3239 Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
3240 Return-Receipt-To: header implies DSN request if option RrtImpliesDsn
3242 Flag -S for maps to specify the character which is substituted
3243 for spaces (instead of the default given by O BlankSub).
3244 Flag -D for maps: perform no lookup in deferred delivery mode.
3245 This flag is set by default for the host map. Based on a
3246 proposal from Ian MacPhedran of the University of Saskatchewan.
3247 Open maps only on demand, not at startup.
3248 Log warning about unsupported IP address families.
3249 New option MaxHeadersLength allows to specify a maximum length
3250 of the sum of all headers. This can be used to prevent
3251 a denial-of-service attack.
3252 New option MaxMimeHeaderLength which limits the size of MIME
3253 headers and parameters within those headers. This option
3254 is intended to protect mail user agents from buffer
3256 Added option MaxAliasRecursion to specify the maximum depth of
3258 New flag F=6 for mailers to strip headers to seven bit.
3259 Map type syslog to log the key via syslogd.
3260 Entries in the alias file can be continued by putting a backslash
3261 directly before the newline.
3262 New option DeadLetterDrop to define the location of the system-wide
3263 dead.letter file, formerly hardcoded to
3264 /usr/tmp/dead.letter. If this option is not set (the
3265 default), sendmail will not attempt to save to a
3266 system-wide dead.letter file if it can not bounce the mail
3267 to the user nor postmaster. Instead, it will rename the qf
3268 file as it has in the past when the dead.letter file
3269 could not be opened.
3270 New option PidFile to define the location of the pid file. The
3271 value of this option is macro expanded.
3272 New option ProcessTitlePrefix specifies a prefix string for the
3273 process title shown in 'ps' listings.
3274 New macros for use with the PidFile and ProcessTitlePrefix options
3275 (along with the already existing macros):
3276 ${daemon_info} Daemon information, e.g.
3277 SMTP+queueing@00:30:00
3278 ${daemon_addr} Daemon address, e.g., 0.0.0.0
3279 ${daemon_family} Daemon family, e.g., inet, inet6, etc.
3280 ${daemon_name} Daemon name, e.g., MSA.
3281 ${daemon_port} Daemon port, e.g., 25
3282 ${queue_interval} Queue run interval, e.g., 00:30:00
3283 New macros especially for virtual hosting:
3284 ${if_name} hostname of interface of incoming connection.
3285 ${if_addr} address of interface of incoming connection.
3286 The latter is only set if the interface does not belong to the
3288 If a message being accepted via a method other than SMTP and
3289 would be rejected by a header check, do not send the message.
3290 Suggested by Phil Homewood of Mincom Pty Ltd.
3291 Don't strip comments for header checks if $>+ is used instead of $>.
3292 Provide header value as quoted string in the macro
3293 ${currHeader} (possibly truncated to MAXNAME). Suggested by
3294 Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
3295 The length of the header value is stored in ${hdrlen}.
3296 H*: allows to specify a default ruleset for header checks. This
3297 ruleset will only be called if the individual header does
3298 not have its own ruleset assigned. Suggested by Jan
3299 Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
3300 The name of the header field stored in ${hdr_name}.
3301 Comments (i.e., text within parentheses) in rulesets are not
3302 removed if the config file version is greater than or equal
3303 to 9. For example, "R$+ ( 1 ) $@ 1" matches the
3304 input "token (1)" but does not match "token".
3305 Avoid removing the Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
3306 MIME messages. Problem noted by Sigurbjorn B. Larusson of
3307 Multimedia Consumer Services. Fix from Per Hedeland of
3309 Avoid duplicate Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
3310 messages with 8-bit text in headers. Problem noted by
3311 Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo College. Fix from Per Hedeland
3313 Avoid keeping maps locked longer than necessary when re-opening a
3314 modified database map file. Problem noted by Chris Adams
3315 of Renaissance Internet Services.
3316 Resolving to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure code (e.g.,
3317 $#error $@ tempfail $: "400 Temporary failure") will now
3318 queue up the message instead of bouncing it.
3319 Be more liberal in acceptable responses to an SMTP RSET command as
3320 standard does not provide any indication of what to do when
3321 something other than 250 is received. Based on a patch
3322 from Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
3323 New option TrustedUser allows to specify a user who can own
3324 important files instead of root. This requires HASFCHOWN.
3325 Fix USERDB conditional so compiling with NEWDB or HESIOD and
3326 setting USERDB=0 works. Fix from Jorg Zanger of Schock.
3327 Fix another instance (similar to one in 8.9.3) of a network failure
3328 being mis-logged as "Illegal Seek" instead of whatever
3329 really went wrong. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3330 $? tests also whether the macro is non-null.
3331 Print an error message if a mailer definition contains an invalid
3333 New mailer equate /= to specify a directory to chroot() into before
3334 executing the mailer program. Suggested by Igor Vinokurov.
3335 New mailer equate W= to specify the maximum time to wait for the
3336 mailer to return after sending all data to it.
3337 Only free memory from the process list when adding a new process
3338 into a previously filled slot. Previously, the memory was
3339 freed at removal time. Since removal can happen in a
3340 signal handler, this may leave the memory map in an
3341 inconsistent state. Problem noted by Jeff A. Earickson and
3342 David Cooley of Colby College.
3343 When using the UserDB @hostname catch-all, do not try to lookup
3344 local users in the passwd file. The UserDB code has
3345 already decided the message will be passed to another host
3346 for processing. Fix from Tony Landells of Burdett
3347 Buckeridge Young Limited.
3348 Support LDAP authorization via either a file containing the
3349 password or Kerberos V4 using the new map options
3350 '-ddistinguished_name', '-Mmethod', and '-Pfilename'. The
3351 distinguished_name is who to login as. The method can be
3352 one of LDAP_AUTH_NONE, LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE, or
3353 LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4. The filename is the file containing the
3354 secret key for LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE or the name of the Kerberos
3355 ticket file for LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4. Patch from Booker Bense
3356 of Stanford University.
3357 The ldapx map has been renamed to ldap. The use of ldapx is
3358 deprecated and will be removed in a future version.
3359 If the result of an LDAP search returns a multi-valued attribute
3360 and the map has the column delimiter set, it turns that
3361 response into a delimiter separated string. The LDAP map
3362 will traverse multiple entries as well. LDAP alias maps
3363 automatically set the column delimiter to the comma.
3364 Based on patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University and
3365 idea from Philip A. Prindeville of Mirapoint, Inc.
3366 Support return of multiple values for a single LDAP lookup. The
3367 values to be returned should be in a comma separated string.
3368 For example, `-v "email,emailother"'. Patch from
3369 Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
3370 Allow the use of LDAP for alias maps.
3371 If no LDAP attributes are specified in an LDAP map declaration, all
3372 attributes found in the match will be returned.
3373 Prevent commas in quoted strings in the AliasFile value from
3374 breaking up a single entry into multiple entries. This is
3375 needed for LDAP alias file specifications to allow for
3376 comma separated key and value strings.
3377 Keep connections to LDAP server open instead of opening and closing
3378 for each lookup. To reduce overhead, sendmail will cache
3379 connections such that multiple maps which use the same
3380 host, port, bind DN, and authentication will only result in
3381 a single connection to that host.
3382 Put timeout in the proper place for USE_LDAP_INIT.
3383 Be more careful about checking for errors and freeing memory on
3385 Use asynchronous LDAP searches to save memory and network
3387 Do not copy LDAP query results if the map's match only flag is set.
3388 Increase portability to the Netscape LDAP libraries.
3389 Change the parsing of the LDAP filter specification. '%s' is still
3390 replaced with the literal contents of the map lookup key --
3391 note that this means a lookup can be done using the LDAP
3392 special characters. The new '%0' token can be used instead
3393 of '%s' to encode the key buffer according to RFC 2254.
3394 For example, if the LDAP map specification contains '-k
3395 "(user=%s)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this would be
3396 equivalent to '-k "(user=*)"' -- matching ANY record with a
3397 user attribute. Instead, if the LDAP map specification
3398 contains '-k "(user=%0)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this
3399 would be equivalent to '-k "(user=\2A)"' -- matching a user
3401 New LDAP map flags: "-1" requires a single match to be returned, if
3402 more than one is returned, it is equivalent to no records
3403 being found; "-r never|always|search|find" sets the LDAP
3404 alias dereference option; "-Z size" limits the number of
3406 New option LDAPDefaultSpec allows a default map specification for
3407 LDAP maps. The value should only contain LDAP specific
3408 settings such as "-h host -p port -d bindDN", etc. The
3409 settings will be used for all LDAP maps unless they are
3410 specified in the individual map specification ('K'
3411 command). This option should be set before any LDAP maps
3413 Prevent an NDBM alias file opening loop when the NDBM open
3414 continually fails. Fix from Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia
3416 Reduce memory utilization for smaller symbol table entries. In
3417 particular, class entries get much smaller, which can be
3418 important if you have large classes.
3419 On network-related temporary failures, record the hostname which
3420 gave error in the queued status message. Requested by
3421 Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
3422 Add new F=% mailer flag to allow for a store and forward
3423 configuration. Mailers which have this flag will not attempt
3424 delivery on initial receipt of a message or on queue runs
3425 unless the queued message is selected using one of the
3426 -qI/-qR/-qS queue run modifiers or an ETRN request. Code
3427 provided by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
3428 New option ControlSocketName which, when set, creates a daemon
3429 control socket. This socket allows an external program to
3430 control and query status from the running sendmail daemon
3431 via a named socket, similar to the ctlinnd interface to the
3432 INN news server. Access to this interface is controlled by
3433 the UNIX file permissions on the named socket on most UNIX
3434 systems (see sendmail/README for more information). An
3435 example control program is provided as contrib/smcontrol.pl.
3436 Change the default values of QueueLA from 8 to (8 * numproc) and
3437 RefuseLA from 12 to (12 * numproc) where numproc is the
3438 number of processors online on the system (if that can be
3439 determined). For single processor machines, this change
3441 Don't return body of message to postmaster on "Too many hops" bounces.
3442 Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3443 Give more detailed DSN descriptions for some cases. Patch from
3444 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3445 Logging of alias, forward file, and UserDB expansion now happens
3446 at LogLevel 11 or higher instead of 10 or higher.
3447 Logging of an envelope's complete delivery (the "done" message) now
3448 happens at LogLevel 10 or higher instead of 11 or higher.
3449 Logging of TCP/IP or UNIX standard input connections now happens at
3450 LogLevel 10 or higher. Previously, only TCP/IP connections
3451 were logged, and on at LogLevel 12 or higher. Setting
3452 LogLevel to 10 will now assist users in tracking frequent
3453 connection-based denial of service attacks.
3454 Log basic information about authenticated connections at LogLevel
3456 Log SMTP Authentication mechanism and author when logging the sender
3457 information (from= syslog line).
3458 Log the DSN code for each recipient if one is available as a new
3460 Macro expand PostmasterCopy and DoubleBounceAddress options.
3461 New "ph" map for performing ph queries in rulesets, see
3462 sendmail/README for details. Contributed by Mark Roth
3463 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
3464 Detect temporary lookup failures in the host map if looking up a
3465 bracketed IP address. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
3466 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3467 Do not report a Remote-MTA on local deliveries. Problem noted by
3468 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3469 When a forward file points to an alias which runs a program, run
3470 the program as the default user and the default group, not
3471 the forward file user. This change also assures the
3472 :include: directives in aliases are also processed using
3473 the default user and group. Problem noted by Sergiu
3474 Popovici of DNT Romania.
3475 Prevent attempts to save a dead.letter file for a user with
3476 no home directory (/no/such/directory). Problem noted by
3477 Michael Brown of Finnigan FT/MS.
3478 Include message delay and number of tries when logging that a
3479 message has been completely delivered (LogLevel of 10 or
3480 above). Suggested by Nick Hilliard of Ireland Online.
3481 Log the sender of a message even if none of the recipients were
3482 accepted. If some of the recipients were rejected, it is
3483 helpful to know the sender of the message.
3484 Check the root directory (/) when checking a path for safety.
3485 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3486 Prevent multiple responses to the DATA command if DeliveryMode is
3487 interactive and delivering to an alias which resolves to
3489 Macros in the helpfile are expanded if the helpfile version is 2 or
3490 greater (see below); the help function doesn't print the
3491 version of sendmail any longer, instead it is placed in
3492 the helpfile ($v). Suggested by Chuck Foster of UUNET
3493 PIPEX. Additionally, comment lines (starting with #) are
3494 skipped and a version line (#vers) is introduced. The
3495 helpfile version for 8.10.0 is 2, if no version or an older
3496 version is found, a warning is logged. The '#vers'
3497 directive should be placed at the top of the help file.
3498 Use fsync() when delivering to a file to guarantee the delivery to
3499 disk succeeded. Suggested by Nick Christenson.
3500 If delivery to a file is unsuccessful, truncate the file back to its
3501 length before the attempt.
3502 If a forward points to a filename for delivery, change to the
3503 user's uid before checking permissions on the file. This
3504 allows delivery to files on NFS mounted directories where
3505 root is remapped to nobody. Problem noted by Harald
3506 Daeubler of Universitaet Ulm.
3507 purgestat and sendmail -bH purge only expired (Timeout.hoststatus)
3508 host status files, not all files.
3509 Any macros stored in the class $={persistentMacros} will be saved
3510 in the queue file for the message and set when delivery
3511 is attempted on the queued item. Suggested by Kyle Jones of
3513 Add support for storing information between rulesets using the new
3514 macro map class. This can be used to store information
3515 between queue runs as well using $={persistentMacros}.
3516 Based on an idea from Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University
3518 New map class arith to allow for computations in rules. The
3519 operation (+, -, *, /, l (for less than), and =) is given
3520 as key. The two operands are specified as arguments; the
3521 lookup returns the result of the computation. For example,
3522 "$(arith l $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "FALSE" and
3523 "$(arith + $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "6".
3524 Add new syntax for header declarations which decide whether to
3525 include the header based on a macro rather than a mailer
3527 H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: ${MyMacro}
3528 This should be used along with $={persistentMacros}.
3529 It can be used for adding headers to a message based on
3530 the results of check_* and header check rulesets.
3531 Allow new named config file rule check_eoh which is called after
3532 all of the headers have been collected. The input to the
3533 ruleset the number of headers and the size of all of the
3534 headers in bytes separated by $|. This ruleset along with
3535 the macro storage map can be used to correlate information
3536 gathered between headers and to check for missing headers.
3537 See cf/README or doc/op/op.ps for an example.
3538 Change the default for the MeToo option to True to correspond
3539 to the clarification in the DRUMS SMTP Update spec. This
3540 option is deprecated and will be removed from a future
3542 Change the sendmail binary default for SendMimeErrors to True.
3543 Change the sendmail binary default for SuperSafe to True.
3544 Display ruleset names in debug and address test mode output
3545 if referencing a named ruleset.
3546 New mailer equate m= which will limit the number of messages
3547 delivered per connection on an SMTP or LMTP mailer.
3548 Improve QueueSortOrder=Host by reversing the hostname before
3549 using it to sort. Now all the same domains are really run
3550 through the queue together. If they have the same MX host,
3551 then they will have a much better opportunity to use the
3552 connection cache if available. This should be a reasonable
3553 performance improvement. Patch from Randall Winchester of
3554 the University of Maryland.
3555 If a message is rejected by a header check ruleset, log who would
3556 have received the message if it had not been rejected.
3557 New "now" value for Timeout.queuereturn to bounce entries from the
3558 queue immediately. No delivery attempt is made.
3559 Increase sleeping time exponentially after too many "bad" commands
3560 up to 4 minutes delay (compare MAX{BAD,NOOP,HELO,VRFY,ETRN}-
3562 New option ClientPortOptions similar to DaemonPortOptions
3563 but for outgoing connections.
3564 New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions: Name (a name used for
3565 error messages and logging) and Modifiers, i.e.
3566 a require authentication
3567 b bind to interface through which mail has
3569 c perform hostname canonification
3570 f require fully qualified hostname
3571 h use name of interface for outgoing HELO
3573 C don't perform hostname canonification
3574 E disallow ETRN (see RFC 2476)
3575 New suboption for ClientPortOptions: Modifiers, i.e.
3576 h use name of interface for HELO command
3577 The version number for queue files (qf) has been incremented to 4.
3578 Log unacceptable HELO/EHLO domain name attempts if LogLevel is set
3579 to 10 or higher. Suggested by Rick Troxel of the National
3580 Institutes of Health.
3581 If a mailer dies, print the status in decimal instead of octal
3582 format. Suggested by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
3583 Limit the length of all MX records considered for delivery to 8k.
3584 Move message priority from sender to recipient logging. Suggested by
3585 Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
3586 Add support for Berkeley DB 3.X.
3587 Add fix for Berkeley DB 2.X fcntl() locking race condition.
3588 Requires a post-2.7.5 version of Berkeley DB.
3589 Support writing traffic log (sendmail -X option) to a FIFO.
3590 Patch submitted by Rick Heaton of Network Associates, Inc.
3591 Do not ignore Timeout settings in the .cf file when a Timeout
3592 sub-options is set on the command line. Problem noted by
3593 Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3594 Randomize equal preference MX records each time delivery is
3595 attempted via a new connection to a host instead of once per
3596 session. Suggested by Scott Salvidio of Compaq.
3597 Implement enhanced status codes as defined by RFC 2034.
3598 Add [hostname] to class w for the names of all interfaces unless
3599 DontProbeInterfaces is set. This is useful for sending mails
3600 to hosts which have dynamically assigned names.
3601 If a message is bounced due to bad MIME conformance, avoid bouncing
3602 the bounce for the same reason. If the body is not 8-bit
3603 clean, and EightBitMode isn't set to pass8, the body will
3604 not be included in the bounce. Problem noted by Valdis
3605 Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3606 The timeout for sending a message via SMTP has been changed from
3607 '${msgsize} / 16 + (${nrcpts} * 300)' to a timeout which
3608 simply checks for progress on sending data every 5 minutes.
3609 This will detect the inability to send information quicker
3610 and reduce the number of processes simply waiting to
3612 Prevent a segmentation fault on systems which give a partial filled
3613 interface address structure when loading the system network
3614 interface addresses. Fix from Reinier Bezuidenhout of
3616 Add a compile-time configuration macro, MAXINTERFACES, which
3617 indicates the number of interfaces to read when probing
3618 for hostnames and IP addresses for class w ($=w). The
3619 default value is 512. Based on idea from Reinier
3620 Bezuidenhout of Nanoteq.
3621 If the RefuseLA option is set to 0, do not reject connections based
3623 Allow ruleset 0 to have a name. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
3624 Northern Illinois University.
3625 Expand the Return-Path: header at delivery time, after "owner-"
3626 envelope splitting has occurred.
3627 Don't try to sort the queue if there are no entries. Patch from
3628 Luke Mewburn from RMIT University.
3629 Add a "/quit" command to address test mode.
3630 Include the proper sender in the UNIX "From " line and Return-Path:
3631 header when undeliverable mail is saved to ~/dead.letter.
3632 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
3634 The contents of a class can now be copied to another class using
3635 the syntax: "C{Dest} $={Source}". This would copy all of
3636 the items in class $={Source} into the class $={Dest}.
3637 Include original envelope's error transcript in bounces created for
3638 split (owner-) envelopes to see the original errors when
3639 the recipients were added. Based on fix from Motonori
3640 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3641 Show reason for permanent delivery errors directly after the
3642 addresses. From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3643 Prevent a segmentation fault when bouncing a split-envelope
3644 message. Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3645 If the specification for the queue run interval (-q###) has a
3646 syntax error, consider the error fatal and exit.
3647 Pay attention to CheckpointInterval during LMTP delivery. Problem
3648 noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3649 On operating systems which have setlogin(2), use it to set the
3650 login name to the RunAsUserName when starting as a daemon.
3651 This is for delivery to programs which use getlogin().
3652 Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3653 Differentiate between "command not implemented" and "command
3654 unrecognized" in the SMTP dialogue.
3655 Strip returns from forward and include files. Problem noted by
3656 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3657 Prevent a core dump when using 'sendmail -bv' on an address which
3658 resolves to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure.
3659 Based on fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
3661 Prevent multiple deliveries of a message with a "non-local alias"
3662 pointing to a local user, if canonicalization fails
3663 the message was requeued *and* delivered to the alias.
3664 If an invalid ruleset is declared, the ruleset name could be
3665 ignored and its rules added to S0. Instead, ignore the
3666 ruleset lines as well.
3667 Avoid incorrect Final-Recipient, Action, and X-Actual-Recipient
3668 success DSN fields as well as duplicate entries for a
3669 single address due to S5 and UserDB processing. Problems
3670 noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
3672 Turn off timeouts when exiting sendmail due to an interrupt signal
3673 to prevent the timeout from firing during the exit process.
3674 Problem noted by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
3675 Do not append @MyHostName to non-RFC822 addresses output by the EXPN
3676 command or on Final-Recipient: and X-Actual-Recipient: DSN
3677 headers. Non-RFC822 addresses include deliveries to
3678 programs, file, DECnet, etc.
3679 Fix logic for determining if a local user is using -f or -bs to
3680 spoof their return address. Based on idea from Neil Rickert
3681 of Northern Illinois University and patch from Per Hedeland
3683 Report the proper UID in the bounce message if an :include: file is
3684 owned by a uid that doesn't map to a username and the
3685 :include: file contains delivery to a file or program.
3686 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3687 Avoid the attempt of trying to send a second SMTP QUIT command if
3688 the remote server responds to the first QUIT with a 4xx
3689 response code and drops the connection. This behavior was
3690 noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg when
3691 sendmail was talking to the Mercury 1.43 MTA.
3692 If a hostname lookup times out and ServiceSwitchFile is set but the
3693 file is not present, the lookup failure would be marked as
3694 a permanent failure instead of a temporary failure. Fix
3695 from Russell King of the ARM Linux Project.
3696 Handle aliases or forwards which deliver to programs using tabs
3697 instead of spaces between arguments. Problem noted by Randy
3698 Wormser. Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
3700 Allow MaxRecipientsPerMessage option to be set on the command line
3701 by normal users (e.g., sendmail won't drop its root
3702 privileges) to allow overrides for message submission via
3704 Set the names for help file and statistics file to "helpfile" and
3705 "statistics", respectively, if no parameters are given for
3706 them in the .cf file.
3707 Avoid bogus 'errbody: I/O Error -7' log messages when sending
3708 success DSN messages for messages relayed to non-DSN aware
3709 systems. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of RUS University
3710 of Stuttgart and Kyle Tucker of Parexel International.
3711 Prevent +detail information from interfering with local delivery to
3712 multiple users in the same transaction (F=m).
3713 Add H_FORCE flag for the X-Authentication-Warning: header, so it
3714 will be added even if one already exists. Problem noted
3715 by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
3716 Stop processing SMTP commands if the SMTP connection is dropped.
3717 This prevents a remote system from flooding the connection
3718 with commands and then disconnecting. Previously, the
3719 server would process all of the buffered commands. Problem
3720 noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
3721 Properly process user-supplied headers beginning with '?'. Problem
3722 noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
3723 If multiple header checks resolve to the $#error mailer, use the
3724 last permanent (5XX) failure if any exist. Otherwise, use
3725 the last temporary (4XX) failure.
3726 RFC 1891 requires "hexchar" in a "xtext" to be upper case. Patch
3727 from Ronald F. Guilmette of Infinite Monkeys & Co.
3728 Timeout.ident now defaults to 5 seconds instead of 30 seconds to
3729 prevent the now common delays associated with mailing to a
3730 site which drops IDENT packets. Suggested by many.
3731 Persistent host status data is not reloaded disk when current data
3732 is available in the in-memory cache. Problem noted by Per
3733 Hedeland of Ericsson.
3734 mailq displays unprintable characters in addresses as their octal
3735 representation and a leading backslash. This avoids problems
3736 with "unprintable" characters. Problem noted by Michal
3737 Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
3738 The mail line length limit (L= equate) was adding the '!' indicator
3739 one character past the limit. This would cause subsequent
3740 hops to break the line again. The '!' is now placed in
3741 the last column of the limit if the line needs to be broken.
3742 Problem noted by Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises. Based on fix
3743 from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3744 If a resolver ANY query is larger than the UDP packet size, the
3745 resolver will fall back to TCP. However, some
3746 misconfigured firewalls black 53/TCP so the ANY lookup
3747 fails whereas an MX or A record might succeed. Therefore,
3748 don't fail on ANY queries.
3749 If an SMTP recipient is rejected due to syntax errors in the
3750 address, do not send an empty postmaster notification DSN
3751 to the postmaster. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
3752 Northern Illinois University.
3753 Allow '_' and '.' in map names when parsing a sequence map
3754 specification. Patch from William Setzer of North Carolina
3756 Fix hostname in logging of read timeouts for the QUIT command on
3757 cached connections. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
3758 Northern Illinois University.
3759 Use a more descriptive entry to log "null" connections, i.e.,
3760 "host did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN during connection".
3761 Fix a file descriptor leak in ONEX mode.
3763 Reverse signal handling logic such that sigaction(2) with
3764 the SA_RESTART flag is the preferred method and the
3765 other signal methods are only tried if SA_RESTART
3766 is not available. Problem noted by Allan E
3767 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3768 AIX 4.x supports the sa_len member of struct sockaddr.
3769 This allows network interface probing to work
3770 properly. Fix from David Bronder of the
3772 AIX 4.3 has snprintf() support.
3773 Use "PPC" as the architecture name when building under
3774 AIX. This will be reflected in the obj.* directory
3776 Apple Darwin support based on Apple Rhapsody port.
3777 Fixed AIX 'make depend' method from Valdis Kletnieks of
3779 Digital UNIX has uname(2).
3780 GNU Hurd updates from Mark Kettenis of the University of
3782 Improved HPUX 11.0 portability.
3783 Properly determine the number of CPUs on FreeBSD 2.X,
3784 FreeBSD 3.X, HP/UX 10.X and HP/UX 11.X.
3785 Remove special IRIX ABI cases from Build script and the OS
3786 files. Use the standard 'cc' options used by SGI
3787 in building the operating system. Users can
3788 override the defaults by setting confCC and
3789 confLIBSEARCHPATH appropriately.
3790 IRIX nsd map support from Bob Mende of SGI.
3791 Minor devtools fixes for IRIX from Bob Mende of SGI.
3792 Linux patch for IP_SRCROUTE support from Joerg Dorchain
3793 of MW EDV & ELECTRONIC.
3794 Linux now uses /usr/sbin for confEBINDIR in the build
3795 system. From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
3796 Remove special treatment for Linux PPC in the build
3797 system. From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
3798 Motorolla UNIX SYSTEM V/88 Release 4.0 support from
3799 Sergey Rusanov of the Republic of Udmurtia.
3800 NCR MP-RAS 3.x includes regular expression support. From
3801 Tom J. Moore of NCR.
3802 NEC EWS-UX/V series settings for _PATH_VENDOR_CF and
3803 _PATH_SENDMAILPID from Oota Toshiya of
3804 NEC Computers Group Planning Division.
3805 Minor NetBSD owner/group tweaks from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D.
3806 NEWS-OS 6.X listed SYSLOG_BUFSIZE as 256 in confENVDEF and
3807 1024 in conf.h. Since confENVDEF would be used,
3808 use that value in conf.h.
3809 Use NeXT's NETINFO to get domain name. From Gerd Knops of
3811 Use NeXT's NETINFO for alias and hostname resolution if
3812 AUTO_NETINFO_ALIASES and AUTO_NETINFO_HOSTS are
3813 defined. Patch from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple
3815 NeXT portability tweaks. Problems reported by Dragan
3816 Milicic of the University of Utah and J. P. McCann
3818 New compile flag FAST_PID_RECYCLE: set this if your system
3819 can reuse the same PID in the same second.
3820 New compile flag HASFCHOWN: set this if your OS has
3822 New compile flag HASRANDOM: set this to 0 if your OS does
3823 not have random(3). rand() will be used instead.
3824 New compile flag HASSRANDOMDEV: set this if your OS has
3826 New compile flag HASSETLOGIN: set this if your OS has
3828 Replace SINIX and ReliantUNIX support with version
3829 specific SINIX files. From Gerald Rinske of
3830 Siemens Business Services.
3831 Use the 60-second load average instead of the 5 second load
3832 average on Compaq Tru64 UNIX (formerly Digital
3833 UNIX). From Chris Teakle of the University of Qld.
3834 Use ANSI C by default for Compaq Tru64 UNIX. Suggested by
3835 Randall Winchester of Swales Aerospace.
3836 Correct setgroups() prototype for Compaq Tru64 UNIX.
3837 Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
3839 Hitachi 3050R/3050RX and 3500 Workstations running
3840 HI-UX/WE2 4.02, 6.10 and 7.10 from Motonori
3841 NAKAMURA of Kyoto University.
3842 New compile flag NO_GETSERVBYNAME: set this to disable
3843 use of getservbyname() on systems which can
3844 not lookup a service by name over NIS, such as
3845 HI-UX. Patch from Motonori NAKAMURA of Kyoto
3847 Use devtools/bin/install.sh on SCO 5.x. Problem noted
3848 by Sun Wenbing of the China Engineering and
3849 Technology Information Network.
3850 make depend didn't work properly on UNIXWARE 4.2. Problem
3851 noted by Ariel Malik of Netology, Ltd.
3852 Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
3853 Set confSTDIO_TYPE to torek for BSD-OS, FreeBSD, NetBSD,
3855 A recent Compaq Ultrix 4.5 Y2K patch has broken detection
3856 of local_hostname_length(). See sendmail/README
3857 for more details. Problem noted by Allan E
3858 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3859 CONFIG: Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files. This
3860 affects a large number of files. See cf/README for more
3862 CONFIG: New macro MAIL_SETTINGS_DIR contains the path (including
3863 trailing slash) for the mail settings directory.
3864 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 9.
3865 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`bsdi1.0') and OSTYPE(`bsdi2.0') have been
3866 deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
3867 BSD/OS users should begin using OSTYPE(`bsdi').
3868 CONFIG: OpenBSD 2.4 installs mail.local non-set-user-ID root. This
3869 requires a new OSTYPE(`openbsd'). From Todd C. Miller of
3870 Courtesan Consulting.
3871 CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`hpux11') for HP/UX 11.X.
3872 CONFIG: A syntax error in check_mail would cause fake top-level
3873 domains (.BITNET, .DECNET, .FAX, .USENET, and .UUCP) to
3874 be improperly rejected as unresolvable.
3875 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`dnsbl') takes up to two arguments (name of
3876 DNS server, rejection message) and can be included
3878 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`relay_mail_from') allows relaying if the
3879 mail sender is listed as RELAY in the access map (and tagged
3881 CONFIG: Optional tagging of LHS in the access map (Connect:,
3882 From:, To:) to enable finer control.
3883 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ldap_routing') implements LDAP address
3884 routing. See cf/README for a complete description of the
3886 CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
3887 confAUTH_MECHANISMS AuthMechanisms
3888 confAUTH_OPTIONS AuthOptions
3889 confCLIENT_OPTIONS ClientPortOptions
3890 confCONTROL_SOCKET_NAME ControlSocketName
3891 confDEAD_LETTER_DROP DeadLetterDrop
3892 confDEF_AUTH_INFO DefaultAuthInfo
3893 confDF_BUFFER_SIZE DataFileBufferSize
3894 confLDAP_DEFAULT_SPEC LDAPDefaultSpec
3895 confMAX_ALIAS_RECURSION MaxAliasRecursion
3896 confMAX_HEADERS_LENGTH MaxHeadersLength
3897 confMAX_MIME_HEADER_LENGTH MaxMimeHeaderLength
3898 confPID_FILE PidFile
3899 confPROCESS_TITLE_PREFIX ProcessTitlePrefix
3900 confRRT_IMPLIES_DSN RrtImpliesDsn
3901 confTO_CONTROL Timeout.control
3902 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS Timeout.resolver.retrans
3903 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_FIRST Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
3904 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_NORMAL Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
3905 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY Timeout.resolver.retry
3906 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_FIRST Timeout.resolver.retry.first
3907 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_NORMAL Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
3908 confTRUSTED_USER TrustedUser
3909 confXF_BUFFER_SIZE XscriptFileBufferSize
3910 CONFIG: confDAEMON_OPTIONS has been replaced by DAEMON_OPTIONS(),
3911 which takes the options as argument and can be used
3912 multiple times; see cf/README for details.
3913 CONFIG: Add a fifth mailer definition to MAILER(`smtp') called
3914 "dsmtp". This mail provides on-demand delivery using the
3915 F=% mailer flag described above. The "dsmtp" mailer
3916 definition uses the new DSMTP_MAILER_ARGS which defaults
3918 CONFIG: New variables LOCAL_MAILER_MAXMSGS, SMTP_MAILER_MAXMSGS,
3919 and RELAY_MAILER_MAXMSGS for setting the m= equate for the
3920 local, smtp, and relay mailers respectively.
3921 CONFIG: New variable LOCAL_MAILER_DSN_DIAGNOSTIC_CODE for setting
3922 the DSN Diagnostic-Code type for the local mailer. The
3923 value should be changed with care.
3924 CONFIG: FEATURE(`local_lmtp') now sets the DSN Diagnostic-Code type
3925 for the local mailer to the proper value of "SMTP".
3926 CONFIG: All included maps are no longer optional by default; if
3927 there there is a problem with a map, sendmail will
3929 CONFIG: Removed root from class E; use EXPOSED_USER(`root')
3930 to get the old behavior. Suggested by Joe Pruett
3932 CONFIG: MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION() defines hosts/subdomains which
3933 will not be masqueraded. Proposed by Arne Wichmann
3934 of MPI Saarbruecken, Griff Miller of PGS Tensor,
3935 Jayme Cox of Broderbund Software Inc.
3936 CONFIG: A list of exceptions for FEATURE(`nocanonify') can be
3937 specified by CANONIFY_DOMAIN or CANONIFY_DOMAIN_FILE,
3938 i.e., a list of domains which are passed to $[ ... $]
3939 for canonification. Based on an idea from Neil Rickert
3940 of Northern Illinois University.
3941 CONFIG: If `canonify_hosts' is specified as parameter for
3942 FEATURE(`nocanonify') then addresses which have only
3943 a hostname, e.g., <user@host>, will be canonified.
3944 CONFIG: If FEATURE(`nocanonify') is turned on, a trailing dot is
3945 nevertheless added to addresses with more than one component
3947 CONFIG: Canonification is no longer attempted for any host or domain
3949 CONFIG: New class for matching virtusertable entries $={VirtHost} that
3950 can be populated by VIRTUSER_DOMAIN or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE.
3951 FEATURE(`virtuser_entire_domain') can be used to apply this
3952 class also to entire subdomains. Hosts in this class are
3953 treated as canonical in SCanonify2, i.e., a trailing dot
3955 CONFIG: If VIRTUSER_DOMAIN() or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() are used,
3956 include $={VirtHost} in $=R (hosts allowed to relay).
3957 CONFIG: FEATURE(`generics_entire_domain') can be used to apply the
3958 genericstable also to subdomains of $=G.
3959 CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %2 for virtusertable lookups.
3960 Patch from Noam Freedman from University of Chicago.
3961 CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %1 for genericstable lookups. Suggested
3962 by Raymond S Brand of rsbx.net.
3963 CONFIG: Allow @domain in genericstable to override masquerading.
3964 Suggested by Owen Duffy from Owen Duffy & Associates.
3965 CONFIG: LOCAL_DOMAIN() adds entries to class w. Suggested by Steve
3966 Hubert of University of Washington.
3967 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`gnuhurd') has been replaced by OSTYPE(`gnu') as
3968 GNU is now the canonical system name. From Mark
3969 Kettenis of the University of Amsterdam.
3970 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`unixware7') updates from Larry Rosenman.
3971 CONFIG: Do not include '=' in option expansion if there is no value
3972 associated with the option. From Andrew Brown of
3973 Graffiti World Wide, Inc.
3974 CONFIG: Add MAILER(`qpage') to define a new pager mailer. Contributed
3975 by Philip A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology
3977 CONFIG: MAILER(`cyrus') was not preserving case for mail folder
3978 names. Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
3980 CONFIG: RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS can be used to define additional flags
3981 for the relay mailer. Suggested by Doug Hughes of Auburn
3982 University and Brian Candler.
3983 CONFIG: LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS now includes 'P' (Add Return-Path:
3984 header) by default. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3985 CONFIG: Use SMART_HOST for bracketed addresses, e.g., user@[host].
3986 Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
3988 CONFIG: New macro MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS to tweak *_MAILER_FLAGS;
3989 i.e., to set, add, or delete flags.
3990 CONFIG: If SMTP AUTH is used then relaying is allowed for any user
3991 who authenticated via a "trusted" mechanism, i.e., one that
3992 is defined via TRUST_AUTH_MECH(`list of mechanisms').
3993 CONFIG: FEATURE(`delay_checks') delays check_mail and check_relay
3994 after check_rcpt and allows for exceptions from the checks.
3995 CONFIG: Map declarations have been moved into their associated
3996 feature files to allow greater flexibility in use of
3997 sequence maps. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3998 CONFIG: New macro LOCAL_MAILER_EOL to override the default end of
3999 line string for the local mailer. Requested by Il Oh of
4000 Willamette Industries, Inc.
4001 CONFIG: Route addresses are stripped, i.e., <@a,@b,@c:user@d> is
4002 converted to <user@d>
4003 CONFIG: Reject bogus return address of <@@hostname>, generated by
4004 Sun's older, broken configuration files.
4005 CONFIG: FEATURE(`nullclient') now provides the full rulesets of a
4006 normal configuration, allowing anti-spam checks to be
4008 CONFIG: Don't return a permanent error (Relaying denied) if
4009 ${client_name} can't be resolved just temporarily.
4010 Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4012 CONFIG: Change numbered rulesets into named (which still can
4013 be accessed by their numbers).
4014 CONFIG: FEATURE(`nouucp') takes one parameter: reject or nospecial
4015 which describes whether to disallow "!" in the local part
4017 CONFIG: Call Local_localaddr from localaddr (S5) which can be used
4018 to rewrite an address from a mailer which has the F=5 flag
4019 set. If the ruleset returns a mailer, the appropriate
4020 action is taken, otherwise the returned tokens are ignored.
4021 CONFIG: cf/ostype/solaris.m4 has been renamed to solaris2.pre5.m4
4022 and cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 is now a copy of solaris2.ml.m4.
4023 The latter is kept around for backward compatibility.
4024 CONFIG: Allow ":D.S.N:" for mailer/virtusertable "error:" entries,
4025 where "D.S.N" is an RFC 1893 compliant error code.
4026 CONFIG: Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
4027 CONFIG: Remove second space between username and date in UNIX From_
4028 line. Noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
4030 CONFIG: Make sure all of the mailers have complete T= equates.
4031 CONFIG: Extend FEATURE(`local_procmail') so it can now take
4032 arguments overriding the mailer program, arguments, and
4033 mailer definition flags. This makes it possible to use
4034 other programs such as maildrop for local delivery.
4035 CONFIG: Emit warning if FEATURE(`local_lmtp') or
4036 FEATURE(`local_procmail') is given after MAILER(`local').
4037 Patch from Richard A. Nelson of IBM.
4038 CONFIG: Add SMTP Authentication information to Received: header
4039 default value (confRECEIVED_HEADER).
4040 CONFIG: Remove `l' flag from USENET_MAILER_FLAGS as it is not a
4041 local mailer. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4042 CONTRIB: Added bounce-resender.pl from Brian R. Gaeke of the
4043 University of California at Berkeley.
4044 CONTRIB: Added domainmap.m4 from Mark D. Roth of the University of
4045 Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
4046 CONTRIB: etrn.pl now recognizes bogus host names. Patch from
4047 Bruce Barnett of GE's R&D Lab.
4048 CONTRIB: Patches for re-mqueue.pl by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
4050 CONTRIB: Added qtool.pl to assist in managing the queues.
4051 DEVTOOLS: Prevent user environment variables from interfering with
4052 the Build scripts. Problem noted by Ezequiel H. Panepucci of
4054 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -M' will display the obj.* directory which will
4055 be used for building.
4056 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -A' will display the architecture that would be
4057 used for a fresh build.
4058 DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIB, set automatically by configure.sh.
4059 DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIBOPTS for the options to send to
4061 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -O <path>' will have the object files build in
4062 <path>/obj.*. Suggested by Bryan Costales of Exactis.
4063 DEVTOOLS: New variable confNO_MAN_BUILD which will prevent the
4064 building of the man pages when defined. Suggested by Bryan
4066 DEVTOOLS: New variables confNO_HELPFILE_INSTALL and
4067 confNO_STATISTICS_INSTALL which will prevent the
4068 installation of the sendmail helpfile and statistics file
4069 respectively. Suggested by Bryan Costales.
4070 DEVTOOLS: Recognize ReliantUNIX as SINIX. Patch from Gerald Rinske
4071 of Siemens Business Services.
4072 DEVTOOLS: New variable confSTDIO_TYPE which defines the type of
4073 stdio library. The new buffered file I/O depends on the
4074 Torek stdio library. This option can be either portable or
4076 DEVTOOLS: New variables confSRCADD and confSMSRCADD which
4077 correspond to confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD respectively.
4078 They should contain the C source files for the object files
4079 listed in confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD. These file names
4080 will be passed to the 'make depend' stage of compilation.
4081 DEVTOOLS: New program specific variables for each of the programs
4082 in the sendmail distribution. Each has the form
4083 `conf_prog_ENVDEF', for example, `conf_sendmail_ENVDEF'.
4084 The new variables are conf_prog_ENVDEF, conf_prog_LIBS,
4085 conf_prog_SRCADD, and conf_prog_OBJADD.
4086 DEVTOOLS: Build system redesign. This should have little affect on
4087 building the distribution, but documentation on the changes
4088 are in devtools/README.
4089 DEVTOOLS: Don't allow 'Build -f file' if an object directory already
4090 exists. Suggested by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
4091 DEVTOOLS: Rename confSRCDIR to confSMSRCDIR since it only identifies
4092 the path to the sendmail source directory. confSRCDIR is a
4093 new variable which identifies the root of the source
4094 directories for all of the programs in the distribution.
4095 DEVTOOLS: confSRCDIR and confSMSRCDIR are now determined at Build
4096 time. They can both still be overridden by setting the m4
4098 DEVTOOLS: confSBINGRP now defaults to bin instead of kmem.
4099 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -Q prefix' uses devtools/Site/prefix.*.m4 for
4100 build configurations, and places objects in obj.prefix.*/.
4101 Complains as 'Build -f file' does for existing object
4102 directories. Suggested by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment
4104 DEVTOOLS: Setting confINSTALL_RAWMAN will install unformatted
4105 manual pages in the directory tree specified by
4107 DEVTOOLS: If formatting the manual pages fails, copy in the
4108 preformatted pages from the distribution. The new variable
4109 confCOPY specifies the copying program.
4110 DEVTOOLS: Defining confFORCE_RMAIL will install rmail without
4111 question. Suggested by Terry Lambert of Whistle
4113 DEVTOOLS: confSTFILE and confHFFILE can be used to change the names
4114 of the installed statistics and help files, respectively.
4115 DEVTOOLS: Remove spaces in `uname -r` output when determining
4116 operating system identity. Problem noted by Erik
4117 Wachtenheim of Dartmouth College.
4118 DEVTOOLS: New variable confLIBSEARCHPATH to specify the paths that
4119 will be search for the libraries specified in confLIBSEARCH.
4120 Defaults to "/lib /usr/lib /usr/shlib".
4121 DEVTOOLS: New variables confSTRIP and confSTRIPOPTS for specifying
4122 how to strip binaries. These are used by the new
4123 install-strip target.
4124 DEVTOOLS: New config file site.post.m4 which is included after
4125 the others (if it exists).
4126 DEVTOOLS: Change order of LIBS: first product specific libraries
4127 then the default ones.
4128 MAIL.LOCAL: Will not be installed set-user-ID root. To use mail.local
4129 as local delivery agent without LMTP mode, use
4130 MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(`LOCAL', `+S')
4132 MAIL.LOCAL: Do not reject addresses which would otherwise be
4133 accepted by sendmail. Suggested by Neil Rickert of
4134 Northern Illinois University.
4135 MAIL.LOCAL: New -7 option which causes LMTP mode not to advertise
4136 8BITMIME in the LHLO response. Suggested by Kari Hurtta of
4137 the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4138 MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for the maillock() routines by defining
4139 MAILLOCK when compiling. Also requires linking with
4140 -lmail. Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4142 MAIL.LOCAL: Create a Content-Length: header if CONTENTLENGTH is
4143 defined when compiling. Automatically set for Solaris 2.3
4144 and later. Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4146 MAIL.LOCAL: Move the initialization of the 'notifybiff' address
4147 structure to the beginning of the program. This ensures that
4148 the getservbyname() is done before any seteuid to a possibly
4149 unauthenticated user. If you are using NIS+ and secure RPC
4150 on a Solaris system, this avoids syslog messages such as,
4151 "authdes_refresh: keyserv(1m) is unable to encrypt session
4152 key." Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4154 MAIL.LOCAL: Support group writable mail spool files when MAILGID is
4155 set to the gid to use (-DMAILGID=6) when compiling.
4156 Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4157 MAIL.LOCAL: When a mail message included lines longer than 2046
4158 characters (in LMTP mode), mail.local split the incoming
4159 line up into 2046-character output lines (excluding the
4160 newline). If an input line was 2047 characters long
4161 (excluding CR-LF) and the last character was a '.',
4162 mail.local saw it as the end of input, transfered it to the
4163 user mailbox and tried to write an `ok' back to sendmail.
4164 If the message was much longer, both sendmail and
4165 mail.local would deadlock waiting for each other to read
4166 what they have written. Problem noted by Peter Jeremy of
4167 Alcatel Australia Limited.
4168 MAIL.LOCAL: New option -b to return a permanent error instead of a
4169 temporary error if a mailbox exceeds quota. Suggested by
4170 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4171 MAIL.LOCAL: The creation of a lockfile is subject to a global
4172 timeout to avoid starvation.
4173 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly parse addresses with multiple quoted
4174 local-parts. Problem noted by Ronald F. Guilmette of
4175 Infinite Monkeys & Co.
4176 MAIL.LOCAL: NCR MP/RAS 3.X portability from Tom J. Moore of NCR.
4177 MAILSTATS: New -p option to invoke program mode in which stats are
4178 printed in a machine readable fashion and the stats file
4179 is reset. Patch from Kevin Hildebrand of the University
4181 MAKEMAP: If running as root, automatically change the ownership of
4182 generated maps to the TrustedUser as specified in the
4183 sendmail configuration file.
4184 MAKEMAP: New -C option to accept an alternate sendmail
4185 configuration file to use for finding the TrustedUser
4187 MAKEMAP: New -u option to dump (unmap) a database. Based on
4188 code contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
4189 MAKEMAP: New -e option to allow empty values. Suggested by Philip
4190 A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology Services.
4191 MAKEMAP: Compile cleanly on 64-bit operating systems. Problem
4192 noted by Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services.
4193 OP.ME: Correctly document interaction between F=S and U= mailer
4194 equates. Problem noted by Bob Halley of Internet Engines.
4195 OP.ME: Fixup Timeout documentation. From Graeme Hewson of Oracle
4197 OP.ME: The Timeout [r] option was incorrectly listed as "safe"
4198 (e.g., sendmail would not drop root privileges if the
4199 option was specified on the command line). Problem noted
4200 by Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
4201 PRALIASES: Handle the hash and btree map specifications for
4202 Berkeley DB. Patch from Brian J. Coan of the
4203 Institute for Global Communications.
4204 PRALIASES: Read the sendmail.cf file for the location(s) of the
4205 alias file(s) if the -f option is not used. Patch from
4206 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4207 PRALIASES: New -C option to specify an alternate sendmail
4208 configuration file to use for finding alias file(s). Patch
4209 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4210 SMRSH: allow shell commands echo, exec, and exit. Allow command
4211 lists using || and &&. Based on patch from Brian J. Coan
4212 of the Institute for Global Communications.
4213 SMRSH: Update README for the new Build system. From Tim Pierce
4214 of RootsWeb Genealogical Data Cooperative.
4215 VACATION: Added vacation auto-responder to sendmail distribution.
4216 LIBSMDB: Added abstracted database library. Works with Berkeley
4217 DB 1.85, Berkeley DB 2.X, Berkeley DB 3.X, and NDBM.
4219 The Build script in the various program subdirectories are
4220 no longer symbolic links. They are now scripts
4221 which execute the actual Build script in
4223 All the manual pages are now written against -man and not
4224 -mandoc as they were previously.
4225 Add a simple Makefile to every directory so make instead
4226 of Build will work (unless parameters are
4227 required for Build).
4235 Renamed Directories:
4236 BuildTools => devtools
4240 devtools/OS/Linux.ppc
4241 devtools/OS/ReliantUNIX
4247 cf/cf/generic-linux.cf
4248 cf/cf/generic-linux.mc
4249 cf/feature/delay_checks.m4
4251 cf/feature/generics_entire_domain.m4
4252 cf/feature/no_default_msa.m4
4253 cf/feature/relay_mail_from.m4
4254 cf/feature/virtuser_entire_domain.m4
4258 cf/ostype/openbsd.m4
4259 contrib/bounce-resender.pl
4260 contrib/domainmap.m4
4263 devtools/M4/depend/AIX.m4
4265 devtools/M4/string.m4
4266 devtools/M4/subst_ext.m4
4267 devtools/M4/switch.m4
4270 devtools/OS/SINIX.5.43
4271 devtools/OS/SINIX.5.44
4273 devtools/bin/find_in_path.sh
4281 sendmail/bf_portable.c
4282 sendmail/bf_portable.h
4285 sendmail/shmticklib.c
4286 sendmail/statusd_shm.h
4292 cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4 => cf/ostype/gnu.m4
4293 sendmail/cdefs.h => include/sendmail/cdefs.h
4294 sendmail/sendmail.hf => sendmail/helpfile
4295 sendmail/mailstats.h => include/sendmail/mailstats.h
4296 sendmail/pathnames.h => include/sendmail/pathnames.h
4297 sendmail/safefile.c => libsmutil/safefile.c
4298 sendmail/snprintf.c => libsmutil/snprintf.c
4299 sendmail/useful.h => include/sendmail/useful.h
4300 cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.pre5.m4
4302 cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.m4
4304 8.9.3/8.9.3 1999/02/04
4305 SECURITY: Limit message headers to a maximum of 32K bytes (total
4306 of all headers in a single message) to prevent a denial of
4307 service attack. This limit will be configurable in 8.10.
4308 Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
4309 Schools" project (IdS).
4310 Prevent segmentation fault on an LDAP lookup if the LDAP map
4311 was closed due to an earlier failure. Problem noted by
4312 Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org. Fix from Booker Bense of
4313 Stanford University and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4314 Preserve the order of the MIME headers in multipart messages
4315 when performing the MIME header length check. This
4316 will allow PGP signatures to function properly. Problem
4317 noted by Lars Hecking of University College, Cork, Ireland.
4318 If ruleset 5 rewrote the local address to an :include: directive,
4319 the delivery would fail with an "aliasing/forwarding loop
4320 broken" error. Problem noted by Eric C Hagberg of Morgan
4321 Stanley. Fix from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4322 Allow -T to work for bestmx maps. Fix from Aaron Schrab of
4323 ExecPC Internet Systems.
4324 During the transfer of a message in an SMTP transaction, if a
4325 TCP timeout occurs, the message would be properly queued
4326 for later retry but the failure would be logged as
4327 "Illegal Seek" instead of a timeout. Problem noted by
4328 Piotr Kucharski of the Warsaw School of Economics (SGH)
4329 and Carles Xavier Munyoz Baldo of CTV Internet.
4330 Prevent multiple deliveries on a self-referencing alias if the
4331 F=w mailer flag is not set. Problem noted by Murray S.
4332 Kucherawy of Concentric Network Corporation and Per
4333 Hedeland of Ericsson.
4334 Do not strip empty headers but if there is no value and a
4335 default is defined in sendmail.cf, use the default.
4336 Problem noted by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus
4337 College and Christopher McCrory of Netus, Inc.
4338 Don't inherit information about the sender (notably the full name)
4339 in SMTP (-bs) mode, since this might be called from inetd.
4340 Accept any 3xx reply code in response to DATA command instead of
4341 requiring 354. This change will match the wording to be
4342 published in the updated SMTP specification from the DRUMS
4345 AIX 4.2.0 or 4.2.1 may become updated by the fileset
4346 bos.rte.net level 4.2.0.2. This introduces the
4347 softlink /usr/lib/libbind.a which should
4348 not be used. It conflicts with the resolver
4349 built into libc.a. "bind" has been removed
4350 from the confLIBSEARCH BuildTools variable.
4351 Users who have installed BIND 8.X will have
4352 to add it back in their site.config.m4 file.
4353 Problem noted by Ole Holm Nielsen of the
4354 Technical University of Denmark.
4355 CRAY TS 10.0.x from Sven Nielsen of San Diego
4356 Supercomputer Center.
4357 Improved LDAP version 3 integration based on input
4358 from Kurt D. Zeilenga of the OpenLDAP Foundation,
4359 John Beck of Sun Microsystems, and Booker Bense
4360 of Stanford University.
4361 Linux doesn't have a standard way to get the timezone
4362 between different releases. Back out the
4363 change in 8.9.2 and don't attempt to derive
4364 a timezone. Problem reported by Igor S. Livshits
4365 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign
4366 and Michael Dickens of Tetranet Communications.
4367 Reliant UNIX, the new name for SINIX, from Gert-Jan Looy
4369 SunOS 5.8 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4370 CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1 and 7.0 need TZ to get the proper
4371 timezone. Problem noted by Petr Lampa of Technical
4373 CONFIG: Handle <@bestmx-host:user@otherhost> addressing properly
4374 when using FEATURE(bestmx_is_local). Patch from Neil W.
4375 Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4376 CONFIG: Properly handle source routed and %-hack addresses on
4377 hosts which the mailertable remaps to local:. Patch from
4378 Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4379 CONFIG: Internal fixup of mailertable local: map value. Patch from
4380 Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
4381 CONFIG: Only add back +detail from host portion of mailer triplet
4382 on local mailer triplets if it was originally +detail.
4383 Patch from Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4384 CONFIG: The bestmx_is_local checking done in check_rcpt would
4385 cause later checks to fail. Patch from Paul J Murphy of
4388 BuildTools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x
4389 BuildTools/OS/ReliantUNIX
4390 BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.8
4392 8.9.2/8.9.2 1998/12/30
4393 SECURITY: Remove five second sleep on accepting daemon connections
4394 due to an accept() failure. This sleep could be used
4395 for a denial of service attack.
4396 Do not silently ignore queue files with names which are too long.
4397 Patch from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
4398 Do not store failures closing an SMTP session in persistent
4399 host status. Reported by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
4401 Allow symbolic link forward files if they are in safe directories.
4402 Problem noted by Andreas Schott of the Max Planck Society.
4403 Missing columns in a text map could cause a segmentation fault.
4404 Fix from David Lee of the University of Durham.
4405 Note that for 8.9.X, PrivacyOptions=goaway also includes the
4406 noetrn flag. This is scheduled to change in a future
4407 version of sendmail. Problem noted by Theo Van Dinter of
4408 Chrysalis Symbolic Designa and Alan Brown of Manawatu
4410 When trying to do host canonification in a Wildcard MX
4411 environment, try an MX lookup of the hostname without the
4412 default domain appended. Problem noted by Olaf Seibert of
4413 Polderland Language & Speech Technology.
4414 Reject SMTP RCPT To: commands with only comments (i.e.
4415 'RCPT TO: (comment)'. Problem noted by Earle Ake of
4416 Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
4417 Handle any number of %s in the LDAP filter spec. Patch from
4418 Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4419 Clear ldapx open timeouts even if the map open failed to prevent
4420 a segmentation fault. Patch from Wayne Knowles of the
4421 National Institute of Water & Atmospheric Research Ltd.
4422 Do not syslog envelope clone messages when using address
4423 verification (-bv). Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
4424 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4425 Continue to perform queue runs while in daemon mode even if the
4426 daemon is rejecting connections due to a disk full
4427 condition. Problem noted by JR Oldroyd of TerraNet
4429 Include full filename on installation of the sendmail.hf file
4430 in case the $HFDIR directory does not exist. Problem
4431 noted by Josef Svitak of Montana State University.
4432 Close all maps when exiting the process with one exception.
4433 Berkeley DB can use internal shared memory locking for
4434 its memory pool. Closing a map opened by another process
4435 will interfere with the shared memory and locks of the
4436 parent process leaving things in a bad state. For
4437 Berkeley DB, only close the map if the current process
4438 is also the one that opened the map, otherwise only close
4439 the map file descriptor. Thanks to Yoseff Francus of
4440 Collective Technologies for volunteering his system for
4442 Avoid null pointer dereference on XDEBUG output for SMTP reply
4443 failures. Problem noted by Carlos Canau of EUnet Portugal.
4444 On mailq and hoststat listings being piped to another program, such
4445 as more, if the pipe closes (i.e., the user quits more),
4446 stop sending output and exit. Patch from Allan E Johannesen
4447 of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
4448 In accordance with the documentation, LDAP map lookup failures
4449 are now considered temporary failures instead of permanent
4450 failures unless the -t flag is used in the map definition.
4451 Problem noted by Booker Bense of Stanford University and
4452 Eric C. Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
4453 Fix by one error reporting on long alias names. Problem noted by
4454 H. Paul Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education
4456 Fix DontBlameSendmail=IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath behavior. Problem
4457 noted by Barry S. Finkel of Argonne National Laboratory.
4458 When automatically converting from 8 bit to quoted printable MIME,
4459 be careful not to miss a multi-part boundary if that
4460 boundary is preceded by a boundary-like line. Problem
4461 noted by Andreas Raschle of Ansid Inc. Fix from
4462 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4463 Avoid bogus reporting of "LMTP tobuf overflow" when the buffer
4464 has enough space for the additional address. Problem
4465 noted by Steve Cliffe of the University of Wollongong.
4466 Fix DontBlameSendmail=FileDeliveryToSymlink behavior. Problem
4467 noted by Alex Vorobiev of Swarthmore College.
4468 If the check_compat ruleset resolves to the $#discard mailer,
4469 discard the current recipient. Unlike check_relay,
4470 check_mail, and check_rcpt, the entire envelope is not
4471 discarded. Problem noted by RZ D. Rahlfs. Fix from
4472 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
4473 Avoid segmentation fault when reading ServiceSwitchFile files with
4474 bogus formatting. Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
4475 Meteorological Institute.
4476 Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
4477 OP.ME: Pages weren't properly output on duplexed printers. Fix
4478 from Matthew Black of CSU Long Beach.
4480 Apple Rhapsody from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
4481 Avoid a clash with IRIX 6.2 getopt.h and the UserDatabase
4482 option structure. Problem noted by Ashley M.
4483 Kirchner of Photo Craft Laboratories, Inc.
4484 Break out IP address to hostname translation for
4485 reading network interface addresses into
4486 class 'w'. Patch from John Kennedy of
4487 Cal State University, Chico.
4488 AIX 4.x use -qstrict with -O3 to prevent the optimized
4489 from changing the semantics of the compiled
4490 program. From Simon Travaglia of the
4491 University of Waikato, New Zealand.
4492 FreeBSD 2.2.2 and later support setusercontext(). From
4493 Peter Wemm of DIALix.
4494 FreeBSD 3.x fix from Peter Wemm of DIALix.
4495 IRIX 5.x has a syslog buffer size of 512 bytes. From
4496 Nao NINOMIYA of Utsunomiya University.
4497 IRIX 6.5 64-bit Build support.
4498 LDAP Version 3 support from John Beck and Ravi Iyer
4499 of Sun Microsystems.
4500 Linux does not implement seteuid() properly. From
4501 John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
4502 Linux timezone type was set improperly. From Takeshi Itoh
4504 NCR MP-RAS 3.x needs -lresolv for confLIBS. From
4505 Tom J. Moore of NCR.
4506 NeXT 4.x correction to man page path. From J. P. McCann
4508 System V Rel 5.x (a.k.a UnixWare7 w/o BSD-Compatibility Libs)
4509 from Paul Gampe of the Asia Pacific Network
4511 ULTRIX now requires an optimization limit of 970 from
4512 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
4514 Fix extern declaration for sm_dopr(). Fix from Henk
4515 van Oers of Algemeen Nederlands Persbureau.
4516 CONFIG: Catch @hostname,user@anotherhost.domain as relaying.
4517 Problem noted by Mark Rogov of AirMedia, Inc. Fix from
4518 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
4519 CONFIG: Do not refer to http://maps.vix.com/ on RBL rejections as
4520 there are multiple RBL's available and the MAPS RBL may
4521 not be the one in use. Suggested by Alan Brown of
4522 Manawatu Internet Services.
4523 CONFIG: Properly strip route addresses (i.e., @host1:user@host2)
4524 when stripping down a recipient address to check for
4525 relaying. Patch from Claus Assmann of
4526 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel and Neil W Rickert
4527 of Northern Illinois University.
4528 CONFIG: Allow the access database to override RBL lookups. Patch
4529 from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
4531 CONFIG: UnixWare 7 support from Phillip P. Porch of The Porch
4533 CONFIG: Fixed check for deferred delivery mode warning. Patch
4534 from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
4535 Kiel and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4536 CONFIG: If a recipient using % addressing is used, e.g.
4537 user%site@othersite, and othersite's MX records are now
4538 checked for local hosts if FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) is
4539 used. Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
4540 Patch from Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd and
4541 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
4542 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent warning messages from appearing in the LMTP
4543 stream. Do not allow more than one response per recipient.
4544 MAIL.LOCAL: Handle routed addresses properly when using LMTP. Fix
4545 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4546 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly check for CRLF when using LMTP. Fix from
4547 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4548 MAIL.LOCAL: Substitute MAILER-DAEMON for the LMTP empty sender in
4549 the envelope From header.
4550 MAIL.LOCAL: Accept underscores in hostnames in LMTP mode.
4551 Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse University.
4552 MAILSTATS: Document msgsrej and msgsdis fields in the man page.
4553 Problem noted by Richard Wong of Princeton University.
4554 MAKEMAP: Build group list so group writable files are allowed with
4555 the -s flag. Problem noted by Curt Sampson of Internet
4556 Portal Services, Inc.
4557 PRALIASES: Automatically handle alias files created without the
4558 NULL byte at the end of the key. Patch from John Beck of
4560 PRALIASES: Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
4562 BuildTools/OS/IRIX64.6.5
4563 BuildTools/OS/UnixWare.5.i386
4564 cf/ostype/unixware7.m4
4565 contrib/smcontrol.pl
4568 8.9.1/8.9.1 1998/07/02
4569 If both an OS specific site configuration file and a generic
4570 site.config.m4 file existed, only the latter was used
4571 instead of both. Problem noted by Geir Johannessen of
4572 the Norwegian University of Science and Technology.
4573 Fix segmentation fault while converting 8 bit to 7 bit MIME
4574 multipart messages by trying to write to an unopened
4575 file descriptor. Fix from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
4576 Meteorological Institute.
4577 Do not assume Message: and Text: headers indicate the end of
4578 the header area when parsing MIME headers. Problem noted
4579 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4580 Setting the confMAN#SRC Build variable would only effect the
4581 installation commands. The man pages would still be
4582 built with .0 extensions. Problem noted by Bryan
4583 Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
4584 Installation of manual pages didn't honor the DESTDIR environment
4585 variable. Problem noted by Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
4586 If the check_relay ruleset resolved to the discard mailer, messages
4587 were still delivered. Problem noted by Mirek Luc of NASK.
4588 Mail delivery to files would fail with an Operating System Error
4589 if sendmail was not running as root, i.e., RunAsUser was set.
4590 Problem noted by Leonard N. Zubkoff of Dandelion Digital.
4591 Prevent MinQueueAge from interfering from queued items created
4592 in the future, i.e., if the system clock was set ahead
4593 and then back. Problem noted by Michael Miller of the
4594 University of Natal, Pietermaritzburg.
4595 Do not advertise ETRN support in ESTMP EHLO reply if noetrn is
4596 set in the PrivacyOptions option. Fix from Ted Rule of
4598 Log invalid persistent host status file lines instead of
4599 bouncing the message. Problem noted by David Lindes of
4600 DaveLtd Enterprises.
4601 Move creation of empty sendmail.st file from installation to
4602 compilation. Installation may be done from a read-only
4603 mount. Fix from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. and Ric
4604 Anderson of the Oasis Research Center, Inc.
4605 Enforce the maximum number of User Database entries limit. Problem
4606 noted by Gary Buchanan of Credence Systems Inc.
4607 Allow dead.letter files in root's home directory. Problem noted
4608 by Anna Ullman of Sun Microsystems.
4609 Program deliveries in forward files could be marked unsafe if
4610 any directory listed in the ForwardPath option did not
4611 exist. Problem noted by Jorg Bielak of Coastal Web Online.
4612 Do not trust the length of the address structure returned by
4613 gethostbyname(). Problem noted by Chris Evans of Oxford
4615 If the SIZE= MAIL From: ESMTP parameter is too large, use the
4616 5.3.4 DSN status code instead of 5.2.2. Similarly, for
4617 non-local deliveries, if the message is larger than the
4618 mailer maximum message size, use 5.3.4 instead of 5.2.3.
4619 Suggested by Antony Bowesman of
4620 Fujitsu/TeaWARE Mail/MIME System.
4622 Fix the check for an IP address reverse lookup for
4623 use in $&{client_name} on 64 bit platforms.
4624 From Gilles Gallot of Institut for Development
4625 and Resources in Intensive Scientific computing.
4626 BSD-OS uses .0 for man page extensions. From Jeff Polk
4628 DomainOS detection for Build. Also, version 10.4 and later
4629 ship a unistd.h. Fixes from Takanobu Ishimura of
4631 NeXT 4.x uses /usr/lib/man/cat for its man pages. From
4632 J. P. McCann of E I A.
4633 SCO 4.X and 5.X include NDBM support. From Vlado Potisk
4635 CONFIG: Do not pass spoofed PTR results through resolver for
4636 qualification. Problem noted by Michiel Boland of
4637 Digital Valley Internet Professionals; fix from
4638 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4639 CONFIG: Do not try to resolve non-DNS hostnames such as UUCP,
4640 BITNET, and DECNET addresses for resolvable senders.
4641 Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
4642 CONFIG: Work around Sun's broken configuration which sends bounce
4643 messages as coming from @@hostname instead of <>. LMTP
4644 would not accept @@hostname.
4645 OP.ME: Corrections to complex sendmail startup script from Rick
4646 Troxel of the National Institutes of Health.
4647 RMAIL: Do not install rmail by default, require 'make force-install'
4648 as this rmail isn't the same as others. Suggested by
4649 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4651 BuildTools/OS/DomainOS.10.4
4653 8.9.0/8.9.0 1998/05/19
4654 SECURITY: To prevent users from reading files not normally
4655 readable, sendmail will no longer open forward, :include:,
4656 class, ErrorHeader, or HelpFile files located in unsafe
4657 (i.e., group or world writable) directory paths. Sites
4658 which need the ability to override security can use the
4659 DontBlameSendmail option. See the README file for more
4661 SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
4662 if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
4663 This fixes the change added to 8.8.6 to prevent links in these
4664 world writable directories.
4665 SECURITY: Make sure ServiceSwitchFile option file is not a link if
4666 it is in a world writable directory.
4667 SECURITY: Never pass a tty to a mailer -- if a mailer can get at the
4668 tty it may be able to push bytes back to the senders input.
4669 Unfortunately this breaks -v mode. Problem noted by
4670 Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
4671 IBM T.J. Watson Research.
4672 SECURITY: Empty group list if DontInitGroups is set to true to
4673 prevent program deliveries from picking up extra group
4674 privileges. Problem reported by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
4675 SECURITY: The default value for DefaultUser is now set to the uid and
4676 gid of the first existing user mailnull, sendmail, or daemon
4677 that has a non-zero uid. If none of these exist, sendmail
4678 reverts back to the old behavior of using uid 1 and gid 1.
4679 This is a security problem for Linux which has chosen that
4680 uid and gid for user bin instead of daemon. If DefaultUser
4681 is set in the configuration file, that value overrides this
4683 SECURITY: Since 8.8.7, the check for non-set-user-ID binaries
4684 interfered with setting an alternate group id for the
4685 RunAsUser option. Problem noted by Randall Winchester of
4686 the University of Maryland.
4687 Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. Based on patch from John Kennedy
4688 of Cal State University, Chico.
4689 Remove support for OLD_NEWDB (pre-1.5 version of Berkeley DB). Users
4690 which previously defined OLD_NEWDB=1 must now upgrade to the
4691 current version of Berkeley DB.
4692 Added support for regular expressions using the new map class regex.
4693 From Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
4694 Support for BIND 8.1.1's hesiod for hesiod maps and hesiod
4695 UserDatabases from Randall Winchester of the University
4697 Allow any shell for user shell on program deliveries on V1
4698 configurations for backwards compatibility on machines which
4699 do not have getusershell(). Fix from John Beck of Sun
4701 On operating systems which change the process title by reusing the
4702 argument vector memory, sendmail could corrupt memory if the
4703 last argument was either "-q" or "-d". Problem noted by
4704 Frank Langbein of the University of Stuttgart.
4705 Support Local Mail Transfer Protocol (LMTP) between sendmail and
4706 mail.local on the F=z flag.
4707 Macro-expand the contents of the ErrMsgFile. Previously this was
4708 only done if you had magic characters (0x81) to indicate
4709 macro expansion. Now $x will be expanded. This means that
4710 real dollar signs have to be backslash escaped.
4711 TCP Wrappers expects "unknown" in the hostname argument if the
4712 reverse DNS lookup for the incoming connection fails.
4713 Problem noted by Randy Grimshaw of Syracuse University and
4714 Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
4715 IBM T.J. Watson Research.
4716 DSN success bounces generated from an invocation of sendmail -t
4717 would be sent to both the sender and MAILER-DAEMON.
4718 Problem noted by Claus Assmann of
4719 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
4720 Avoid "Error 0" messages on delivery mailers which exit with a
4721 valid exit value such as EX_NOPERM. Fix from Andreas Luik
4722 of ISA Informationssysteme GmbH.
4723 Tokenize $&x expansions on right hand side of rules. This eliminates
4724 the need to use tricks like $(dequote "" $&{client_name} $)
4725 to cause the ${client_name} macro to be properly tokenized.
4726 Add the MaxRecipientsPerMessage option: this limits the number of
4727 recipients that will be accepted in a single SMTP
4728 transaction. After this number is reached, sendmail
4729 starts returning "452 Too many recipients" to all RCPT
4730 commands. This can be used to limit the number of recipients
4731 per envelope (in particular, to discourage use of the server
4732 for spamming). Note: a better approach is to restrict
4734 Fixed pointer initialization for LDAP lmap struct, fixed -s option
4735 to ldapx map and added timeout for ldap_open call to
4736 avoid hanging sendmail in the event of hung LDAP servers.
4737 Patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University.
4738 Allow multiple -qI, -qR, or -qS queue run limiters. For example,
4739 '-qRfoo -qRbar' would deliver mail to recipients with foo or
4740 bar in their address. Patch from Allan E Johannesen of
4741 Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
4742 The bestmx map will now return a list of the MX servers for a host if
4743 passed a column delimiter via the -z map flag. This can be
4744 used to check if the server is an MX server for the recipient
4745 of a message. This can be used to help prevent relaying.
4746 Patch from Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
4747 Mark failures for the *file* mailer and return bounce messages to the
4748 sender for those failures.
4749 Prevent bogus syslog timestamps on errors in sendmail.cf by
4750 preserving the TZ environment variable until TimeZoneSpec
4751 has been determined. Problem noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of
4752 Technical University of Braunschweig. Patch from Per Hedeland
4754 Print test input in address test mode when input is not from the tty
4755 when the -v flag is given (i.e., sendmail -bt -v) to make
4756 output easier to decipher. Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
4757 of Procter & Gamble.
4758 The LDAP map -s flag was not properly parsed and the error message
4759 given included the remainder of the arguments instead of
4760 solely the argument in error. Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
4761 of Procter & Gamble.
4762 New DontBlameSendmail option. This option allows administrators to
4763 bypass some of sendmail's file security checks at the expense
4764 of system security. This should only be used if you are
4765 absolutely sure you know the consequences. The available
4766 DontBlameSendmail options are:
4769 ClassFileInUnsafeDirPath
4770 ErrorHeaderInUnsafeDirPath
4771 GroupWritableDirPathSafe
4772 GroupWritableForwardFileSafe
4773 GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe
4774 GroupWritableAliasFile
4775 HelpFileinUnsafeDirPath
4776 WorldWritableAliasFile
4777 ForwardFileInGroupWritableDirPath
4778 IncludeFileInGroupWritableDirPath
4779 ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath
4780 IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath
4781 ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
4782 IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
4784 LinkedAliasFileInWritableDir
4785 LinkedClassFileInWritableDir
4786 LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir
4787 LinkedIncludeFileInWritableDir
4788 LinkedMapInWritableDir
4789 LinkedServiceSwitchFileInWritableDir
4790 FileDeliveryToHardLink
4791 FileDeliveryToSymLink
4794 WriteStatsToHardLink
4796 RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath
4798 New DontProbeInterfaces option to turn off the inclusion of all the
4799 interface names in $=w on startup. In particular, if you
4800 have lots of virtual interfaces, this option will speed up
4801 startup. However, unless you make other arrangements, mail
4802 sent to those addresses will be bounced.
4803 Automatically create alias databases if they don't exist and
4804 AutoRebuildAliases is set.
4805 Add PrivacyOptions=noetrn flag to disable the SMTP ETRN command.
4806 Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel of the Institut Pasteur.
4807 Add PrivacyOptions=noverb flag to disable the SMTP VERB command.
4808 When determining the client host name ($&{client_name} macro), do
4809 a forward (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup
4810 and compare results. If they differ or if the PTR lookup
4811 fails, &{client_name} will contain the IP address
4812 surrounded by square brackets (e.g., [127.0.0.1]).
4813 New map flag: -Tx appends "x" to lookups that return temporary failure
4814 (i.e, it is like -ax for the temporary failure case, in
4815 contrast to the success case).
4816 New syntax to do limited checking of header syntax. A config line
4819 causes the indicated Ruleset to be invoked on the Header
4820 when read. This ruleset works like the check_* rulesets --
4821 that is, it can reject mail on the basis of the contents.
4822 Limit the size of the HELO/EHLO parameter to prevent spammers
4823 from hiding their connection information in Received:
4825 When SingleThreadDelivery is active, deliveries to locked hosts
4826 are skipped. This will cause the delivering process to
4827 try the next MX host or queue the message if no other MX
4828 hosts are available. Suggested by Alexander Litvin.
4829 The [FILE] mailer type now delivers to the file specified in the
4830 A= equate of the mailer definition instead of $u. It also
4831 obeys all of the F= mailer flags such as the MIME
4832 7/8 bit conversion flags. This is useful for defining
4833 a mailer which delivers to the same file regardless of the
4834 recipient (e.g., 'A=FILE /dev/null' to discard unwanted mail).
4835 Do not assume the identity of a remote connection is root@localhost
4836 if the remote connection closes the socket before the
4837 remote identity can be queried.
4838 Change semantics of the F=S mailer flag back to 8.7.5 behavior.
4839 Some mailers, including procmail, require that the real
4840 uid is left unchanged by sendmail. Problem noted by Per
4841 Hedeland of Ericsson.
4842 No longer is the src/obj*/Makefile selected from a large list -- it
4843 is now generated using the information in BuildTools/OS/ --
4844 some of the details are determined dynamically via
4845 BuildTools/bin/configure.sh.
4846 The other programs in the sendmail distribution -- mail.local,
4847 mailstats, makemap, praliases, rmail, and smrsh -- now use
4848 the new Build method which creates an operating system
4849 specific Makefile using the information in BuildTools.
4850 Make 4xx reply codes to the SMTP MAIL command be non-sticky (i.e.,
4851 a failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
4852 same host). This is necessary if the remote host sends
4853 a 451 error if the domain of the sender does not resolve
4854 as is common in anti-spam configurations. Problem noted
4855 by Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
4856 New "discard" mailer for check_* rulesets and header checking
4857 rulesets. If one of the above rulesets resolves to the
4858 $#discard mailer, the commands will be accepted but the
4859 message will be completely discarded after it is accepting.
4860 This means that even if only one of the recipients
4861 resolves to the $#discard mailer, none of the recipients
4862 will receive the mail. Suggested by Brian Kantor.
4863 All but the last cloned envelope of a split envelope were queued
4864 instead of being delivered. Problem noted by John Caruso
4865 of CNET: The Computer Network.
4866 Fix deadlock situation in persistent host status file locking.
4867 Syslog an error if a user forward file could not be read due to
4868 an error. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4869 Use the first name returned on machine lookups when canonifying a
4870 hostname via NetInfo. Patch from Timm Wetzel of GWDG.
4871 Clear the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port}
4872 macros when delivering a bounce message to prevent
4873 rejection by a check_compat ruleset which uses these macros.
4874 Problem noted by Jens Hamisch of AgiX Internetservices GmbH.
4875 If the check_relay ruleset resolves to the the error mailer, the
4876 error in the $: portion of the resolved triplet is used
4877 in the rejection message given to the remote machine.
4878 Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
4879 Set the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port} macros
4880 before calling the check_relay ruleset. Suggested by Scott
4881 Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
4882 Sendmail would get a segmentation fault if a mailer exited with an
4883 exit code of 79. Problem noted by Aaron Schrab of ExecPC
4884 Internet. Fix from Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur
4886 Separate snprintf/vsnprintf routines into separate file for use by
4888 Allow multiple map lookups on right hand side, e.g.,
4889 R$* $( host $1 $) $| $( passwd $1 $). Patch from
4890 Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur Institute.
4891 Properly generate success DSN messages if requested for aliases
4892 which have owner- aliases. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta
4893 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4894 Properly display delayed-expansion macros ($&{macroname}) in
4895 address test mode (-bt). Problem noted by Bryan Costales
4897 -qR could sometimes match names incorrectly. Problem noted by
4898 Lutz Euler of Lavielle EDV Systemberatung GmbH & Co.
4899 Include a magic number and version in the StatusFile for the
4901 Record the number of rejected and discarded messages in the
4902 StatusFile for display by the mailstats command. Patch
4903 from Randall Winchester of the University of Maryland.
4904 IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER" now list the
4905 user portion as IDENT:username@site instead of
4906 username@site to differentiate the two. Suggested by
4907 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4908 Enforce timeout for LDAP queries. Patch from Per Hedeland of
4910 Change persistent host status filename substitution so '/' is
4911 replaced by ':' instead of '|' to avoid clashes. Also
4912 avoid clashes with hostnames with leading dots. Fix from
4913 Mitchell Blank Jr. of Exec-PC.
4914 If the system lock table is full, only attempt to create a new
4915 queue entry five times before giving up. Previously, it
4916 was attempted indefinitely which could cause the partition
4917 to run out of inodes. Problem noted by Suzie Weigand of
4918 Stratus Computer, Inc.
4919 In verbose mode, warn if the sendmail.cf version is less than the
4920 currently supported version.
4921 Sorting for QueueSortOrder=host is now case insensitive. Patch
4922 from Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland.
4923 Properly quote a full name passed via the -F command line option,
4924 the Full-Name: header, or the NAME environment variable if
4925 it contains characters which must be quoted. Problem noted
4926 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4927 Avoid possible race condition that unlocked a mail job before
4928 releasing the transcript file on systems that use flock(2).
4929 In some cases, this might result in a "Transcript Unavailable"
4930 message in error bounces.
4931 Accept SMTP replies which contain only a reply code and no
4932 accompanying text. Problem noted by Fernando Fraticelli of
4933 Digital Equipment Corporation.
4935 AIX 4.1 uses int for SOCKADDR_LEN_T from Motonori Nakamura
4936 of Kyoto University.
4937 AIX 4.2 requires <userpw.h> before <usersec.h>. Patch from
4938 Randall S. Winchester of the University of
4940 AIX 4.3 from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech CNS.
4941 CRAY T3E from Manu Mahonen of Center for Scientific Computing
4943 Digital UNIX now uses statvfs for determining free
4944 disk space. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
4945 the University of Maryland.
4946 HP-UX 11.x from Richard Allen of Opin Kerfi HF and
4947 Regis McEwen of Progress Software Corporation.
4948 IRIX 64 bit fixes from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
4949 Meteorological Institute.
4950 IRIX 6.2 configuration fix for mail.local from Michael Kyle
4951 of CIC/Advanced Computing Laboratory.
4952 IRIX 6.5 from Thomas H Jones II of SGI.
4953 IRIX 6.X load average code from Bob Mende of SGI.
4954 QNX from Glen McCready <glen@qnx.com>.
4955 SCO 4.2 and 5.x use /usr/bin instead of /usr/ucb for links
4956 to sendmail. Install with group bin instead of kmem
4957 as kmem does not exist. From Guillermo Freige of
4958 Gobernacion de la Pcia de Buenos Aires and Paul
4959 Fischer of BTG, Inc.
4960 SunOS 4.X does not include memmove(). Patch from
4961 Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4962 SunOS 5.7 includes getloadavg() function for determining
4963 load average. Patch from John Beck of Sun
4965 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file.
4966 CONFIG: add DATABASE_MAP_TYPE to set the default type of database
4967 map for the various maps. The default is hash. Patch from
4968 Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
4969 CONFIG: new confEBINDIR m4 variable for defining the executable
4970 directory for certain programs.
4971 CONFIG: new FEATURE(local_lmtp) to use the new LMTP support for
4972 local mail delivery. By the default, /usr/libexec/mail.local
4973 is used. This is expected to be the mail.local shipped
4974 with 8.9 which is LMTP capable. The path is based on the
4975 new confEBINDIR m4 variable.
4976 CONFIG: Use confEBINDIR in determining path to smrsh for
4977 FEATURE(smrsh). Note that this changes the default from
4978 /usr/local/etc/smrsh to /usr/libexec/smrsh. To obtain the
4979 old path for smrsh, use FEATURE(smrsh, /usr/local/etc/smrsh).
4980 CONFIG: DOMAIN(generic) changes the default confFORWARD_PATH to
4981 include $z/.forward.$w+$h and $z/.forward+$h which allow
4982 the user to setup different .forward files for
4983 user+detail addressing.
4984 CONFIG: add confMAX_RCPTS_PER_MESSAGE, confDONT_PROBE_INTERFACES,
4985 and confDONT_BLAME_SENDMAIL to set MaxRecipientsPerMessage,
4986 DontProbeInterfaces, and DontBlameSendmail options.
4987 CONFIG: by default do not allow relaying (that is, accepting mail
4988 from outside your domain and sending it to another host
4989 outside your domain).
4990 CONFIG: new FEATURE(promiscuous_relay) to allow mail relaying from
4991 any site to any site.
4992 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_entire_domain) allows any host in your
4993 domain as defined by the 'm' class ($=m) to relay.
4994 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) to allow relaying based on
4995 the MX records of the host portion of an incoming recipient.
4996 CONFIG: new FEATURE(access_db) which turns on the access database
4997 feature. This database gives you the ability to allow
4998 or refuse to accept mail from specified domains for
4999 administrative reasons. By default, names that are listed
5000 as "OK" in the access db are domain names, not host names.
5001 CONFIG: new confCR_FILE m4 variable for defining the name of the file
5002 used for class 'R'. Defaults to /etc/mail/relay-domains.
5003 CONFIG: new command RELAY_DOMAIN(domain) and RELAY_DOMAIN_FILE(file)
5004 to add items to class 'R' ($=R) for hosts allowed to relay.
5005 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_hosts_only) to change the behavior
5006 of FEATURE(access_db) and class 'R' to lookup individual
5008 CONFIG: new FEATURE(loose_relay_check). Normally, if a recipient
5009 using % addressing is used, e.g. user%site@othersite,
5010 and othersite is in class 'R', the check_rcpt ruleset
5011 will strip @othersite and recheck user@site for relaying.
5012 This feature changes that behavior. It should not be
5013 needed for most installations.
5014 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_local_from) to allow relaying if the
5015 domain portion of the mail sender is a local host. This
5016 should only be used if absolutely necessary as it opens
5017 a window for spammers. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
5018 the University of Maryland.
5019 CONFIG: new FEATURE(blacklist_recipients) turns on the ability to
5020 block incoming mail destined for certain recipient
5021 usernames, hostnames, or addresses.
5022 CONFIG: By default, MAIL FROM: commands in the SMTP session will be
5023 refused if the host part of the argument to MAIL FROM: cannot
5024 be located in the host name service (e.g., DNS).
5025 CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unresolvable_domains) accepts
5026 unresolvable hostnames in MAIL FROM: SMTP commands.
5027 CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unqualified_senders) accepts
5028 MAIL FROM: senders which do not include a domain.
5029 CONFIG: new FEATURE(rbl) Turns on rejection of hosts found in the
5030 Realtime Blackhole List. You can specify the RBL name
5031 server to contact by specifying it as an optional argument.
5032 The default is rbl.maps.vix.com. For details, see
5033 http://maps.vix.com/rbl/.
5034 CONFIG: Call Local_check_relay, Local_check_mail, and
5035 Local_check_rcpt from check_relay, check_mail, and
5036 check_rcpt. Users with local rulesets should place the
5037 rules using LOCAL_RULESETS. If a Local_check_* ruleset
5038 returns $#OK, the message is accepted. If the ruleset
5039 returns a mailer, the appropriate action is taken, else
5040 the return of the ruleset is ignored.
5041 CONFIG: CYRUS_MAILER_FLAGS now includes the /:| mailer flags by
5042 default to support file, :include:, and program deliveries.
5043 CONFIG: Remove the default for confDEF_USER_ID so the binary can
5044 pick the proper default value. See the SECURITY note
5045 above for more information.
5046 CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) now warns the user that the feature is a
5047 no-op. Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5048 Meteorological Institute.
5049 CONFIG: OSTYPE(osf1) now sets DefaultUserID (confDEF_USER_ID) to
5050 daemon since DEC's /bin/mail will drop the envelope
5051 sender if run as mailnull. See the Digital UNIX section
5052 of src/README for more information. Problem noted by
5053 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5054 CONFIG: .cf files are now stored in the same directory with the
5055 .mc files instead of in the obj directory.
5056 CONFIG: New options confSINGLE_LINE_FROM_HEADER,
5057 confALLOW_BOGUS_HELO, and confMUST_QUOTE_CHARS for
5058 setting SingleLineFromHeader, AllowBogusHELO, and
5059 MustQuoteChars respectively.
5060 MAIL.LOCAL: support -l flag to run LMTP on stdin/stdout. This
5061 SMTP-like protocol allows detailed reporting of delivery
5062 status on a per-user basis. Code donated by John Myers of
5063 CMU (now of Netscape).
5064 MAIL.LOCAL: HP-UX support from Randall S. Winchester of the
5065 University of Maryland. NOTE: mail.local is not
5066 compatible with the stock HP-UX mail format. Be sure to
5067 read mail.local/README.
5068 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent other mail delivery agents from stealing a
5069 mailbox lock. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of the
5070 University of Maryland.
5071 MAIL.LOCAL: glibc portability from John Kennedy of Cal State
5073 MAIL.LOCAL: IRIX portability from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5074 Meteorological Institute.
5075 MAILSTATS: Display the number of rejected and discarded messages
5076 in the StatusFile. Patch from Randall Winchester of the
5077 University of Maryland.
5078 MAKEMAP: New -s flag to ignore safety checks on database map files
5079 such as linked files in world writable directories.
5080 MAKEMAP: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. Remove OLD_NEWDB support.
5081 PRALIASES: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.
5082 PRALIASES: Do not automatically include NDBM support. Problem
5083 noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of the Technical University of
5085 RMAIL: Improve portability for other platforms. Patches from
5086 Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland and
5087 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5089 src/Makefiles/Makefile.* files have been modified to use
5090 the new build mechanism and are now BuildTools/OS/*.
5091 src/makesendmail changed to symbolic link to src/Build.
5093 BuildTools/M4/header.m4
5094 BuildTools/M4/depend/BSD.m4
5095 BuildTools/M4/depend/CC-M.m4
5096 BuildTools/M4/depend/NCR.m4
5097 BuildTools/M4/depend/Solaris.m4
5098 BuildTools/M4/depend/X11.m4
5099 BuildTools/M4/depend/generic.m4
5100 BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.2
5101 BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.x
5102 BuildTools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x
5103 BuildTools/OS/HP-UX.11.x
5104 BuildTools/OS/IRIX.6.5
5105 BuildTools/OS/NEXTSTEP.4.x
5106 BuildTools/OS/NeXT.4.x
5107 BuildTools/OS/NetBSD.8.3
5109 BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.7
5110 BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE
5112 BuildTools/Site/README
5113 BuildTools/bin/Build
5114 BuildTools/bin/configure.sh
5115 BuildTools/bin/find_m4.sh
5116 BuildTools/bin/install.sh
5119 cf/cf/generic-hpux10.cf
5120 cf/feature/accept_unqualified_senders.m4
5121 cf/feature/accept_unresolvable_domains.m4
5122 cf/feature/access_db.m4
5123 cf/feature/blacklist_recipients.m4
5124 cf/feature/loose_relay_check.m4
5125 cf/feature/local_lmtp.m4
5126 cf/feature/promiscuous_relay.m4
5128 cf/feature/relay_based_on_MX.m4
5129 cf/feature/relay_entire_domain.m4
5130 cf/feature/relay_hosts_only.m4
5131 cf/feature/relay_local_from.m4
5133 contrib/doublebounce.pl
5135 mail.local/Makefile.m4
5138 mailstats/Makefile.m4
5142 praliases/Makefile.m4
5152 cf/cf/Makefile (replaced by Makefile.dist)
5154 mail.local/Makefile.dist
5156 mailstats/Makefile.dist
5158 makemap/Makefile.dist
5160 praliases/Makefile.dist
5165 src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.4 (split into AIX.4.x and AIX.4.2)
5166 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SMP_DC.OSx.NILE
5167 (renamed BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE)
5168 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Utah (obsolete platform)
5171 cf/cf/Makefile.dist => Makefile
5172 cf/cf/obj/* => cf/cf/*
5173 src/READ_ME => src/README
5175 8.8.8/8.8.8 1997/10/24
5176 If the check_relay ruleset failed, the relay= field was logged
5177 incorrectly. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5178 Meteorological Institute.
5179 If /usr/tmp/dead.letter already existed, sendmail could not
5180 add additional bounces to it. Problem noted by Thomas J.
5181 Arseneault of SRI International.
5182 If an SMTP mailer used a non-standard port number for the outgoing
5183 connection, it would be displayed incorrectly in verbose mode.
5184 Problem noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
5185 Log the ETRN parameter specified by the client before altering them
5186 to internal form. Suggested by Bob Kupiec of GES-Verio.
5187 EXPN and VRFY SMTP commands on malformed addresses were logging as
5188 User unknown with bogus delay= values. Change them to log
5189 the same as compliant addresses. Problem noted by Kari E.
5190 Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5191 Ignore the debug resolver option unless using sendmail debug trace
5192 option for resolver. Problem noted by Greg Nichols of Wind
5194 If SingleThreadDelivery was enabled and the remote server returned a
5195 protocol error on the DATA command, the connection would be
5196 closed but the persistent host status file would not be
5197 unlocked so other sendmail processes could not deliver to
5198 that host. Problem noted by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
5199 If queueing up a message due to an expensive mailer, don't increment
5200 the number of delivery attempts or set the last delivery
5201 attempt time so the message will be delivered on the next
5202 queue run regardless of MinQueueAge. Problem noted by
5203 Brian J. Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
5204 Authentication warnings of "Processed from queue _directory_" and
5205 "Processed by _username_ with -C _filename_" would be logged
5206 with the incorrect timestamp. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta
5207 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5208 Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
5209 Log null connections on dropped connections. Problem noted by
5210 Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
5211 If class dbm maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect this and
5212 reopen the map. Previously, they could give stale
5213 results during a single message processing (but would
5214 recover when the next message was received). Fix from
5215 Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises.
5216 Do not log failures such as "User unknown" on -bv or SMTP VRFY
5217 requests. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
5218 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5219 Do not send a bounce message back to the sender regarding bad
5220 recipients if the SMTP connection is dropped before the
5221 message is accepted. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
5222 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5223 Use "localhost" instead of "[UNIX: localhost]" when connecting to
5224 sendmail via a UNIX pipe. This will allow rulesets using
5225 $&{client_name} to process without sending the string through
5226 dequote. Problem noted by Alan Barrett of Internet Africa.
5227 A combination of deferred delivery mode, a double bounce situation,
5228 and the inability to save a bounce message to
5229 /var/tmp/dead.letter would cause sendmail to send a bounce
5230 to postmaster but not remove the offending envelope from the
5231 queue causing it to create a new bounce message each time the
5232 queue was run. Problem noted by Brad Doctor of Net Daemons
5234 Remove newlines from hostname information returned via DNS. There are
5235 no known security implications of newlines in hostnames as
5236 sendmail filters newlines in all vital areas; however, this
5237 could cause confusing error messages.
5238 Starting with sendmail 8.8.6, mail sent with the '-t' option would be
5239 rejected if any of the specified addresses were bad. This
5240 behavior was modified to only reject the bad addresses and not
5241 the entire message. Problem noted by Jozsef Hollosi of
5243 Use Timeout.fileopen when delivering mail to a file. Suggested by
5244 Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
5245 Display the proper Final-Recipient on DSN messages for non-SMTP
5246 mailers. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
5247 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5248 An error in calculating the available space in the list of addresses
5249 for logging deliveries could cause an address to be silently
5251 Include the initial user environment if sendmail is restarted via
5252 a HUP signal. This will give room for the process title.
5253 Problem noted by Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
5254 Mail could be delivered without a body if the machine does not
5255 support flock locking and runs out of processes during
5256 delivery. Fix from Chuck Lever of the University of Michigan.
5257 Drop recipient address from 251 and 551 SMTP responses per RFC 821.
5258 Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
5260 Make sure non-rebuildable database maps are opened before the
5261 rebuildable maps (i.e., alias files) in case the database maps
5262 are needed for verifying the left hand side of the aliases.
5263 Problem noted by Lloyd Parkes of Victoria University.
5264 Make sure sender RFC822 source route addresses are alias expanded for
5265 bounce messages. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of
5266 RUS University of Stuttgart.
5268 Return a temporary error instead of a permanent error if an LDAP map
5269 search returns an error. This will allow sequenced maps which
5270 use other LDAP servers to be checked. Fix from Booker Bense
5271 of Stanford University.
5272 When automatically converting from quoted printable to 8bit text do
5273 not pad bare linefeeds with a space. Problem noted by Theo
5274 Nolte of the University of Technology Aachen, Germany.
5276 Non-standard C compilers may have had a problem compiling
5277 conf.c due to a standard C external declaration of
5278 setproctitle(). Problem noted by Ted Roberts of
5279 Electronic Data Systems.
5280 AUX: has a broken O_EXCL implementation. Reported by Jim
5281 Jagielski of jaguNET Access Services.
5282 BSD/OS: didn't compile if HASSETUSERCONTEXT was defined.
5283 Digital UNIX: Digital UNIX (and possibly others) moves
5284 loader environment variables into the loader memory
5285 area. If one of these environment variables (such as
5286 LD_LIBRARY_PATH) was the last environment variable,
5287 an invalid memory address would be used by the process
5288 title routine causing memory corruption. Problem
5289 noted by Sam Hartman of Mesa Internet Systems.
5290 GNU libc: uses an enum for _PC_CHOWN_RESTRICTED which caused
5291 chownsafe() to always return 0 even if the OS does
5292 not permit file giveaways. Problem noted by
5293 Yasutaka Sumi of The University of Tokyo.
5294 IRIX6: Syslog buffer size set to 512 bytes. Reported by
5295 Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
5296 Linux: Pad process title with NULLs. Problem noted by
5297 Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
5298 SCO OpenServer 5.0: SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call returns an
5299 incorrect value for the number of interfaces.
5300 Problem noted by Chris Loelke of JetStream Internet
5302 SINIX: Update for Makefile and syslog buffer size from Gerald
5303 Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
5304 Solaris: Make sure HASGETUSERSHELL setting for SunOS is not
5305 used on a Solaris machine. Problem noted by
5306 Stephen Ma of Jtec Pty Limited.
5307 CONFIG: SINIX: Update from Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business
5309 MAKEMAP: Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
5310 CONTRIB: expn.pl: Updated version from the author, David Muir Sharnoff.
5311 OP.ME: Document the F=i mailer flag. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of
5314 8.8.7/8.8.7 1997/08/03
5315 If using Berkeley DB on systems without O_EXLOCK (open a file with
5316 an exclusive lock already set -- i.e., almost all systems
5317 except 4.4-BSD derived systems), the initial attempt at
5318 rebuilding aliases file if the database didn't already
5319 exist would fail. Patch from Raymund Will of LST Software
5321 Bogus incoming SMTP commands would reset the SMTP conversation.
5322 Problem noted by Fredrik Jönsson of the Royal Institute
5323 of Technology, Stockholm.
5324 Since TCP Wrappers includes setenv(), unsetenv(), and putenv(),
5325 some environments could give "multiple definitions" for these
5326 routines during compilation. If using TCP Wrappers, assume
5327 that these routines are included as though they were in the
5328 C library. Patch from Robert La Ferla.
5329 When a NEWDB database map was rebuilt at the same time it was being
5330 used by a queue run, the maps could be left locked for the
5331 duration of the queue run, causing other processes to hang.
5332 Problem noted by Kendall Libby of Shore.NET.
5333 In some cases, NoRecipientAction=add-bcc was being ignored, so the
5334 mail was passed on without any recipient header. This could
5335 cause problems downstream. Problem noted by Xander Jansen
5336 of SURFnet ExpertiseCentrum.
5337 Give error when GDBM is used with sendmail. GDBM's locking and
5338 linking of the .dir and .pag files interferes with sendmail's
5339 locking and security checks. Problems noted by Fyodor
5340 Yarochkin of the Kyrgyz Republic FreeNet.
5341 Don't fsync qf files if SuperSafe option is not set.
5342 Avoid extra calls to gethostbyname for addresses for which a
5343 gethostbyaddr found no value. Also, ignore any returns
5344 from gethostbyaddr that look like a dotted quad.
5345 If PTR lookup fails when looking up an SMTP peer, don't tag it as
5346 "may be forged", since at the network level we pretty much
5347 have to assume that the information is good.
5348 In some cases, errors during an SMTP session could leave files
5350 Better handling of missing file descriptors (0, 1, 2) on startup.
5351 Better handling of non-set-user-ID binaries -- avoids certain obnoxious
5352 errors during testing.
5353 Errors in file locking of NEWDB maps had the incorrect file name
5354 printed in the error message.
5355 If the AllowBogusHELO option were set and an EHLO with a bad or
5356 missing parameter were issued, the EHLO behaved like a HELO.
5357 Load limiting never kicked in for incoming SMTP transactions if the
5358 DeliveryMode=background and any recipient was an alias or
5359 had a .forward file. From Nik Conwell of Boston University.
5360 On some non-Posix systems, the decision of whether chown(2) permits
5361 file giveaway was undefined. From Tetsu Ushijima of the
5362 Tokyo Institute of Technology.
5363 Fix race condition that could cause the body of a message to be
5364 lost (so only the header was delivered). This only occurs
5365 on systems that do not use flock(2), and only when a queue
5366 runner runs during a critical section in another message
5367 delivery. Based on a patch from Steve Schweinhart of
5369 If a qf file was found in a mail queue directory that had a problem
5370 (wrong ownership, bad format, etc.) and the file name was
5371 exactly MAXQFNAME bytes long, then instead of being tried
5372 once, it would be tried on every queue run. Problem noted
5373 by Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
5374 If the system supports an st_gen field in the status structure,
5375 include it when reporting that a file has changed after open.
5376 This adds a new compile flag, HAS_ST_GEN (0/1 option).
5377 This out to be checked as well as reported, since it is
5378 theoretically possible for an attacker to remove a file after
5379 it is opened and replace it with another file that has the
5380 same i-number, but some filesystems (notably AFS) return
5381 garbage in this field, and hence always look like the file
5382 has changed. As a practical matter this is not a security
5383 problem, since the files can be neither hard nor soft links,
5384 and on no filesystem (that I am aware of) is it possible to
5385 have two files on the same filesystem with the same i-number
5387 Delete the root Makefile from the distribution -- it is only for
5388 use internally, and does not work at customer sites.
5389 Fix botch that caused the second MAIL FROM: command in a single
5390 transaction to clear the entire transaction. Problem
5391 noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
5392 Work properly on machines that have _PATH_VARTMP defined without
5393 a trailing slash. (And a pox on vendors that decide to
5394 ignore the established conventions!) Problem noted by
5395 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5396 Internal changes to make it easier to add another protocol family
5397 (intended for IPv6). Patches are from John Kennedy of
5399 In certain cases, 7->8 bit MIME decoding of Base64 text could leave
5400 an extra space at the beginning of some lines. Problem
5401 noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University; fix based
5402 on a patch from Christophe Wolfhugel.
5404 Allow _PATH_VENDOR_CF to be set in Makefile for consistency
5405 with the _Sendmail_ book, 2nd edition. Note that
5406 the book is actually wrong: _PATH_SENDMAILCF should
5408 AIX 3.x: Include <sys/select.h>. Patch from Gene Rackow
5409 of Argonne National Laboratory.
5410 OpenBSD from from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
5411 RISC/os 4.0 from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
5412 SunOS: Include <memory.h> to fix warning from util.c. From
5413 James Aldridge of EUnet Ltd.
5414 Solaris: Change STDIR (location of status file) to /etc/mail
5416 Linux, Dynix, UNICOS: Remove -DNDBM and -lgdbm from
5417 Makefiles. Use NEWDB on Linux instead.
5418 NCR MP-RAS 3.x with STREAMware TCP/IP: SIOCGIFNUM ioctl
5419 exists but behaves differently than other OSes.
5420 Add SIOCGIFNUM_IS_BROKEN compile flag to get
5421 around the problem. Problem noted by Tom Moore of
5423 HP-UX 9.x: fix compile warnings for old select API. Problem
5424 noted by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
5425 UnixWare 2.x: compile warnings on offsetof macro. Problem
5426 noted by Tom Good of the Community Access Information
5428 SCO 4.2: compile problems caused by a change in the type of
5429 the "length" parameters passed to accept, getpeername,
5430 getsockname, and getsockopt. Adds new compile flags
5431 SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T. Problem reported
5432 by Tom Good of St. Vincent's North Richmond Community
5433 Mental Health Center Residential Services.
5434 AIX 4: Use size_t for SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T.
5435 Suggested by Brett Hogden of Rochester Gas & Electric
5437 Linux: avoid compile problem for versions of <setjmp.h> that
5438 #define both setjmp and longjmp. Problem pointed out
5439 by J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet.
5440 CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1: Support for OSTYPE(sco-uw-2.1)
5441 from Christopher Durham of SCO.
5442 CONFIG: NEXTSTEP: define confCW_FILE to
5443 /etc/sendmail/sendmail.cw to match the usual
5444 configuration. Patch from Dennis Glatting of
5446 CONFIG: MAILER(fax) called a program that hasn't existed for a long
5447 time. Convert to use the HylaFAX 4.0 conventions. Suggested
5449 CONFIG: Improve sample anti-spam rulesets in cf/cf/knecht.mc. These
5450 are the rulesets in use on sendmail.org.
5451 MAKEMAP: give error on GDBM files.
5452 MAIL.LOCAL: Make error messages a bit more explicit, for example,
5453 telling more details on what actually changed when "file
5454 changed after open".
5455 CONTRIB: etrn.pl: Ignore comments in Fw files. Support multiple Fw
5457 CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: Handle 8 bit characters and '-'.
5459 src/Makefiles/Makefile.OpenBSD
5460 src/Makefiles/Makefile.RISCos.4_0
5462 cf/ostype/sco-uw-2.1.m4
5466 8.8.6/8.8.6 1997/06/14
5467 *************************************************************
5468 * The extensive assistance of Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI *
5469 * in preparing this release is gratefully appreciated. *
5470 * Sun Microsystems has also provided resources toward *
5471 * continued sendmail development. *
5472 *************************************************************
5473 SECURITY: A few systems allow an open with the O_EXCL|O_CREAT open
5474 mode bits set to create a file that is a symbolic link that
5475 points nowhere. This makes it possible to create a root
5476 owned file in an arbitrary directory by inserting the symlink
5477 into a writable directory after the initial lstat(2) check
5478 determined that the file did not exist. The only verified
5479 example of a system having these odd semantics for O_EXCL
5480 and symbolic links was HP-UX prior to version 9.07. Most
5481 systems do not have the problem, since a exclusive create
5482 of a file disallows symbolic links. Systems that have been
5483 verified to NOT have the problem include AIX 3.x, *BSD,
5484 DEC OSF/1, HP-UX 9.07 and higher, Linux, SunOS, Solaris,
5485 and Ultrix. This is a potential exposure on systems that
5486 have this bug and which do not have a MAILER-DAEMON alias
5487 pointing at a legitimate account, since this will cause old
5488 mail to be dropped in /var/tmp/dead.letter.
5489 SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
5490 if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
5491 If your system has alias maps in writable directories, it
5492 is potentially possible for an attacker to replace the .db
5493 (or .dir and .pag) files by symbolic links pointing at
5494 another database; this can be used either to expose
5495 information (e.g., by pointing an alias file at /etc/spwd.db
5496 and probing for accounts), or as a denial-of-service attack
5497 (by trashing the password database). The fix disallows
5498 symbolic links entirely when rebuilding alias files or on
5499 maps that are in writable directories, and always warns on
5500 writable directories; 8.9 will probably consider writable
5501 directories to be fatal errors. This does not represent an
5502 exposure on systems that have alias files in unwritable
5504 SECURITY: disallow .forward or :include: files that are links (hard
5505 or soft) if the parent directory (or any directory in the
5506 path) is writable by anyone other than the owner. This is
5507 similar to the previous case for user files. This change
5508 should not affect most systems, but is necessary to prevent
5509 an attacker who can write the directory from pointing such
5510 files at other files that are readable only by the owner.
5511 SECURITY: Tighten safechown rules: many systems will say that they
5512 have a safe (restricted to root) chown even on files that
5513 are mounted from another system that allows owners to give
5514 away files. The new rules are very strict, trusting file
5515 ownership only in those few cases where the system has
5516 been verified to be at least as paranoid as necessary.
5517 However, it is possible to relax the rules to partially
5518 trust the ownership if the directory path is not world or
5519 group writable. This might allow someone who has a legitimate
5520 :include: file (referenced directly from /etc/aliases) to
5521 become another non-root user if the :include: file is in a
5522 non-writable directory on an NFS-mounted filesystem where
5523 the local system says that giveaway is denied but it is
5524 actually permitted. I believe this to be a very small set
5525 of cases. If in doubt, do not point :include: aliases at
5526 NFS-mounted filesystems.
5527 SECURITY: When setting a numeric group id using the RunAsUser option
5528 (e.g., "O RunAsUser=10:20", the group id would not be set.
5529 Implicit group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailnull") or alpha
5530 group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailuser:mailgrp") worked fine.
5531 The user id was still set properly. Problem noted by Uli
5532 Pralle of the Technical University of Berlin.
5533 Save the initial gid set for use when checking for if the
5534 PrivacyOptions=restrictmailq option is set. Problem reported
5535 by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
5536 Make 55x reply codes to the SMTP DATA-"." be non-sticky (i.e., a
5537 failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
5539 IP source route printing had an "off by one" error that would
5540 affect any options that came after the route option. Patch
5542 The "Message is too large" error didn't successfully bounce the error
5543 back to the sender. Problem reported by Stephen More of
5544 PSI; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5545 Change SMTP status code 553 to map into Extended code 5.1.0 (instead
5546 of 5.1.3); it apparently gets used in multiple ways.
5547 Suggested by John Myers of Portola Communications.
5548 Fix possible extra null byte generated during collection if errors
5549 occur at the beginning of the stream. Patch contributed by
5550 Andrey A. Chernov and Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5551 Code changes to avoid possible reentrant call of malloc/free within
5552 a signal handler. Problem noted by John Beck of Sun
5554 Move map initialization to be earlier so that check_relay ruleset
5555 will have the latest version of the map data. Problem noted
5556 by Paul Forgey of Metainfo; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5557 If there are fatal errors during the collection phase (e.g., message
5558 too large) don't send the bogus message.
5559 Avoid "cannot open xfAAA00000" messages when sending to aliases that
5560 have errors and have owner- aliases. Problem noted by Michael
5561 Barber of MTU; fix from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5562 Avoid null pointer dereference on illegal Boundary= parameters in
5563 multipart/mixed Content-Type: header. Problem noted by
5564 Richard Muirden of RMIT University.
5565 Always print error messages during newaliases (-bi) even if the
5566 ErrorMode is not set to "print". Fix from Gregory Neil
5568 Test mode could core dump if you did a /map lookup in an optional map
5569 that could not be opened. Based on a fix from John Beck of
5571 If DNS is misconfigured so that the last MX record tried points to
5572 a host that does not have an A record, but other MX records
5573 pointed to something reasonable, don't bounce the message
5574 with a "host unknown" error. Note that this should really
5575 be fixed in the zone file for the domain. Problem noted by
5576 Joe Rhett of Navigist, Inc.
5577 If a map fails (e.g., DNS times out) on all recipient addresses, mark
5578 the message as having been tried; otherwise the next queue
5579 run will not realize that this is a second attempt and will
5580 retry immediately. Problem noted by Bryan Costales of
5582 If the clock is set backwards, and a MinQueueAge is set, no jobs
5583 will be run until the later setting of the clock is reached.
5584 "Problem" (I use the term loosely) noted by Eric Hagberg of
5586 If the load average rises above the cutoff threshold (above which
5587 sendmail will not process the queue at all) during a queue
5588 run, abort the queue run immediately. Problem noted by
5589 Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
5590 The variable queue processing algorithm (based on the message size,
5591 number of recipients, message precedence, and job age) was
5592 non-functional -- either the entire queue was processed or
5593 none of the queue was processed. The updated algorithm
5594 does no queue run if a single recipient zero size job will
5596 If there is a fatal ("panic") message that will cause sendmail to
5597 die immediately, never hold the error message for future
5599 Force ErrorMode=print in -bt mode so that all errors are printed
5600 regardless of the setting of the ErrorMode option in the
5601 configuration file. Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5602 New compile flag HASSTRERROR says that this OS has the strerror(3)
5603 routine available in one of the libraries. Use it in conf.h.
5604 The -m (match only) flag now works on host class maps.
5605 If class hash or btree maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect
5606 this and reopen the map. Previously, they could give
5607 erroneous results during a single message processing
5608 (but would recover when the next message was received).
5609 Don't delete zero length queue files when doing queue runs until the
5610 files are at least ten minutes old. This avoids a potential
5611 race condition: the creator creates the qf file, getting back
5612 a file descriptor. The queue runner locks it and deletes it
5613 because it is zero length. The creator then writes the
5614 descriptor that is now for a disconnected file, and the
5615 job goes away. Based on a suggestion by Bryan Costales.
5616 When determining the "validated" host name ($_ macro), do a forward
5617 (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup and compare
5618 results. If they differ or if the PTR lookup fails, tag the
5619 address as "may be forged".
5620 Log null connections (i.e., hosts that connect but do not do any
5621 substantive activity on the connection before disconnecting;
5622 "substantive" is defined to be MAIL, EXPN, VRFY, or ETRN.
5623 Always permit "writes" to /dev/null regardless of the link count.
5624 This is safe because /dev/null is special cased, and no open
5625 or write is ever actually attempted. Patch from Villy Kruse
5627 If a message cannot be sent because of a 552 (exceeded storage
5628 allocation) response to the MAIL FROM:<>, and a SIZE= parameter
5629 was given, don't return the body in the bounce, since there
5630 is a very good chance that the message will double-bounce.
5631 Fix possible line truncation if a quoted-printable had an =00 escape
5632 in the body. Problem noted by Charles Karney of the Princeton
5633 Plasma Physics Laboratory.
5634 Notify flags (e.g., -NSUCCESS) were lost on user+detail addresses.
5635 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
5637 The MaxDaemonChildren option wasn't applying to queue runs as
5638 documented. Note that this increases the potential denial
5639 of service problems with this option: an attacker can
5640 connect many times, and thereby lock out queue runs as well
5641 as incoming connections. If you use this option, you should
5642 run the "sendmail -bd" and "sendmail -q30m" jobs separately
5643 to avoid this attack. Failure to limit noted by Matthew
5644 Dillon of BEST Internet Communications.
5645 Always give a message in newaliases if alias files cannot be
5646 opened instead of failing silently. Suggested by Gregory
5647 Neil Shapiro. This change makes the code match the O'Reilly
5649 Some older versions of the resolver could return with h_errno == -1
5650 if no name server could be reached, causing mail to bounce
5651 instead of queueing. Treat this like TRY_AGAIN. Fix from
5652 John Beck of SunSoft.
5653 If a :include: file is owned by a user that does not have an entry
5654 in the passwd file, sendmail could dereference a null pointer.
5655 Problem noted by Satish Mynam of Sun Microsystems.
5656 Take precautions to make sure that the SMTP protocol cannot get out
5657 of sync if (for example) an alias file cannot be opened.
5658 Fix a possible race condition that can cause a SIGALRM to come in
5659 immediately after a SIGHUP, causing the new sendmail to die.
5660 Avoid possible hang on SVr3 systems when doing child reaping. Patch
5661 from Villy Kruse of TwinCom.
5662 Ignore improperly formatted SMTP reply codes. Previously these were
5663 partially processed, which could cause confusing error
5665 Fix possible bogus pointer dereference when doing ldapx map lookups
5666 on some architectures.
5668 A/UX: from Jim Jagielski of NASA/GSFC.
5669 glibc: SOCK_STREAM was changed from a #define to an enum,
5670 thus breaking #ifdef SOCK_STREAM. Only option seems
5671 to be to assume SOCK_STREAM if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is
5672 defined. Problem reported by A Sun of the University
5674 Solaris: use SIOCGIFNUM to get the number of interfaces on
5675 the system rather than guessing at compile time.
5676 Patch contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5677 Intel Paragon: from Wendy Lin of Purdue University.
5678 GNU Hurd: from Miles Bader of the GNU project.
5679 RISC/os 4.50 from Harlan Stenn of PFCS Corporation.
5680 ISC Unix: wait never returns if SIGCLD signals are blocked.
5681 Unfortunately releasing them opens a race condition,
5682 but there appears to be no fix for this. Patch from
5683 Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5684 BIND 8.1 for IPv6 compatibility from John Kennedy.
5685 Solaris: a bug in strcasecmp caused characters with the
5686 high order bit set to apparently randomly match
5687 letters -- for example, $| (0233) matches "i" and "I".
5688 Problem noted by John Gregson of the University of
5690 IRIX 6.x: make Makefile.IRIX.6.2 apply to all 6.x. From
5692 IRIX 6.x: Create Makefiles for systems that claim to be
5693 IRIX64 but are 6.2 or higher (so use the regular
5695 IRIX 6.x: Fix load average computation on 64 bit kernels.
5696 Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
5697 CONFIG: Some canonification was still done for UUCP-like addresses
5698 even if FEATURE(nocanonify) was set. Problem pointed out by
5700 CONFIG: In some cases UUCP mailers wouldn't properly recognize all
5701 local names as local. Problem noted by Jeff Polk of BSDI;
5702 fix provided by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5703 CONFIG: The "local:user" syntax entries in mailertables and other
5704 "mailer:user" syntax locations returned an incorrect value
5705 for the $h macro. Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5706 CONFIG: Retain "+detail" information when forwarding mail to a
5707 MAIL_HUB, LUSER_RELAY, or LOCAL_RELAY. Patch from Philip
5708 Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
5709 CONFIG: Make sure user+detail works for FEATURE(virtusertable);
5710 rules are the same as for aliasing. Based on a patch from
5711 Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5712 CONFIG: Break up parsing rules into several pieces; this should
5713 have no functional change in this release, but makes it
5714 possible to have better anti-spam rulesets in the future.
5715 CONFIG: Disallow double dots in host names to avoid having the
5716 HostStatusDirectory store status under the wrong name.
5717 In some cases this can be used as a denial-of-service attack.
5718 Problem noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech, patch from
5719 Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5720 CONFIG: Don't use F=m (multiple recipients per invocation) for
5721 MAILER(procmail), but do pass F=Pn9 (include Return-Path:,
5722 don't include From_, and convert to 8-bit). Suggestions
5723 from Kimmo Suominen and Roderick Schertler.
5724 CONFIG: Domains under $=M (specified with MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were
5725 being masqueraded as though FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain)
5726 was specified, even when it wasn't.
5727 MAIL.LOCAL: Solaris 2.6 has snprintf. From John Beck of SunSoft.
5728 MAIL.LOCAL: SECURITY: check to make sure that an attacker doesn't
5729 "slip in" a symbolic link between the lstat(2) call and the
5730 exclusive open. This is only a problem on System V derived
5731 systems that allow an exclusive create on files that are
5732 symbolic links pointing nowhere.
5733 MAIL.LOCAL: If the final mailbox close() failed, the user id was
5734 not reset back to root, which on some systems would cause
5735 later mailboxes to fail. Also, any partial message would
5736 not be truncated, which could result in repeated deliveries.
5737 Problem noted by Bruce Evans via Peter Wemm (FreeBSD
5739 MAKEMAP: Handle cases where O_EXLOCK is #defined to be 0. A similar
5740 change to the sendmail map code was made in 8.8.3. Problem
5741 noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5742 MAKEMAP: Give warnings on file problems such as map files that are
5743 symbolic links; although makemap is not set-user-ID root, it is
5744 often run as root and hence has the potential for the same
5745 sorts of problems as alias rebuilds.
5746 MAKEMAP: Change compilation so that it will link properly on
5748 CONTRIB: etrn.pl: search for Cw as well as Fw lines in sendmail.cf.
5749 Accept an optional list of arguments following the server
5750 name for the ETRN arguments to use (instead of $=w). Other
5751 miscellaneous bug fixes. From Christian von Roques via
5752 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5753 CONTRIB: Add passwd-to-alias.pl, contributed by Kari Hurtta. This
5754 Perl script converts GECOS information in the /etc/passwd
5755 file into aliases, allowing for faster access to full name
5756 lookups; it is also clever about adding aliases (to root)
5757 for system accounts.
5760 cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4
5762 contrib/passwd-to-alias.pl
5763 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.1
5764 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.x
5766 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2 => Makefile.IRIX.6.x
5767 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64 => Makefile.IRIX64.6.0
5769 8.8.5/8.8.5 1997/01/21
5770 SECURITY: Clear out group list during startup. Without this, sendmail
5771 will continue to run with the group permissions of the caller,
5772 even if RunAsUser is specified.
5773 SECURITY: Make purgestat (-bH) be root-only. This is not in response
5774 to any known attack, but it's best to be conservative.
5775 Suggested by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
5776 SECURITY: Fix buffer overrun problem in MIME code that has possible
5777 security implications. Patch from Alex Garthwaite of the
5778 University of Pennsylvania.
5779 Use of a -f flag with a phrase attached (e.g., "-f 'Full Name <addr>'")
5780 would truncate the address after "Full". Although the -f
5781 syntax is incorrect (since it is in the envelope, it
5782 shouldn't have comments and full names), the failure mode
5783 was unnecessarily awful.
5784 Fix a possible null pointer dereference when converting 8-bit data
5785 to a 7-bit format. Problem noted by Jim Hutchins of
5786 Sandia National Labs and David James of British Telecom.
5787 Clear out stale state that affected F=9 on SMTP mailers in queue
5788 runs. Although this really shouldn't be used (F=9 is for
5789 final delivery only, and using it on an SMTP mailer makes
5790 it possible for a message to be converted from 8->7->8->7
5791 bits several times), it shouldn't have failed with a syserr.
5792 Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
5793 _Really_ fix the multiple :maildrop code in the user database
5794 module. Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
5795 Let F lines in the configuration file actually read root-only
5796 files if the configuration file is safe. Based on a
5797 patch from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
5798 ETRN followed by QUIT would hold the connection open until the queue
5799 run completed. Problem noted by Truck Lewis of TDK
5801 It turns out that despite the documentation, the TCP wrappers library
5802 does _not_ log rejected connections. Do the logging ourselves.
5803 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of Texas
5805 If sendmail finds a qf file in its queue directory that is an unknown
5806 version (e.g., when backing out to an old version), the
5807 error is reported on every queue run. Change it to only
5808 give the error once (and rename the qf => Qf). Patch from
5809 William A. Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
5810 Start a new session when doing background delivery; currently it
5811 ignored signals but didn't start a new signal, that caused
5812 some problems if a background process tried to send mail
5813 under certain circumstances. Problem noted by Eric Hagberg
5814 of Morgan Stanley; fix from Kari Hurtta.
5815 Simplify test for skipping a queue run to just check if the current
5816 load average is >= the queueing load average. Previously
5817 the check factored in some other parameters that caused it
5818 to essentially never skip the queue run. Patch from Bryan
5820 If the SMTP server is running in "nullserver" mode (that is, it is
5821 rejecting all commands), start sleeping after MAXBADCOMMAND
5822 (25) commands; this helps prevent a bad guy from putting
5823 you into a tight loop as a denial-of-service attack. Based
5824 on an e-mail conversation with Brad Knowles of AOL.
5825 Slow down when too many "light weight" commands have been issued;
5826 this helps prevent a class of denial-of-service attacks.
5827 The current values and defaults are:
5828 MAXNOOPCOMMANDS 20 NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR
5829 MAXHELOCOMMANDS 3 HELO, EHLO
5830 MAXVRFYCOMMANDS 6 VRFY, EXPN
5831 MAXETRNCOMMANDS 8 ETRN
5832 These will probably be configurable in a future release.
5833 On systems that have uid_t typedefed to be an unsigned short, programs
5834 that had the F=S flag and no U= equate would be invoked with
5835 the real uid set to 65535 rather than being left unchanged.
5836 In some cases, NOTIFY=NEVER was not being honored. Problem noted
5837 by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
5838 Mail that was Quoted-Printable encoded and had a soft line break on
5839 the last line (i.e., an incomplete continuation) had the last
5840 line dropped. Since this appears to be illegal it isn't
5841 clear what to do with it, but flushing the last line seems
5842 to be a better "fail soft" approach. Based on a patch from
5844 If AllowBogusHELO and PrivacyOptions=needmailhelo are both set, a
5845 bogus HELO command still causes the "Polite people say HELO
5846 first" error message. Problem pointed out by Chris Thomas
5847 of UCLA; patch from John Beck of SunSoft.
5848 Handle "sendmail -bp -qSfoobar" properly if restrictqrun is set
5849 in PrivacyOptions. The -q shouldn't turn this command off.
5850 Problem noted by Murray Kucherawy of Pacific Bell Internet;
5851 based on a patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5852 Don't consider SMTP reply codes 452 or 552 (exceeded storage allocation)
5853 in a DATA transaction to be sticky; these can occur because
5854 a message is too large, and smaller messages should still go
5855 through. Problem noted by Matt Dillon of Best Internet
5857 In some cases bounces were saved in /var/tmp/dead.letter even if they
5858 had been successfully delivered to the envelope sender.
5859 Problem noted Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley; solution from
5860 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5861 Give better diagnostics on long alias lines. Based on code contributed
5862 by Patrick Gosling of the University of Cambridge.
5863 Increase the number of virtual interfaces that will be probed for
5864 alternate names. Problem noted by Amy Rich of Shore.Net.
5866 UXP/DS V20L10 for Fujitsu DS/90: Makefile patches from
5867 Toshiaki Nomura of Fujitsu Limited.
5868 SunOS with LDAP support: compile problems with struct timeval.
5869 Patch from Nick Cuccia of TCSI Corporation.
5870 SCO: from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
5871 Solaris: kstat load average computation wasn't being used.
5872 Fixes from Michael Ju. Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC
5874 OpenBSD: from Jason Downs of teeny.org.
5875 Altos System V: from Tim Rice.
5876 Solaris 2.5: from Alan Perry of SunSoft.
5877 Solaris 2.6: from John Beck of SunSoft.
5878 Harris Nighthawk PowerUX (mh6000 box): from Bob Miorelli
5879 of Pratt & Whitney <miorelli@pweh.com>.
5880 CONFIG: It seems that I hadn't gotten the Received: line syntax
5881 _just_right_ yet. Tweak it again. I'll omit the names
5882 of the "contributors" (quantity two) in this one case.
5883 As of now, NO MORE DISCUSSION about the syntax of the
5885 CONFIG: Although FEATURE(nullclient) uses EXPOSED_USER (class $=E),
5886 it never inserts that class into the output file. Fix it
5887 so it will honor EXPOSED_USER but will _not_ include root
5888 automatically in this class. Problem noted by Ronan KERYELL
5889 of Centre de Recherche en Informatique de l'École Nationale
5890 Supérieure des Mines de Paris (CRI-ENSMP).
5891 CONFIG: Clean up handling of "local:" syntax in relay specifications
5892 such as LUSER_RELAY. This change permits the following
5893 syntaxes: ``local:'' will send to the same user on the
5894 local machine (e.g., in a mailertable entry for "host",
5895 ``local:'' will cause an address addressed to user@host to
5896 go to user on the local machone). ``local:user'' will send
5897 to the named user on the local machine. ``local:user@host''
5898 is equivalent to ``local:user'' (the host is ignored). In
5899 all cases, the original user@host is passed in $@ (i.e., the
5900 detail information). Inspired by a report from Michael Fuhr.
5901 CONFIG: Strip quotes from the first word of an "error:" host
5902 indication. This lets you set (for example) the LUSER_RELAY
5903 to be ``error:\"5.1.1\" Your Message Here''. Note the use
5904 of the \" so that the resulting string is properly quoted.
5905 Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5906 OP.ME: documentation was inconsistent about whether sendmail did a
5907 NOOP or a RSET to probe the connection (it does a RSET).
5908 Inconsistency noted by Deeran Peethamparam.
5909 OP.ME: insert additional blank pages so it will print properly on
5910 a duplex printer. From Matthew Black of Cal State University,
5913 8.8.4/8.8.4 1996/12/02
5914 SECURITY: under some circumstances, an attacker could get additional
5915 permissions by hard linking to files that were group
5916 writable by the attacker. The solution is to disallow any
5917 files that have hard links -- this will affect .forward,
5918 :include:, and output files. Problem noted by Terry
5919 Kyriacopoulos of Interlog Internet Services. As a
5920 workaround, set UnsafeGroupWrites -- always a good idea.
5921 SECURITY: the TryNullMXList (w) option should not be safe -- if it
5922 is, it is possible to do a denial-of-service attack on
5923 MX hosts that rely on the use of the null MX list. There
5924 is no danger if you have this option turned off (the default).
5925 Problem noted by Dan Bernstein. Also, make the DontInitGroups
5926 unsafe. I know of no specific attack against this, although
5927 a denial-of-service attack is probably possible, but in theory
5928 you should not be able to safely tweak anything that affects
5929 the permissions that are used when mail is delivered.
5930 Purgestat could go into an infinite loop if one of the host status
5931 directories somehow became empty. Problem noted by Roy
5932 Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
5933 Processes got "lost" when counting children due to a race condition.
5934 This caused "proc_list_probe: lost pid" messages to be logged.
5935 Problem noted by several people.
5936 On systems with System V SIGCLD child signal semantics (notably AIX
5937 and HP-UX), mail transactions would print the message "451
5938 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes". Problem noted
5940 Miscellaneous compiler warnings on picky compilers (or when setting
5941 gcc to high warning levels). From Tom Moore of NCR Corp.
5942 SMTP protocol errors, and most errors on MAIL FROM: lines should
5943 not be persistent between runs, since they are based on the
5944 message rather than the host. Problem noted by Matt Dillon
5945 of Best Internet Communications.
5946 The F=7 flag was ignored on SMTP mailers. Problem noted by Tom Moore
5947 of NCR (a.k.a., AT&T Global Information Solutions).
5948 Avoid the possibility of having a child daemon run to completion
5949 (including closing the SMTP socket) before the parent has
5950 had a chance to close the socket; this can cause the parent
5951 to hang for a long time waiting for the socket to drain.
5952 Patch from Don Lewis of TDK Semiconductor.
5953 If the fork() failed in a queue run, the queue runners would not be
5954 rescheduled (so queue runs would stop). Patch from Don Lewis.
5955 Some error conditions in ETRN could cause output without an SMTP
5956 status code. Problem noted by Don Lewis.
5957 Multiple :maildrop addresses in the user database didn't work properly.
5958 Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
5959 Add ".db" automatically onto any user database spec that does not
5960 already have it; this is for consistency with makemap, the
5961 K line, and the documentation. Inconsistency pointed out
5963 Allow sendmail to be properly called in nohup mode. Patch from
5964 Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5965 Change ETRN to ignore but still update host status files; previously
5966 it would ignore them and not save the updated status, which
5967 caused stale information to be maintained. Based on a patch
5968 from Christopher Davis of Kapor Enterprises Inc. Also, have
5969 ETRN ignore the MinQueueAge option.
5970 Patch long term host status to recover more gracefully from an empty
5971 host status file condition. Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori
5972 of Kyoto University.
5973 Several patches to signal handling code to fix potential race
5974 conditions from Don Lewis.
5975 Make it possible to compile with -DDAEMON=0 (previously it had some
5976 compile errors). This turns DAEMON, QUEUE, and SMTP into
5977 0/1 compilation flags. Note that DAEMON is an obsolete
5978 compile flag; use NETINET instead. Solution based on a
5979 patch from Bryan Costales.
5981 AIX4: getpwnam() and getpwuid() do a sequential scan of the
5982 /etc/security/passwd file when called as root. This
5983 is very slow on some systems. To speed it up, use the
5984 (undocumented) _getpw{nam,uid}_shadow() routines.
5985 Patch from Chris Thomas of UCLA/OAC Systems Group.
5986 SCO 5.x: include -lprot in the Makefile. Patch from Bill
5987 Glicker of Burrelle's Information Service.
5988 NEWS-OS 4.x: need a definition for MODE_T to compile. Patch
5989 from Makoto MATSUSHITA of Osaka University.
5990 SunOS 4.0.3: compile problems. Patches from Andrew Cole of
5991 Leeds University and SASABE Tetsuro of the University
5993 DG/UX 5.4.4.11 from Brian J. Murrell of InterLinx Support
5995 Domain/OS from Don (Truck) Lewis of TDK Semiconductor Corp.
5996 I believe this to have only been a problem if you
5997 compiled with -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH -- another reason
5998 to stick with /etc/sendmail.cf as your One True Path.
5999 Digital UNIX (OSF/1 on Alpha) load average computation from
6000 Martin Laubach of the Technischen Universität Wien.
6001 CONFIG: change default Received: line to be multiple lines rather
6002 than one long one. By popular demand.
6003 MAIL.LOCAL: warnings weren't being logged on some systems. Patch
6004 from Jerome Berkman of U.C. Berkeley.
6005 MAKEMAP: be sure to zero hinfo to avoid cruft that can cause runs
6006 to take a very long time. Problem noted by Yoshiro YONEYA
6007 of NTT Software Corporation.
6008 CONTRIB: add etrn.pl, contributed by John Beck.
6012 8.8.3/8.8.3 1996/11/17
6013 SECURITY: it was possible to get a root shell by lying to sendmail
6014 about argv[0] and then sending it a signal. Problem noted
6015 by Leshka Zakharoff <leshka@leshka.chuvashia.su> on the
6016 best-of-security list.
6017 Log sendmail binary version number in "Warning: .cf version level
6018 (%d) exceeds program functionality (%d) message" -- this
6019 should make it clearer to people that they are running
6021 Fix a problem that occurs when you open an SMTP connection and then
6022 do one or more ETRN commands followed by a MAIL command; at
6023 the end of the DATA phase sendmail would incorrectly report
6024 "451 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes". Problem
6025 noted by Eric Bishop of Virginia Tech.
6026 When doing text-based host canonification (typically /etc/hosts
6027 lookup), a null host name would match any /etc/hosts entry
6028 with space at the end of the line. Problem noted by Steve
6029 Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
6030 7 to 8 bit BASE64 MIME conversions could duplicate bits of text.
6031 Problem reported by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
6032 Increase the size of the DNS answer buffer -- the standard UDP packet
6033 size PACKETSZ (512) is not sufficient for some nameserver
6034 answers containing very many resource records. The resolver
6035 may also switch to TCP and retry if it detects UDP packet
6036 overflow. Also, allow for the fact that the resolver
6037 routines res_query and res_search return the size of the
6038 *un*truncated answer in case the supplied answer buffer it
6039 not big enough to accommodate the entire answer. Patch from
6041 Improvements to MaxDaemonChildren code. If you think you have too
6042 many children, probe the ones you have to verify that they
6043 are still around. Suggested by Jared Mauch of CICnet, Inc.
6044 Also, do this probe before growing the vector of children
6045 pids; this previously caused the vector to grow indefinitely
6046 due to a race condition. Problem reported by Kyle Jones of
6048 On some architectures, <db.h> (from the Berkeley DB library) defines
6049 O_EXLOCK to zero; this fools the map compilation code into
6050 thinking that it can avoid race conditions by locking on open.
6051 Change it to check for O_EXLOCK non-zero. Problem noted by
6052 Leif Erlingsson of Data Lege.
6053 Always call res_init() on startup (if compiled in, of course) to
6054 allow the sendmail.cf file to tweak resolver flags; without
6055 it, flag tweaks in ResolverOptions are ignored. Patch from
6056 Andrew Sun of Merrill Lynch.
6057 Improvements to host status printing code. Suggested by Steve Hubert
6058 of the University of Washington, Seattle.
6059 Change MinQueueAge option processing to do the check for the job age
6060 when reading the queue file, rather than at the end; this
6061 avoids parsing the addresses, which can do DNS lookups.
6062 Problem noted by John Beck of InReference, Inc.
6063 When MIME was being 7->8 bit decoded, "From " lines weren't being
6064 properly escaped. Problem noted by Peter Nilsson of the
6065 University of Linkoping.
6066 In some cases, sendmail would retain root permissions during queue
6067 runs even if RunAsUser was set. Problem noted by Mark
6068 Thomas of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
6069 If the F=l flag was set on an SMTP mailer to indicate that it is
6070 actually local delivery, and NOTIFY=SUCCESS is specified in
6071 the envelope, and the receiving SMTP server speaks DSN, then
6072 the DSN would be both generated locally and propagated to the
6074 The U= mailer field didn't correctly extract the group id if the
6075 user id was numeric. Problem noted by Kenneth Herron of
6076 MCI Telecommunications Communications.
6077 If a message exceeded the fixed maximum size on input, the body of
6078 the message was included in the bounce. Note that this did
6079 not occur if it exceeded the maximum _output_ size. Problem
6080 reported by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6082 AIX4: 4.1 doesn't have a working setreuid(2); change the
6083 AIX4 defines to use seteuid(2) instead, which
6084 works on 4.1 as well as 4.2. Problem noted by
6085 Håkan Lindholm of interAF, Sweden.
6086 AIX4: use tzname[] vector to determine time zone name.
6087 Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori of Kyoto University.
6088 MkLinux: add Makefile.Linux.ppc and OSTYPE(mklinux) support.
6089 Contributed by Paul DuBois <dubois@primate.wisc.edu>.
6090 Solaris: kstat(3k) support for retrieving the load average.
6091 This adds the LA_KSTAT definition for LA_TYPE.
6092 The outline of the implementation was contributed
6093 by Michael Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC, Moscow.
6094 HP-UX 10.0 gripes about the (perfectly legal!) forward
6095 declaration of struct rusage at the top of conf.h;
6096 change it to only be included if you are using gcc,
6097 which is apparently the only compiler that requires
6098 it in the first place. Problem noted by Jeff
6099 Earickson of Colby College.
6100 IRIX: don't default to using gcc. IRIX is a civilized
6101 operating system that comes with a decent compiler
6102 by default. Problem noted by Barry Bouwsma and
6104 CONFIG: specify F=9 as default in FEATURE(local_procmail) for
6105 consistency with other local mailers. Inconsistency
6106 pointed out by Teddy Hogeborn <teddy@fukt.hk-r.se>.
6107 CONFIG: if the "limited best mx" feature is used (to reduce DNS
6108 overhead) as part of the bestmx_is_local feature, the
6109 domain part was dropped from the name. Patch from Steve
6110 Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
6111 CONFIG: catch addresses of the form "user@.dom.ain"; these could
6112 end up being translated to the null host name, which would
6113 return any entry in /etc/hosts that had a space at the end
6114 of the line. Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the
6115 University of Washington, Seattle.
6116 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(aix4). From Michael Sofka of Rensselaer
6117 Polytechnic Institute.
6118 MAKEMAP: tweak hash and btree parameters for better performance.
6119 Patch from Matt Dillon of Best Internet Communications.
6121 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Linux.ppc
6123 cf/ostype/mklinux.m4
6125 8.8.2/8.8.2 1996/10/18
6126 SECURITY: fix a botch in the 7-bit MIME patch; the previous patch
6127 changed the code but didn't fix the problem.
6129 Solaris: Don't use the system getusershell(3); it can
6130 apparently corrupt the heap in some circumstances.
6131 Problem found by Ken Pizzini of Spry, Inc.
6132 OP.ME: document several mailer flags that were accidentally omitted
6133 from this document. These flags were F=d, F=j, F=R, and F=9.
6136 8.8.1/8.8.1 1996/10/17
6137 SECURITY: unset all environment variables that the resolver will
6138 examine during queue runs and daemon mode. Problem noted
6139 by Dan Bernstein of the University of Illinois at Chicago.
6140 SECURITY: in some cases an illegal 7-bit MIME-encoded text/plain
6141 message could overflow a buffer if it was converted back
6142 to 8 bits. This caused core dumps and has the potential
6143 for a remote attack. Problem first noted by Gregory Shapiro
6145 Avoid duplicate deliveries of error messages on systems that don't
6146 have flock(2) support. Patch from Motonori Nakamura of
6148 Ignore null FallBackMX (V) options. If this option is null (as
6149 opposed to undefined) it can cause "null signature" syserrs
6150 on illegal host names.
6151 If a Base64 encoded text/plain message has no trailing newline in
6152 the encoded text, conversion back to 8 bits will drop the
6153 final line. Problem noted by Pierre David.
6154 If running with a RunAsUser, sendmail would give bogus "cannot
6155 setuid" (or seteuid, or setreuid) messages on some systems.
6156 Problem pointed out by Jordan Mendelson of Web Services, Inc.
6157 Always print error messages in -bv mode -- previously, -bv would
6158 be absolutely silent on errors if the error mode was sent
6159 to (say) mail-back. Problem noted by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6160 If -qI/R/S is set (or the ETRN command is used), ignore all long
6161 term host status. This is necessary because it is common
6162 to do this when you know a host has just come back up.
6163 Disallow duplicate HELO/EHLO commands as required by RFC 1651 section
6164 4.2. Excessive permissiveness noted by Lee Flight of the
6165 University of Leicester.
6166 If a service (such as NIS) is specified as the last entry in the
6167 service switch, but that service is not compiled in, sendmail
6168 would return a temporary failure when an entry was not found
6169 in the map. This caused the message to be queued instead of
6170 bouncing immediately. Problem noted by Harry Edmon of the
6171 University of Washington.
6173 Solaris 2.3 had compilation problems in conf.c. Several
6174 people pointed this out.
6175 NetBSD from Charles Hannum of MIT.
6176 AIX4 improvements based on info from Steve Bauer of South
6177 Dakota School of Mines & Technology.
6178 CONFIG: ``error:code message'' syntax was broken in virtusertable.
6179 Patch from Gil Kloepfer Jr.
6180 CONFIG: if FEATURE(nocanonify) was specified, hosts in $=M (set
6181 using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were not masqueraded unless they
6182 were also in $=w. Problem noted by Zoltan Basti of
6184 MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile and link cleanly on AIX. Based
6185 on a patch from Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
6186 MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile on NEXTSTEP. From Patrick Nolan
6187 of Stanford via Robert La Ferla.
6189 8.8.0/8.8.0 1996/09/26
6190 Under some circumstances, Bcc: headers would not be properly
6191 deleted. Pointed out by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision.
6192 Log a warning if the sendmail daemon is invoked without a full
6193 pathname, which prevents "kill -1" from working. I was
6194 urged to put this in by Andrey A. Chernov of DEMOS (Russia).
6195 Fix small buffer overflow. Since the data in this buffer was not
6196 read externally, there was no security problem (and in fact
6197 probably wouldn't really overflow on most compilers). Pointed
6198 out by KIZU takashi of Osaka University.
6199 Fix problem causing domain literals such as [1.2.3.4] to be ignored
6200 if a FallbackMXHost was specified in the configuration file
6201 -- all mail would be sent to the fallback even if the original
6202 host was accessible. Pointed out by Munenari Hirayama of
6204 A message that didn't terminate with a newline would (sometimes) not
6205 have the trailing "." added properly in the SMTP dialogue,
6206 causing SMTP to hang. Patch from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
6207 The DaemonPortOptions suboption to bind to a particular address was
6208 incorrect and nonfunctional due to a misunderstanding of the
6209 semantics of binding on a passive socket. Patch from
6210 NIIBE Yutaka of Mitsubishi Research Institute.
6211 Increase the number of MX hosts for a single name to 100 to better
6212 handle the truly huge service providers such as AOL, which
6213 has 13 at the moment (and climbing). In order to avoid
6214 trashing memory, the buffer for all names has only been
6215 slightly increased in size, to 12.8K from 10.2K -- this means
6216 that if a single name had 100 MX records, the average size
6217 of those records could not exceed 128 bytes. Requested by
6218 Brad Knowles of America On Line.
6219 Restore use of IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER".
6220 Urged by Dan Bernstein of U.C. Berkeley.
6221 Print q_statdate and q_specificity in address structure debugging
6223 Expand MCI structure flag bits for debugging output.
6224 Support IPv6-style domain literals, which can have colons between
6226 Log open file descriptors for the "cannot dup" messages in deliver();
6227 this is an attempt to track down a bug that one person seems
6228 to be having (it may be a Solaris bug!).
6229 DSN NOTIFY parameters were not properly propagated across queue runs;
6230 this caused the NOTIFY info to sometimes be lost. Problem
6231 pointed out by Claus Assmann of the
6232 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
6233 The statistics gathered in the sendmail.st file were too high; in
6234 some cases failures (e.g., user unknown or temporary failure)
6235 would count as a delivery as far as the statistics were
6236 concerned. Problem noted by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
6237 Systems that don't have flock() would not send split envelopes in
6238 the initial run. Problem pointed out by Leonard Zubkoff of
6240 Move buffer overflow checking -- these primarily involve distrusting
6241 results that may come from NIS and DNS.
6242 4.4-BSD-derived systems, including FreeBSD, NetBSD, and BSD/OS didn't
6243 include <paths.h> and hence had the wrong pathnames for a few
6244 things like /var/tmp. Reported by Matthew Green.
6245 Conditions were reversed for the Priority: header, resulting in all
6246 values being interpreted as non-urgent except for non-urgent,
6247 which was interpreted as normal. Patch from Bryan Costales.
6248 The -o (optional) flag was being ignored on hash and btree maps
6249 since 8.7.2. Fix from Bryan Costales.
6250 Content-Types listed in class "q" will always be encoded as
6251 Quoted-Printable (or more accurately, will never be encoded
6252 as base64). The class can have primary types (e.g., "text")
6253 or full types (e.g., "text/plain"). Based on a suggestion by
6254 Marius Olafsson of the University of Iceland.
6255 Define ${envid} to be the original envelope id (from the ESMTP DSN
6256 dialogue) so it can be passed to programs in mailers.
6257 Define ${bodytype} to be the body type (from the -B flag or the
6258 BODY= ESMTP parameter) so it can be passed to programs in
6260 Cause the VRFY command to return 252 instead of 250 unless the F=q
6261 flag is set in the mailer descriptor. Suggested by John
6263 Implement ESMTP ETRN command to flush the queue for a specific host.
6264 The command takes a host name; data for that host is
6265 immediately (and asynchronously) flushed. Because this shares
6266 the -qR implementation, other hosts may be attempted, but
6267 there should be no security implications. Implementation
6268 from John Beck of InReference, Inc. See RFC 1985 for details.
6269 Add three new command line flags to pass in DSN parameters: -V envid
6270 (equivalent to ENVID=envid on the MAIL command), -R ret
6271 (equivalent to RET=ret on the MAIL command), and -Nnotify
6272 (equivalent to NOTIFY=notify on the RCPT command). Note
6273 that the -N flag applies to all recipients; there is no way
6274 to specify per-address notifications on the command line,
6275 nor is there an equivalent for the ORCPT= per-address
6277 Restore LogLevel option to be safe (it can only be increased);
6278 apparently I went into paranoid mode between 8.6 and 8.7
6279 and made it unsafe. Pointed out by Dabe Murphy of the
6280 University of Maryland.
6281 New logging on log level 15: all SMTP traffic. Patches from
6282 Andrew Gross of San Diego Supercomputer Center.
6283 NetInfo property value searching code wasn't stopping when it found
6284 a match. This was causing the wrong values to be found (and
6285 had a memory leak). Found by Bastian Schleuter of TU-Berlin.
6286 Add new F=0 (zero) mailer flag to turn off MX lookups. It was pointed
6287 out by Bill Wisner of Electronics for Imaging that you can't
6288 use the bracket address form for the MAIL_HUB macro, since
6289 that causes the brackets to remain in the envelope recipient
6290 address used for delivery. The simple fix (stripping off the
6291 brackets in the config file) breaks the use of IP literal
6292 addresses. This flag will solve that problem.
6293 Add MustQuoteChars option. This is a list of characters that must
6294 be quoted if they are found in the phrase part of an address
6295 (that is, the full name part). The characters @,;:\()[] are
6296 always in this list and cannot be removed. The default is
6297 this list plus . and ' to match RFC 822.
6298 Add AllowBogusHELO option; if set, sendmail will allow HELO commands
6299 that do not include a host name for back compatibility with
6300 some stupid SMTP clients. Setting this violates RFC 1123
6302 Add MaxDaemonChildren option; if this is set, sendmail will start
6303 rejecting connections if it has more than this many
6304 outstanding children accepting mail. Note that you may
6305 see more processes than this because of outgoing mail; this
6306 is for incoming connections only.
6307 Add ConnectionRateThrottle option. If set to a positive value, the
6308 number of incoming SMTP connections that will be permitted
6309 in a single second is limited to this number. Connections are
6310 not refused during this time, just deferred. The intent is to
6311 flatten out demand so that load average limiting can kick in.
6312 It is less radical than MaxDaemonChildren, which will stop
6313 accepting connections even if all the connections are idle
6314 (e.g., due to connection caching).
6315 Add Timeout.hoststatus option. This interval (defaulting to 30m)
6316 specifies how long cached information about the state of a
6317 host will be kept before they are considered stale and the
6318 host is retried. If you are using persistent host status
6319 (i.e., the HostStatusDirectory option is set) this will apply
6320 between runs; otherwise, it applies only within a single queue
6321 run and hence is useful only for hosts that have large queues
6322 that take a very long time to run.
6323 Add SingleLineFromHeader option. If set, From: headers are coerced
6324 into being a single line even if they had newlines in them
6325 when read. This is to get around a botch in Lotus Notes.
6326 Text class maps were totally broken -- if you ever retrieved the last
6327 item in a table it would be truncated. Problem noted by
6328 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6329 Extend the lines printed by the mailq command (== the -bp flag) when
6330 -v is given to 120 characters; this allows more information
6331 to be displayed. Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6332 Allow macro definitions (`D' lines) with unquoted commas; previously
6333 this was treated as end-of-input. Problem noted by Bryan
6335 The RET= envelope parameter (used for DSNs) wasn't properly written
6336 to the queue file. Fix from John Hughes of Atlantic
6338 Close /var/tmp/dead.letter after a successful write -- otherwise
6339 if this happens in a queue run it can cause nasty delays.
6340 Problem noted by Mark Horton of AT&T.
6341 If userdb entries pointed to userdb entries, and there were multiple
6342 values for a given key, the database cursor would get
6343 trashed by the recursive call. Problem noted by Roy Mongiovi
6344 of Georgia Tech. Fixed by reading all the values and creating
6345 a comma-separated list; thus, the -v output will be somewhat
6346 different for this case.
6347 Fix buffer allocation problem with Hesiod-based userdb maps when
6348 HES_GETMAILHOST is defined. Based on a patch by Betty Lee
6349 of Stanford University.
6350 When envelopes were split due to aliases with owner- aliases, and
6351 there was some error on one of the lists, more than one of
6352 the owners would get the message. Problem pointed out by
6353 Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
6354 Detect excessive recursion in macro expansions, e.g., $X defined
6355 in terms of $Y which is defined in terms of $X. Problem
6356 noted by Bryan Costales; patch from Eric Wassenaar.
6357 When using F=U to get "ugly UUCP" From_ lines, a buffer could in
6358 some cases get trashed causing bogus From_ lines. Fix from
6359 Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6360 When doing load average initialization, if the nlist call for avenrun
6361 failed, the second and subsequent lookups wouldn't notice
6362 that fact causing bogus load averages to be returned. Noted
6363 by Casper Dik of Sun Holland.
6364 Fix problem with incompatibility with some versions of inet_aton that
6365 have changed the return value to unsigned, so a check for an
6366 error return of -1 doesn't work. Use INADDR_NONE instead.
6367 This could cause mail to addresses such as [foo.com] to bounce
6368 or get dropped. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel of the
6370 DSNs were inconsistent if a failure occurred during the DATA phase
6371 rather than the RCPT phase: the Action: would be correct, but
6372 the detailed status information would be wrong. Problem noted
6373 by Bob Snyder of General Electric Company.
6374 Add -U command line flag and the XUSR ESMTP extension, both indicating
6375 that this is the initial MUA->MTA submission. The flag current
6376 does nothing, but in future releases (when MUAs start using
6377 these flags) it will probably turn on things like DNS
6379 Default end-of-line string (E= specification on mailer [M] lines)
6380 to \r\n on SMTP mailers. Default remains \n on non-SMTP
6382 Change the internal definition for the *file* and *include* mailers
6383 to have $u in the argument vectors so that they aren't
6384 misinterpreted as SMTP mailers and thus use \r\n line
6385 termination. This will affect anyone who has redefined
6386 either of these in their configuration file.
6387 Don't assume that IDENT servers close the connection after a query;
6388 responses can be newline terminated. From Terry Kennedy of
6389 St. Peter's College.
6390 Avoid core dumps on erroneous configuration files that have
6391 $#mailer with nothing following. From Bryan Costales.
6392 Avoid null pointer dereference with high debug values in unlockqueue.
6393 Fix from Randy Martin of Clemson University.
6394 Fix possible buffer overrun when expanding very large macros. Fix
6395 from Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6396 After 25 EXPN or VRFY commands, start pausing for a second before
6397 processing each one. This avoids a certain form of denial
6398 of service attack. Potential attack pointed out by Bryan
6400 Allow new named (not numbered!) config file rules to do validity
6401 checking on SMTP arguments: check_mail for MAIL commands and
6402 check_rcpt for RCPT commands. These rulesets can do anything
6403 they want; their result is ignored unless they resolve to the
6404 $#error mailer, in which case the indicated message is printed
6405 and the command is rejected. Similarly, the check_compat
6406 ruleset is called before delivery with "from_addr $| to_addr"
6407 (the $| is a meta-symbol used to separate the two addresses);
6408 it can give a "this sender can't send to this recipient"
6409 notification. Note that this patch allows $| to stand alone
6411 Define new macros ${client_name}, ${client_addr}, and ${client_port}
6412 that have the name, IP address, and port number (respectively)
6413 of the SMTP client (that is, the entity at the other end of
6414 the connection. These can be used in (e.g.) check_rcpt to
6415 verify that someone isn't trying to relay mail through your
6416 host inappropriately. Be sure to use the deferred evaluation
6417 form, for example $&{client_name}, to avoid having these bound
6418 when sendmail reads the configuration file.
6419 Add new config file rule check_relay to check the incoming connection
6420 information. Like check_compat, it is passed the host name
6421 and host address separated by $| and can reject connections
6423 Allow IDA-style recursive function calls. Code contributed by Mark
6424 Lovell and Paul Vixie.
6425 Eliminate the "No ! in UUCP From address!" message" -- instead, create
6426 a virtual UUCP address using either a domain address or the $k
6427 macro. Based on code contributed by Mark Lovell and Paul
6429 Add Stanford LDAP map. Requires special libraries that are not
6430 included with sendmail. Contributed by Booker C. Bense
6431 <bbense@networking.stanford.edu>; contact him for support.
6432 See also the src/READ_ME file.
6433 Allow -dANSI to turn on ANSI escape sequences in debug output; this
6434 puts metasymbols (e.g., $+) in reverse video. Really useful
6435 only for debugging deep bits of code where it is important to
6436 distinguish between the single-character metasymbol $+ and the
6437 two characters $, +.
6438 Changed ruleset 89 (executed in dumpstate()) to a named ruleset,
6440 Add new UnsafeGroupWrites option; if set, .forward and :include:
6441 files that are group writable are considered "unsafe" -- that
6442 is, programs and files referenced from such files are not
6444 Delete bogosity test for FallBackMX host; this prevented it to be a
6445 name that was not in DNS or was a domain-literal. Problem
6447 Change the introduction to error messages to more clearly delineate
6448 permanent from temporary failures; if both existed in a
6449 single message it could be confusing. Suggested by John
6450 Beck of InReference, Inc.
6451 The IngoreDot (i) option didn't work for lines that were terminated
6452 with CRLF. Problem noted by Ted Stockwell of Secure
6453 Computing Corporation.
6454 Add a heuristic to improve the handling of unbalanced `<' signs in
6455 message headers. Problem reported by Matt Dillon of Best
6456 Internet Communications.
6457 Check for bogus characters in the 0200-0237 range; since these are
6458 used internally, very strange errors can occur if those
6459 characters appear in headers. Problem noted by Anders Gertz
6461 Implement 7 -> 8 bit MIME conversions. This only takes place if the
6462 recipient mailer has the F=9 flag set, and only works on
6463 text/plain body types. Code contributed by Marius Olafsson
6464 of the University of Iceland.
6465 Special case "postmaster" name so that it is always treated as lower
6466 case in alias files regardless of configuration settings;
6467 this prevents some potential problems where "Postmaster" or
6468 "POSTMASTER" might not match "postmaster". In most cases
6469 this change is a no-op.
6470 The -o map flag was ignored for text maps. Problem noted by Bryan
6472 The -a map flag was ignored for dequote maps. Problem noted by
6474 Fix core dump when a lookup of a class "prog" map returns no
6475 response. Patch from Bryan Costales.
6476 Log instances where sendmail is deferring or rejecting connections
6477 on LogLevel 14. Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6478 Include port number in process title for network daemons. Suggested
6479 by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6480 Send ``double bounces'' (errors that occur when sending an error
6481 message) to the address indicated in the DoubleBounceAddress
6482 option (default: postmaster). Previously they were always
6483 sent to postmaster. Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6484 Add new mode, -bD, that acts like -bd in all respects except that
6485 it runs in foreground. This is useful for using with a
6486 wrapper that "watches" system services. Suggested by Kyle
6488 Fix botch in spacing around (parenthesized) comments in addresses
6489 when the comment comes before the address. Patch from
6490 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
6491 Use the prefix "Postmaster notify" on the Subject: lines of messages
6492 that are being bounced to postmaster, rather than "Returned
6493 mail". This permits the person who is postmaster more
6494 easily determine what messages are to their role as
6495 postmaster versus bounces to mail they actually sent. Based
6496 on a suggestion by Motonori Nakamura.
6497 Add new value "time" for QueueSortOrder option; this causes the queue
6498 to be sorted strictly by the time of submission. Note that
6499 this can cause very bad behavior over slow lines (because
6500 large jobs will tend to delay small jobs) and on nodes with
6501 heavy traffic (because old things in the queue for hosts that
6502 are down delay processing of new jobs). Also, this does not
6503 guarantee that jobs will be delivered in submission order
6504 unless you also set DeliveryMode=queue. In general, it should
6505 probably only be used on the command line, and only in
6506 conjunction with -qRhost.domain. In fact, there are very few
6507 cases where it should be used at all. Based on an
6508 implementation by Motonori Nakamura.
6509 If a map lookup in ruleset 5 returns tempfail, queue the message in
6510 the same manner as other rulesets. Previously a temporary
6511 failure in ruleset 5 was ignored. Patch from Booker Bense
6512 of Stanford University.
6513 Don't proceed to the next MX host if an SMTP MAIL command returns a
6514 5yz (permanent failure) code. The next MX host will still be
6515 tried if the connection cannot be opened in the first place
6516 or if the MAIL command returns a 4yz (temporary failure) code.
6517 (It's hard to know what to do here, since neither RFC 974 nor
6518 RFC 1123 specify when to proceed to the next MX host.)
6519 Suggested by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision, Inc.
6520 Add new "-t" flag for map definitions (the "K" line in the .cf file).
6521 This causes map lookups that get a temporary failure (e.g.,
6522 name server failure) to _not_ defer the delivery of the
6523 message. This should only be used if your configuration file
6524 is prepared to do something sensible in this case. Based on
6525 an idea by Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
6526 Fix problem finding network interface addresses. Patch from
6528 Don't reject qf entries that are not owned by your effective uid if
6529 you are not running set-user-ID; this makes management of
6530 certain kinds of firewall setups difficult. Patch
6531 suggested by Eamonn Coleman of Qualcomm.
6532 Add persistent host status. This keeps the information normally
6533 maintained within a single queue run in disk files that are
6534 shared between sendmail instances. The HostStatusDirectory
6535 is the directory in which the information is maintained. If
6536 not set, persistent host status is turned off. If not a full
6537 pathname, it is relative to the queue directory. A common
6538 value is ".hoststat".
6539 There are also two new operation modes:
6540 * -bh prints the status of hosts that have had recent
6542 * -bH purges the host statuses. No attempt is made to save
6543 recent status information.
6544 This feature was originally written by Paul Vixie of Vixie
6545 Enterprises for KJS and adapted for V8 by Mark Lovell of
6546 Bigrock Consulting. Paul's funding of Mark and Mark's patience
6547 with my insistence that things fit cleanly into the V8
6548 framework is gratefully appreciated.
6549 New SingleThreadDelivery option (requires HostStatusDirectory to
6550 operate). Avoids letting two sendmails on the local machine
6551 open connections to the same remote host at the same time.
6552 This reduces load on the other machine, but can cause mail to
6553 be delayed (for example, if one sendmail is delivering a huge
6554 message, other sendmails won't be able to send even small
6555 messages). Also, it requires another file descriptor (for the
6556 lock file) per connection, so you may have to reduce
6557 ConnectionCacheSize to avoid running out of per-process
6558 file descriptors. Based on the persistent host status code
6559 contributed by Paul Vixie and Mark Lovell.
6560 Allow sending to non-simple files (e.g., /dev/null) even if the
6561 SafeFileEnvironment option is set. Problem noted by Bryan
6563 The -qR flag mistakenly matched flags in the "R" line of the queue
6564 file. Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
6565 If a job was aborted using the interrupt signal (e.g., control-C from
6566 the keyboard), on some occasions an empty df file would be
6567 left around; these would collect in the queue directory.
6568 Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
6569 Change the makesendmail script to enhance the search for Makefiles
6570 based on release number. For example, on SunOS 5.5.1, it will
6571 search for Makefile.SunOS.5.5.1, Makefile.SunOS.5.5, and then
6572 Makefile.SunOS.5.x (in addition to the other rules, e.g.,
6573 adding $arch). Problem noted by Jason Mastaler of Atlanta
6575 When creating maps using "newaliases", always map the keys to lower
6576 case when creating the map unless the -f flag is specified on
6577 the map itself. Previously this was done based on the F=u
6578 flag in the local mailer, which meant you could create aliases
6579 that you could never access. Problem noted by Bob Wu of DEC.
6580 When a job was read from the queue, the bits causing notification on
6581 failure or delay were always set. This caused those
6582 notifications to be sent even if NOTIFY=NEVER had been
6583 specified. Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University
6584 of Washington, Seattle.
6585 Add new configurable routine validate_connection (in conf.c). This
6586 lets you decide if you are willing to accept traffic from
6587 this host. If it returns FALSE, all SMTP commands will return
6588 "550 Access denied". -DTCPWRAPPERS will include support for
6589 TCP wrappers; you will need to add -lwrap to the link line.
6590 (See src/READ_ME for details.)
6591 Don't include the "THIS IS A WARNING MESSAGE ONLY" banner on postmaster
6592 bounces. Some people seemed to think that this could be
6593 confusing (even though it is true). Suggested by Motonori
6595 Add new RunAsUser option; this causes sendmail to do a setuid to that
6596 user early in processing to avoid potential security problems.
6597 However, this means that all .forward and :include: files must
6598 be readable by that user, and all files to be written must be
6599 writable by that user and all programs will be executed by that
6600 user. It is also incompatible with the SafeFileEnvironment
6601 option. In other words, it may not actually add much to
6602 security. However, it should be useful on firewalls and other
6603 places where users don't have accounts and the aliases file is
6605 Add Timeout.iconnect. This is like Timeout.connect except it is used
6606 only on the first attempt to delivery to an address. It could
6607 be set to be lower than Timeout.connect on the principle that
6608 the mail should go through quickly to responsive hosts; less
6609 responsive hosts get to wait for the next queue run.
6610 Fix a problem on Solaris that occasionally causes programs
6611 (such as vacation) to hang with their standard input connected
6612 to a UDP port. It also created some signal handling problems.
6613 The problems turned out to be an interaction between vfork(2)
6614 and some of the libraries, particularly NIS/NIS+. I am
6615 indebted to Tor Egge <tegge@idt.ntnu.no> for this fix.
6616 Change user class map to do the same matching that actual delivery
6617 will do instead of just a /etc/passwd lookup. This adds
6618 fuzzy matching to the user map. Patch from Dan Oscarsson.
6619 The Timeout.* options are not safe -- they can be used to create a
6620 denial-of-service attack. Problem noted by Christophe
6622 Don't send PostmasterCopy messages in the event of a "delayed"
6623 notification. Suggested by Barry Bouwsma.
6624 Don't advertise "VERB" ESMTP extension if the "noexpn" privacy
6625 option is set, since this disables VERB mode. Suggested
6626 by John Hawkinson of MIT.
6627 Complain if the QueueDirectory (Q) option is not set. Problem noted
6628 by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
6629 Only queue messages on transient .forward open failures if there
6630 were no successful opens. The previous behavior caused it
6631 to queue even if a "fall back" .forward was found. Problem
6632 noted by Ann-Kian Yeo of the Dept. of Information Systems
6633 and Computer Science (DISCS), NUS, Singapore.
6634 Don't do 8->7 bit conversions when bouncing a MIME message that
6635 is bouncing because of a MIME error during 8->7 bit conversion;
6636 the encapsulated message will bounce again, causing a loop.
6637 Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington.
6638 Create xf (transcript) files using the TempFileMode option value
6639 instead of 0644. Suggested by Ann-Kian Yeo of the
6640 National University of Singapore.
6641 Print errors if setgid/setuid/etc. fail during delivery. This helps
6642 detect cases where DefaultUid is set to something that the
6643 system can't cope with.
6645 Support for AIX/RS 2.2.1 from Mark Whetzel of Western
6646 Atlas International.
6647 Patches for Intel Paragon OSF/1 1.3 from Leo Bicknell
6649 On DEC OSF/1 3.2 and earlier, the MatchGECOS code would only
6650 work on the first recipient of a message due to a
6651 bug in the getpwent family. If this is something you
6652 use, you can define DEC_OSF_BROKEN_GETPWENT=1 for a
6653 workaround. From Maximum Entropy of Sanford C.
6654 Bernstein and Associates.
6655 FreeBSD 1.1.5.1 uname -r returns a string containing
6656 parentheses, which breaks makesendmail. Reported
6657 by Piero Serini <piero@strider.ibenet.it>.
6658 Sequent DYNIX/ptx 4.0.2 patches from Jack Woolley of
6659 Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
6660 Solaris 2.x: omit the UUCP grade parameter (-g flag) because
6661 it is system-dependent. Problem noted by J.J. Bailey
6662 of Bailey Computer Consulting.
6663 Pyramid NILE running DC/OSx support from Earle F. Ake of
6664 Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
6665 HP-UX 10.x compile glitches, reported by Anne Brink of the
6666 U.S. Army and James Byrne of Harte & Lyne Limited.
6667 NetBSD from Matthew Green of the NetBSD crew.
6668 SCO 5.x from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
6669 IRIX 6.2 from Robert Tarrall of the University of
6670 Colorado and Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
6672 UXP/DS (Fujitsu/ICL DS/90 series) support from Diego R.
6673 Lopez, CICA (Seville).
6674 NCR SVR4 MP-RAS 3.x support from Tom Moore of NCR.
6675 PTX 3.2.0 from Kenneth Stailey of the US Department of Labor
6676 Employment Standards Administration.
6677 Altos System V (5.3.1) from Tim Rice of Multitalents.
6678 Concurrent Systems Corporation Maxion from Donald R. Laster
6680 NetInfo maps (improved debugging and multi-valued aliases)
6681 from Adrian Steinmann of Steinmann Consulting.
6682 ConvexOS 11.5 (including SecureWare C2 and the Share Scheduler)
6683 from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
6684 Linux 2.0 mail.local patches from Horst von Brand.
6685 NEXTSTEP 3.x compilation from Robert La Ferla.
6686 NEXTSTEP 3.x code changes from Allan J. Nathanson of NeXT.
6687 Solaris 2.5 configuration fixes for mail.local by Jim Davis
6688 of the University of Arizona.
6689 Solaris 2.5 has a working setreuid. Noted by David Linn of
6690 Vanderbilt University.
6691 Solaris changes for praliases, makemap, mailstats, and smrsh.
6692 Previously you had to add -DSOLARIS in Makefile.dist;
6693 this auto-detects. Based on a patch from Randall
6694 Winchester of the University of Maryland.
6695 CONFIG: add generic-nextstep3.3.mc file. Contributed by
6696 Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
6697 CONFIG: allow mailertables to resolve to ``error:code message''
6698 (where "code" is an exit status) on domains (previously
6699 worked only on hosts). Patch from Cor Bosman of Xs4all
6701 CONFIG: hooks for IPv6-style domain literals.
6702 CONFIG: predefine ALIAS_FILE and change the prototype file so that
6703 if it is undefined the AliasFile option is never set; this
6704 should be transparent for most everyone. Suggested by John
6706 CONFIG: add FEATURE(limited_masquerade). Without this feature, any
6707 domain listed in $=w is masqueraded. With it, only those
6708 domains listed in a MASQUERADE_DOMAIN macro are masqueraded.
6709 CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain). This causes
6710 masquerading specified by MASQUERADE_DOMAIN to apply to all
6711 hosts under those domains as well as the domain headers
6712 themselves. For example, if a configuration had
6713 MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(foo.com), then without this feature only
6714 foo.com would be masqueraded; with it, *.foo.com would be
6715 masqueraded as well. Based on an implementation by Richard
6716 (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas.
6717 CONFIG: add FEATURE(genericstable) to do a more general rewriting of
6718 outgoing addresses. Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/genericstable''.
6719 Keys are user names; values are outgoing mail addresses. Yes,
6720 this does overlap with the user database, and figuring out
6721 just when to use which one may be tricky. Based on code
6722 contributed by Richard (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas with updates
6723 from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
6724 CONFIG: add FEATURE(virtusertable) to do generalized rewriting of
6725 incoming addresses. Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/virtusertable''.
6726 Keys are either fully qualified addresses or just the host
6727 part (with the @ sign). For example, a table containing:
6728 info@foo.com foo-info
6729 info@bar.com bar-info
6730 @baz.org jane@elsewhere.net
6731 would send all mail destined for info@foo.com to foo-info
6732 (which is presumably an alias), mail addressed to info@bar.com
6733 to bar-info, and anything addressed to anyone at baz.org will
6734 be sent to jane@elsewhere.net. The names foo.com, bar.com,
6735 and baz.org must all be in $=w. Based on discussions with
6736 a great many people.
6737 CONFIG: add nullclient configurations to define SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS.
6738 Suggested by Richard Bainter.
6739 CONFIG: add FAX_MAILER_ARGS to tweak the arguments passed to the
6741 CONFIG: allow mailertable entries to resolve to local:user; this
6742 passes the original user@host in to procmail-style local
6743 mailers as the "detail" information to allow them to do
6744 additional clever processing. From Joe Pruett of
6745 Teleport Corporation. Delivery to the original user can
6746 be done by specifying "local:" (with nothing after the colon).
6747 CONFIG: allow any context that takes "mailer:domain" to also take
6748 "mailer:user@domain" to force mailing to the given user;
6749 "local:user" can also be used to do local delivery. This
6750 applies on *_RELAY and in the mailertable entries. Based
6751 on a suggestion by Ribert Kiessling of Easynet.
6752 CONFIG: Allow FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to take an argument that
6753 limits the possible domains; this reduces the number of DNS
6754 lookups required to support this feature. For example,
6755 FEATURE(bestmx_is_local, my.site.com) limits the lookups
6756 to domains under my.site.com. Code contributed by Anthony
6757 Thyssen <anthony@cit.gu.edu.au>.
6758 CONFIG: LOCAL_RULESETS introduces any locally defined rulesets,
6759 such as the check_rcpt ruleset. Suggested by Gregory Shapiro
6761 CONFIG: MAILER_DEFINITIONS introduces any mailer definitions, in the
6762 event you have to define local mailers. Suggested by
6763 Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
6764 CONFIG: fix cases where a three- (or more-) stage route-addr could
6765 be misinterpreted as a list:...; syntax. Based on a patch by
6766 Vlado Potisk <Vlado_Potisk@tempest.sk>.
6767 CONFIG: Fix masquerading of UUCP addresses when the UUCP relay is
6768 remotely connected. The address host!user was being
6769 converted to host!user@thishost instead of host!user@uurelay.
6770 Problem noted by William Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
6771 CONFIG: add confTO_ICONNECT to set Timeout.iconnect.
6772 CONFIG: change FEATURE(redirect) message from "User not local" to
6773 "User has moved"; the former wording was confusing if the
6774 new address is still on the local host. Based on a suggestion
6776 CONFIG: add support in FEATURE(nullclient) for $=E (exposed users).
6777 However, the class is not pre-initialized to contain root.
6778 Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6779 CONTRIB: Remove XLA code at the request of the author, Christophe
6781 CONTRIB: Add re-mqueue.pl, contributed by Paul Pomes of Qualcomm.
6782 MAIL.LOCAL: make it possible to compile mail.local on Solaris. Note
6783 well: this produces a slightly different mailbox format (no
6784 Content-Length: headers), file ownerships and modes are
6785 different (not owned by group mail; mode 600 instead of 660),
6786 and the local mailer flags will have to be tweaked (make them
6787 match bsd4.4) in order to use this mailer. Patches from Paul
6788 Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education Network.
6789 MAIL.LOCAL: in some cases it could return EX_OK even though there
6790 was a delivery error, such as if the ownership on the file
6791 was wrong or the mode changed between the initial stat and
6792 the open. Problem reported by William Colburn of the New
6793 Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology.
6794 MAILSTATS: handle zero length files more reliably. Patch from Bryan
6796 MAILSTATS: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
6797 MAKEMAP: The -d flag (to allow duplicate keys) to a btree map wasn't
6798 honored. Fix from Michael Scott Shappe.
6799 PRALIASES: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
6801 src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.2
6802 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2
6803 src/Makefiles/Makefile.maxion
6804 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.3.x
6805 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.5.x
6806 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDSV20
6807 mailstats/mailstats.8
6808 praliases/praliases.8
6809 cf/cf/generic-nextstep3.3.mc
6810 cf/feature/genericstable.m4
6811 cf/feature/limited_masquerade.m4
6812 cf/feature/masquerade_entire_domain.m4
6813 cf/feature/virtusertable.m4
6817 cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4
6819 contrib/re-mqueue.pl
6821 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Solaris
6825 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR3000 => Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.2.x
6826 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2 => Makefile.SCO.4.2
6827 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS => Makefile.UXPDSV10
6828 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NeXT => Makefile.NeXT.2.x
6829 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP => Makefile.NeXT.3.x
6831 8.7.6/8.7.3 1996/09/17
6832 SECURITY: It is possible to force getpwuid to fail when writing the
6833 queue file, causing sendmail to fall back to running programs
6834 as the default user. This is not exploitable from off-site.
6835 Workarounds include using a unique user for the DefaultUser
6836 (old u & g options) and using smrsh as the local shell.
6837 SECURITY: fix some buffer overruns; in at least one case this allows
6838 a local user to get root. This is not known to be exploitable
6839 from off-site. The workaround is to disable chfn(1) commands.
6841 8.7.5/8.7.3 1996/03/04
6842 Fix glitch in 8.7.4 when putting certain internal lines; this can
6843 in some case cause connections to hang or messages to have
6844 extra spaces in odd places. Patch from Eric Wassenaar;
6845 reports from Eric Hall of Chiron Corporation, Stephen
6846 Hansen of Stanford University, Dean Gaudet of HotWired,
6849 8.7.4/8.7.3 1996/02/18
6850 SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
6851 insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
6852 any user (except root).
6853 CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
6854 version number is unchanged.
6856 8.7.3/8.7.3 1995/12/03
6857 Fix botch in name server timeout in RCPT code; this problem caused
6858 two responses in SMTP, which breaks things horribly. Fix
6859 from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6860 Verify that L= value on M lines cannot be negative, which could cause
6861 negative array subscripting. Not a security problem since
6862 this has to be in the config file, but it could have caused
6863 core dumps. Pointed out by Bryan Costales.
6864 Fix -d21 debug output for long macro names. Pointed out by Bryan
6867 SCO doesn't have ftruncate. From Bill Aten of Computerizers.
6868 IBM's version of arpa/nameser.h defaults to the wrong byte
6869 order. Tweak it to work properly. Based on fixes
6870 from Fletcher Mattox of UTexas and Betty Lee of
6871 Stanford University.
6872 CONFIG: add confHOSTS_FILE m4 variable to set HostsFile option.
6873 Deficiency pointed out by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
6875 8.7.2/8.7.2 1995/11/19
6876 REALLY fix the backslash escapes in SmtpGreetingMessage,
6877 OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine options. They were not
6878 properly repaired in 8.7.1.
6879 Completely delete the Bcc: header if and only if there are other
6880 valid recipient headers (To:, Cc: or Apparently-To:, the
6881 last being a historic botch, of course). If Bcc: is the
6882 only recipient header in the message, its value is tossed,
6883 but the header name is kept. The old behavior (always keep
6884 the header name and toss the value) allowed primary recipients
6885 to see that a Bcc: went to _someone_.
6886 Include queue id on ``Authentication-Warning: <host>: <user> set
6887 sender to <address> using -f'' syslog messages. Suggested
6889 If a sequence or switch map lookup entry gets a tempfail but then
6890 continues on to another map type, but the name is not found,
6891 return a temporary failure from the sequence or switch map.
6892 For example, if hosts search ``dns files'' and DNS fails
6893 with a tempfail, the hosts map will go on and search files,
6894 but if it fails the whole thing should be a tempfail, not
6895 a permanent (host unknown) failure, even though that is the
6896 failure in the hosts.files map. This error caused hard
6897 bounces when it should have requeued.
6898 Aliases to files such as /users/bar/foo/inbox, with /users/bar/foo
6899 owned by bar mode 700 and inbox being set-user-ID bar stopped
6900 working properly due to excessive paranoia. Pointed out by
6901 John Hawkinson of Panix.
6902 An SMTP RCPT command referencing a host that gave a nameserver
6903 timeout would return a 451 command (8.6 accepted it and
6904 queued it locally). Revert to the 8.6 behavior in order
6905 to simplify queue management for clustered systems. Suggested
6906 by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. The same problem could break
6907 MH, which assumes that the SMTP session will succeed (tsk, tsk
6908 -- mail gets lost!); this was pointed out by Stuart Pook of
6910 Fix possible buffer overflow in munchstring(). This was not a security
6911 problem because you couldn't specify any argument to this
6912 without first giving up root privileges, but it is still a
6913 good idea to avoid future problems. Problem noted by John
6914 Hawkinson and Sam Hartman of MIT.
6915 ``452 Out of disk space for temp file'' messages weren't being
6916 printed. Fix from David Perlin of Nanosoft.
6917 Don't advertise the ESMTP DSN extension if the SendMimeErrors option
6918 is not set, since this is required to get the actual DSNs
6919 created. Problem pointed out by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
6920 Log permission problems that cause .forward and :include: files to
6921 be untrusted or ignored on log level 12 and higher. Suggested
6922 by Randy Martin of Clemson University.
6923 Allow user ids in U= clauses of M lines to have hyphens and
6925 Fix overcounting of recipients -- only happened when sending to an
6926 alias. Pointed out by Mark Andrews of SGI and Jack Woolley
6927 of Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
6928 If a message is sent to an address that fails, the error message that
6929 is returned could show some extraneous "success" information
6930 included even if the user did not request success notification,
6931 which was confusing. Pointed out by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
6932 Config files that had no AliasFile definition were defaulting to
6933 using /etc/aliases; this caused problems with nullclient
6934 configurations. Change it back to the 8.6 semantics of
6935 having no local alias file unless it is declared. Problem
6936 noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University.
6937 Fix compile problem if NOTUNIX is defined. Pointed out by Bryan
6939 Map lookups of class "userdb" maps were always case sensitive; they
6940 should be controlled by the -f flag like other maps. Pointed
6941 out by Bjart Kvarme <bjart.kvarme@usit.uio.no>.
6942 Fix problem that caused some addresses to be passed through ruleset 5
6943 even when they were tagged as "sticky" by prefixing the
6944 address with an "@". Patch from Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan
6945 Technological University.
6946 When converting a message to Quoted-Printable, prevent any lines with
6947 dots alone on a line by themselves. This is because of the
6948 preponderance of broken mailers that still get this wrong.
6949 Code contributed by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
6950 Fix F{macro}/file construct -- it previously did nothing. Pointed
6951 out by Bjart Kvarme of USIT/UiO (Norway).
6952 Announce whether a cached connection is SMTP or ESMTP (in -v mode).
6953 Requested by Allan Johannesen.
6954 Delete check for text format of alias files -- it should be legal
6955 to have the database format of the alias files without the
6956 text version. Problem pointed out by Joe Rhett of Navigist,
6958 If "Ot" was specified with no value, the TZ variable was not properly
6959 imported from the environment. Pointed out by Frank Crawford
6960 <frank@ansto.gov.au>.
6961 Some architectures core dumped on "program" maps that didn't have
6962 extra arguments. Patch from Booker C. Bense of Stanford
6964 Queue run processes would re-spawn daemons when given a SIGHUP; only
6965 the parent should do this. Fix from Brian Coan of the
6966 Association for Progressive Communications.
6967 If MinQueueAge was set and a message was considered but not run
6968 during a queue run and the Timeout.queuereturn interval was
6969 reached, a "timed out" error message would be returned that
6970 didn't include the failed address (and claimed to be a warning
6971 even though it was fatal). The fix is to not return such
6972 messages until they are actually tried, i.e., in the next
6973 MinQueueAge interval. Problem noted by Rein Tollevik of
6975 Add HES_GETMAILHOST compile flag to support MIT Hesiod distributions
6976 that have the hes_getmailhost() routine. DEC Hesiod
6977 distributions do not have this routine. Based on a patch
6978 from Betty Lee of Stanford University.
6979 Extensive cleanups to map open code to handle a locking race condition
6980 in ndbm, hash, and btree format database files on some (most
6981 non-4.4-BSD based) OS architectures. This should solve the
6982 occasional "user unknown" problem during alias rebuilds that
6983 has plagued me for quite some time. Based on a patch from
6984 Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan Technological University.
6986 Solaris: Change location of newaliases and mailq from
6987 /usr/ucb to /usr/bin to match Sun settings. From
6988 James B. Davis of TCI.
6989 DomainOS: Makefile.DomainOS doesn't require -ldbm. From
6990 Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
6991 HP-UX 10: rename Makefile.HP-UX.10 => Makefile.HP-UX.10.x
6992 so that the makesendmail script will find it. Pointed
6993 out by Richard Allen of the University of Iceland.
6994 Also, use -Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE instead of -Ae, which
6995 isn't supported on all compilers.
6996 UXPDS: compilation fixes from Diego R. Lopez.
6997 CONFIG: FAX mailer wasn't setting .FAX as a pseudo-domain unless
6998 you also had a FAX_RELAY. From Thomas.Tornblom@Hax.SE.
6999 CONFIG: Minor glitch in S21 -- attachment of local domain name
7000 didn't have trailing dot. From Jim Hickstein of Teradyne.
7001 CONFIG: Fix best_mx_is_local feature to allow nested addresses such as
7002 user%host@thishost. From Claude Scarpelli of Infobiogen
7004 CONFIG: OSTYPE(hpux10) failed to define the location of the help file.
7005 Pointed out by Hannu Martikka of Nokia Telecommunications.
7006 CONFIG: Diagnose some inappropriate ordering in configuration files,
7007 such as FEATURE(smrsh) listed after MAILER(local). Based on
7008 a bug report submitted by Paul Hoffman of Proper Publishing.
7009 CONFIG: Make OSTYPE files consistently not override settings that
7010 have already been set. Previously it worked differently
7011 for different files.
7012 CONFIG: Change relay mailer to do masquerading like 8.6 did. My take
7013 is that this is wrong, but the change was causing problems
7014 for some people. From Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
7015 CONTRIB: bitdomain.c patch from John Gardiner Myers <jgm+@CMU.EDU>;
7016 portability changes for Posix environments (no functional
7019 8.7.1/8.7.1 1995/10/01
7020 Old macros that have become options (SmtpGreetingMessage,
7021 OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine) didn't allow backslash
7022 escapes in the options, where they previously had. Bug
7023 pointed out by John Hawkinson of MIT.
7024 Fix strange case of an executable called by a program map that
7025 returns a value but also a non-zero exit status; this
7026 would give contradictory results in the higher level; in
7027 particular, the default clause in the map lookup would be
7028 ignored. Change to ignore the value if the program returns
7029 non-zero exit status. From Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
7030 Shorten parameters passed to syslog() in some contexts to avoid a
7031 bug in many vendors' implementations of that routine. Although
7032 this isn't really a bug in sendmail per se, and my solution
7033 has to assume that syslog() has at least a 1K buffer size
7034 internally (I know some vendors have shortened this
7035 dramatically -- they're on their own), sendmail is a popular
7036 target. Also, limit the size of %s arguments in sprintf.
7037 These both have possible security implications. Solutions
7038 suggested by Casper Dik of Sun's Network Security Group
7039 (Holland), Mark Seiden, and others.
7040 Fix a problem that might cause a non-standard -B (body type)
7041 parameter to be passed to the next server with undefined
7042 results. This could have security implications.
7043 If a filesystem was at > 100% utilization, the freediskspace()
7044 routine incorrectly returned an error rather than zero.
7045 Problem noted by G. Paul Ziemba of Alantec.
7046 Change MX sort order so that local hostnames (those in $=w) always
7047 sort first within a given preference. This forces the bestmx
7048 map to always return the local host first, if it is included
7049 in the list of highest priority MX records. From K. Robert
7051 Avoid some possible null pointer dereferences. Fixes from Randy
7052 Martin <WOLF@CLEMSON.EDU>
7053 When sendmail starts up on systems that have no fully qualified
7054 domain name (FQDN) anywhere in the first matching host map
7055 (e.g., /etc/hosts if the hosts service searches "files dns"),
7056 sendmail would sleep to try to find a FQDN, which it really
7057 really needs. This has been changed to fall through to the
7058 next map type if it can't find a FQDN -- i.e., if the hosts
7059 file doesn't have a FQDN, it will try dns even though the
7060 short name was found in /etc/hosts. This is probably a crock,
7061 but many people have hosts files without FQDNs. Remember:
7062 domain names are your friends.
7063 Log a high-priority message if you can't find your FQDN during startup.
7064 Suggested by Simon Barnes of Schlumberger Limited.
7065 When using Hesiod, initialize it early to improve error reporting.
7066 Patch from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems, Inc.
7067 Apparently at least some versions of Linux have a 90 !minute! TCP
7068 connection timeout in the kernel. Add a new "connect" timeout
7069 to limit this time. Defaults to zero (use whatever the
7070 kernel provides). Based on code contributed by J.R. Oldroyd
7072 Under some circumstances, a failed message would not be properly
7073 removed from the queue, causing tons of bogus error messages.
7074 (This fix eliminates the problematic EF_KEEPQUEUE flag.)
7075 Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen and Gregory Neil Shapiro
7078 On IRIX 5.x, there was an inconsistency in the setting
7079 of sendmail.st location. Change the Makefile to
7080 install it in /var/sendmail.st to match the OSTYPE
7081 file and SGI standards. From Andre
7082 <andre@curry.zfe.siemens.de>.
7083 Support for Fujitsu/ICL UXP/DS (For the DS/90 Series)
7084 from Diego R. Lopez <drlopez@cica.es>.
7085 Linux compilation patches from J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet, Inc.
7086 LUNA 2 Mach patches from Motonori Nakamura.
7087 SunOS Makefile was including -ldbm, which is for the old
7088 dbm library. The ndbm library is part of libc.
7089 CONFIG: avoid bouncing ``user@host.'' (note trailing dot) with
7090 ``local configuration error'' in nullclient configuration.
7091 Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
7092 CONFIG: don't allow an alias file in nullclient configurations --
7093 since all addresses are relayed, they give errors during
7094 rebuild. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
7095 CONFIG: local mailer on Solaris 2 should always get a -f flag because
7096 otherwise the F=S causes the From_ line to imply that root is
7097 the sender. Problem pointed out by Claude Scarpelli of
7098 Infobiogen (France).
7100 cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4 (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
7101 src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
7102 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS
7105 Fix a problem that could cause sendmail to run out of file
7106 descriptors due to a trashed data structure after a
7107 vfork. Fix from Brian Coan of the Institute for
7108 Global Communications.
7109 Change the VRFY response if you have disabled VRFY -- some
7110 people seemed to think that it was too rude.
7111 Avoid reference to uninitialized file descriptor if HASFLOCK
7112 was not defined. This was used "safely" in the sense
7113 that it only did a stat, but it would have set the
7114 map modification time improperly. Problem pointed out
7115 by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
7116 Clean up the Subject: line on warning messages and return
7117 receipts so that they don't say "Returned mail:"; this
7119 Move ruleset entry/exit debugging from 21.2 to 21.1 -- this is
7120 useful enough to make it worthwhile printing on "-d".
7121 Avoid logging alias statistics every time you read the alias
7122 file on systems with no database method compiled in.
7123 If you have a name with a trailing dot, and you try looking it
7124 up using gethostbyname without the dot (for /etc/hosts
7125 compatibility), be sure to turn off RES_DEFNAMES and
7126 RES_DNSRCH to avoid finding the wrong name accidentally.
7127 Problem noted by Charles Amos of the University of
7129 Don't do timeouts in collect if you are not running SMTP.
7130 There is nothing that says you can't have a long
7131 running program piped into sendmail (possibly via
7132 /bin/mail, which just execs sendmail). Problem reported
7133 by Don "Truck" Lewis of Silicon Systems.
7134 Try gethostbyname() even if the DNS lookup fails iff option I
7135 is not set. This allows you to have hosts listed in
7136 NIS or /etc/hosts that are not known to DNS. It's normally
7137 a bad idea, but can be useful on firewall machines. This
7138 should really be broken out on a separate flag, I suppose.
7139 Avoid compile warnings against BIND 4.9.3, which uses function
7140 prototypes. From Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
7141 Avoid possible incorrect diagnosis of DNS-related errors caused
7142 by things like attempts to resolve uucp names using
7143 $[ ... $] -- the fix is to clear h_errno at appropriate
7144 times. From Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7145 SECURITY: avoid denial-of-service attacks possible by destroying
7146 the alias database file by setting resource limits low.
7147 This involves adding two new compile-time options:
7148 HASSETRLIMIT (indicating that setrlimit(2) support is
7149 available) and HASULIMIT (indicating that ulimit(2) support
7150 is available -- the Release 3 form is used). The former
7151 is assumed on BSD-based systems, the latter on System
7152 V-based systems. Attack noted by Phil Brandenberger of
7153 Swarthmore University.
7154 New syntaxes in test (-bt) mode:
7155 ``.Dmvalue'' will define macro "m" to "value".
7156 ``.Ccvalue'' will add "value" to class "c".
7157 ``=Sruleset'' will dump the contents of the indicated
7159 ``=M'' will display the known mailers.
7160 ``-ddebug-spec'' is equivalent to the command-line
7162 ``$m'' will print the value of macro $m.
7163 ``$=c'' will print the contents of class $=c.
7164 ``/mx host'' returns the MX records for ``host''.
7165 ``/parse address'' will parse address, returning the value of
7166 crackaddr (essentially, the comment information)
7167 and the parsed address.
7168 ``/try mailer address'' will rewrite address into the form
7169 it will have when presented to the indicated mailer.
7170 ``/tryflags flags'' will set flags used by parsing. The
7171 flags can be `H' for header or `E' for envelope,
7172 and `S' for sender or `R' for recipient. These
7173 can be combined, so `HR' sets flags for header
7175 ``/canon hostname'' will try to canonify hostname and
7177 ``/map mapname key'' will look up `key' in the indicated
7178 `mapname' and return the result.
7179 Somewhat better handling of UNIX-domain socket addresses -- it
7180 should show the pathname rather than hex bytes.
7181 Restore ``-ba'' mode -- this reads a file from stdin and parses
7182 the header for envelope sender information and uses
7183 CR-LF as message terminators. It was thought to be
7184 obsolete (used only for Arpanet NCP protocols), but it
7185 turns out that the UK ``Grey Book'' protocols require
7187 Fix a fix in previous release -- if gethostname and gethostbyname
7188 return a name without dots, and if an attempt to canonify
7189 that name fails, wait one minute and try again. This can
7190 result in an extra 60 second delay on startup if your system
7191 hostname (as returned by hostname(1)) has no dot and no names
7192 listed in /etc/hosts or your NIS map have a dot.
7193 Check for proper domain name on HELO and EHLO commands per
7194 RFC 1123 section 5.2.5. Problem noted by Thomas Dwyer III
7195 of Michigan Technological University.
7196 Relax chownsafe rules slightly -- old version said that if you
7197 can't tell if _POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED is set (that is,
7198 if fpathconf returned EINVAL or ENOSYS), assume that
7199 chown is not safe. The new version falls back to whether
7200 you are on a BSD system or not. This is important for
7201 SunOS, which apparently always returns one of those
7202 error codes. This impacts whether you can mail to files
7204 Syntax errors such as unbalanced parentheses in the configuration
7205 file could be omitted if you had "Oem" prior to the
7206 syntax error in the config file. Change to always print
7207 the error message. It was especially weird because it
7208 would cause a "warning" message to be sent to the Postmaster
7209 for every message sent (but with no transcript). Problem
7210 noted by Gregory Paris of Motorola.
7211 Rewrite collect and putbody to handle full 8-bit data, including
7212 zero bytes. These changes are internally extensive, but
7213 should have minimal impact on external function.
7214 Allow full words for option names -- if the option letter is
7215 (apparently) a space, then take the word following -- e.g.,
7217 The full list of old and new names is as follows:
7223 b MinFreeBlocks/MaxMessageSize
7224 C CheckpointInterval
7226 D AutoRebuildAliases
7239 k ConnectionCacheSize
7240 K ConnectionCacheTimeout
7267 The old macros that passed information into sendmail have
7268 been changed to options; those correspondences are:
7269 $e SmtpGreetingMessage
7272 $q (deleted -- not necessary)
7273 To avoid possible problems with an older sendmail,
7274 configuration level 6 is accepted by this version of
7275 sendmail; any config file using the new names should
7276 specify "V6" in the configuration.
7277 Change address parsing to properly note that a phrase before a
7278 colon and a trailing semicolon are essentially the same
7279 as text outside of angle brackets (i.e., sendmail should
7280 treat them as comments). This is to handle the
7281 ``group name: addr1, addr2, ..., addrN;'' syntax (it will
7282 assume that ``group name:'' is a comment on the first
7283 address and the ``;'' is a comment on the last address).
7284 This requires config file support to get right. It does
7285 understand that :: is NOT this syntax, and can be turned
7286 off completely by setting the ColonOkInAddresses option.
7287 Level 6 config files added with new mailer flags:
7288 A Addresses are aliasable.
7289 i Do udb rewriting on envelope as well as header
7290 sender lines. Applies to the from address mailer
7291 flags rather than the recipient mailer flags.
7292 j Do udb rewriting on header recipient addresses.
7293 Applies to the sender mailer flags rather than the
7294 recipient mailer flags.
7295 k Disable check for loops when doing HELO command.
7296 o Always run as the mail recipient, even on local
7298 w Check for an /etc/passwd entry for this user.
7299 5 Pass addresses through ruleset 5.
7300 : Check for :include: on this address.
7301 | Check for |program on this address.
7302 / Check for /file on this address.
7303 @ Look up sender header addresses in the user
7304 database. Applies to the mailer flags for the
7305 mailer corresponding to the envelope sender
7306 address, rather than to recipient mailer flags.
7307 Pre-level 6 configuration files set A, w, 5, :, |, /, and @
7308 on the "local" mailer, the o flag on the "prog" and "*file*"
7309 mailers, and the ColonOkInAddresses option.
7310 Eight-to-seven bit MIME conversions. This borrows ideas from
7311 John Beck of Hewlett-Packard, who generously contributed
7312 their implementation to me, which I then didn't use (see
7313 mime.c for an explanation of why). This adds the
7314 EightBitMode option (a.k.a. `8') and an F=8 mailer flag
7315 to control handling of 8-bit data. These have to cope with
7316 two types of 8-bit data: unlabelled 8-bit data (that is,
7317 8-bit data that is entered without declaring it as 8-bit
7318 MIME -- technically this is illegal according to the
7319 specs) and labelled 8-bit data (that is, it was declared
7320 as 8BITMIME in the ESMTP session or by using the
7321 -B8BITMIME command line flag). If the F=8 mailer flag is
7322 set then 8-bit data is sent to non-8BITMIME machines
7323 instead of converting to 7 bit (essentially using
7324 just-send-8 semantics). The values for EightBitMode are:
7325 m convert unlabelled 8-bit input to 8BITMIME, and do
7326 any necessary conversion of 8BITMIME to 7BIT
7327 (essentially, the full MIME option).
7328 p pass unlabelled 8-bit input, but convert labelled
7329 8BITMIME input to 7BIT as required (default).
7330 s strict adherence: reject unlabelled 8-bit input,
7331 convert 8BITMIME to 7BIT as required. The F=8
7333 Unlabelled 8-bit data is rejected in mode `s' regardless of
7335 Add new internal class 'n', which is the set of MIME Content-Types
7336 which can not be 8 to 7 bit encoded because of other
7337 considerations. Types "multipart/*" and "message/*" are
7338 never directly encoded (although their components can be).
7339 Add new internal class 's', which is the set of subtypes of the
7340 MIME message/* content type that can be treated as though
7341 they are an RFC822 message. It is predefined to have
7342 "rfc822". Suggested By Kari Hurtta.
7343 Add new internal class 'e'. This is the set of MIME
7344 Content-Transfer-Encodings that can be converted to
7345 a seven bit format (Quoted-Printable or Base64). It is
7346 preinitialized to contain "7bit", "8bit", and "binary".
7347 Add C=charset mailer parameter and the the DefaultCharSet option (no
7348 short name) to set the default character set to use in the
7349 Content-Type: header when doing encoding of an 8-bit message
7350 which isn't marked as MIME into MIME format. If the C=
7351 parameter is set on the Envelope From address, use that as
7352 the default encoding; else use the DefaultCharSet option.
7353 If neither is set, it defaults to "unknown-8bit" as
7354 suggested by RFC 1428 section 3.
7355 Allow ``U=user:group'' field in mailer definition to set a default
7356 user and group that a mailer will be executed as. This
7357 overrides the 'u' and 'g' options, and if the `F=S' flag is
7358 also set, it is the uid/gid that will always be used (that
7359 is, the controlling address is ignored). The values may be
7360 numeric or symbolic; if only a symbolic user is given (no
7361 group) that user's default group in the passwd file is used
7362 as the group. Based on code donated by Chip Rosenthal of
7364 Allow `u' option to also accept user:group as a value, in the same
7365 fashion as the U= mailer option.
7366 Add the symbolic time zone name in the Arpanet format dates (as
7367 a comment). This adds a new compile-time configuration
7368 flag: TZ_TYPE can be set to TZ_TM_NAME (use the value
7369 of (struct tm *)->tm_name), TZ_TM_ZONE (use the value
7370 of (struct tm *)->tm_zone), TZ_TZNAME (use extern char
7371 *tzname[(struct tm *)->tm_isdst]), TZ_TIMEZONE (use
7372 timezone()), or TZ_NONE (don't include the comment). Code
7373 from Chip Rosenthal.
7374 The "Timeout" option (formerly "r") is extended to allow suboptions.
7377 There are also two new suboptions "queuereturn" and
7378 "queuewarn"; these subsume the old T option. Thus, to
7379 set them both the preferred new syntax is
7380 O Timeout.queuereturn = 5d
7381 O Timeout.queuewarn = 4h
7382 Sort queue by host name instead of by message priority if the
7383 QueueSortOrder option (no short name) is set is set to
7384 ``host''. This makes better use of the connection cache,
7385 but may delay more ``interactive'' messages behind large
7386 backlogs under some circumstances. This is probably a
7387 good option if you have high speed links or don't do lots
7388 of ``batch'' messages, but less good if you are using
7389 something like PPP on a 14.4 modem. Based on code
7390 contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech (my main
7391 contribution was to make it configurable).
7392 Save i-number of df file in qf file to simplify rebuilding of queue
7393 after disastrous disk crash. Suggested by Kyle Jones of
7394 UUNET; closely based on code from KJS DECWRL code written
7395 by Paul Vixie. NOTA BENE: The qf files produced by 8.7
7396 are NOT back compatible with 8.6 -- that is, you can convert
7397 from 8.6 to 8.7, but not the other direction.
7398 Add ``F=d'' mailer flag to disable all use of angle brackets in
7399 route-addrs in envelopes; this is because in some cases
7400 they can be sent to the shell, which interprets them as
7402 Don't include error file (option E) with return-receipts; this
7404 Don't send "Warning: cannot send" messages to owner-* or
7405 *-request addresses. Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel
7406 of the Institut Pasteur, Paris.
7407 Allow -O command line flag to set long form options.
7408 Add "MinQueueAge" option to set the minimum time between attempts
7409 to run the queue. For example, if the queue interval
7410 (-q value) is five minutes, but the minimum queue age
7411 is fifteen minutes, jobs won't be tried more often than
7412 once every fifteen minutes. This can be used to give
7413 you more responsiveness if your delivery mode is set to
7415 Allow "fileopen" timeout (default: 60 seconds) for opening
7416 :include: and .forward files.
7417 Add "-k", "-v", and "-z" flags to map definitions; these set the
7418 key field name, the value field name, and the field
7419 delimiter. The field delimiter can be a single character
7420 or the sequence "\t" or "\n" for tab or newline.
7421 These are for use by NIS+ and similar access methods.
7422 Change maps to always strip quotes before lookups; the -q flag
7423 turns off this behavior. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
7424 Add "nisplus" map class. Takes -k and -v flags to choose the
7425 key and value field names respectively. Code donated by
7427 Add "hesiod" map class. The "file name" is used as the
7428 "HesiodNameType" parameter to hes_resolve(3). Returns the
7429 first value found for the match. Code donated by Scott
7430 Hutton of Indiana University.
7431 Add "netinfo" (NeXT NetInfo) map class. Maps can have a -k flag to
7432 specify the name of the property that is searched as the
7433 key and a -v flag to specify the name of the property that
7434 is returned as the value (defaults to "members"). The
7435 default map is "/aliases". Some code based on code
7436 contributed by Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
7437 Add "text" map class. This does slow, linear searches through
7438 text files. The -z flag specifies a column delimiter
7439 (defaults to any sequence of white space), the -k flag
7440 sets the key column number, and the -v flag sets the
7441 value column number. Lines beginning with `#' are treated
7443 Add "program" map class to execute arbitrary programs. The search
7444 key is presented as the last argument; the output is one
7445 line read from the programs standard output. Exit statuses
7446 are from sysexits.h.
7447 Add "sequence" map class -- searches maps in sequence until it
7448 finds a match. For example, the declarations:
7451 Kmapseq sequence map1 map2
7452 defines a map "mapseq" that first searches map1; if the
7453 value is found it is returned immediately, otherwise
7454 map2 is searched and the value returned.
7455 Add "switch" map class. This is much like "sequence" except that
7456 the ordering is fetched from an external file, usually
7457 the system service switch. The parameter is the name of
7458 the service to switch on, and the maps that it will use
7459 are the name of the switch map followed by ".service_type".
7460 For example, if the declaration of the map is
7461 Ksample switch hosts
7462 and the system service switch specifies that hosts are
7463 looked up using dns and nis in that order, then this is
7465 Ksample sequence sample.dns sample.nis
7466 The subordinate maps (sample.*) must already be defined.
7467 Add "user" map class -- looks up users using getpwnam. Takes a
7468 "-v field" flag on the definition that tells what passwd
7469 entry to return -- legal values are name, passwd, uid, gid,
7470 gecos, dir, and shell. Generally expected to be used with
7471 the -m (matchonly) flag.
7472 Add "bestmx" map class -- returns the best MX value for the host
7473 listed as the value. If there are several "best" MX records
7474 for this host, one will be chosen at random.
7475 Add "userdb" map class -- looks up entries in the user database.
7476 The "file name" is actually the tag that will be used,
7477 typically "mailname". If there are multiple entries
7478 matching the name, the one chosen is undefined.
7479 Add multiple queue timeouts (both return and warning). These are
7480 set by the Precedence: or Priority: header fields to one of
7481 three values. If a Priority: is set and has value "normal",
7482 "urgent", or "non-urgent" the corresponding timeouts are
7483 used. If no priority is set, the Precedence: is consulted;
7484 if negative, non-urgent timeouts are used; if greater than
7485 zero, urgent timeouts are used. Otherwise, normal timeouts
7486 are used. The timeouts are set by setting the six timeouts
7487 queue{warn,return}.{urgent,normal,non-urgent}.
7488 Fix problem when a mail address is resolved to a $#error mailer
7489 with a temporary failure indication; it works in SMTP,
7490 but when delivering locally the mail is silently discarded.
7491 This patch, from Kyle Jones of UUNET, bounces it instead
7492 of queueing it (queueing is very hard).
7493 When using /etc/hosts or NIS-style lookups, don't assume that
7494 the first name in the list is the best one -- instead,
7495 search for the first one with a dot. For example, if
7496 an /etc/hosts entry reads
7497 128.32.149.68 mammoth mammoth.CS.Berkeley.EDU
7498 this change will use the second name as the canonical
7499 machine name instead of the initial, unqualified name.
7500 Change dequote map to replace spaces in quoted text with a value
7501 indicated by the -s flag on the dequote map definition.
7502 For example, ``Mdequote dequote -s_'' will change
7503 "Foo Bar" into an unquoted Foo_Bar instead of leaving it
7504 quoted (because of the space character). Suggested by Dan
7505 Oscarsson for use in X.400 addresses.
7506 Implement long macro names as ${name}; long class names can
7507 be similarly referenced as $={name} and $~{name}.
7508 Definitions are (e.g.) ``D{name}value''. Names that have
7509 a leading lower case letter or punctuation characters are
7510 reserved for internal use by sendmail; i.e., config files
7511 should use names that begin with a capital letter. Based
7512 on code contributed by Dan Oscarsson.
7513 Fix core dump if getgrgid returns a null group list (as opposed
7514 to an empty group list, that is, a pointer to a list
7515 with no members). Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
7516 Fix possible core dump if malloc fails -- if the malloc in xalloc
7517 failed, it called syserr which called newstr which called
7518 xalloc.... The newstr is now avoided for "panic" messages.
7519 Reported by Stuart Kemp of James Cook University.
7520 Improve connection cache timeouts; previously, they were not even
7521 checked if you were delivering to anything other than an
7522 IPC-connected host, so a series of (say) local mail
7523 deliveries could cause cached connections to be open
7524 much longer than the specified timeout.
7525 If an incoming message exceeds the maximum message size, stop
7526 writing the incoming bytes to the queue data file, since
7527 this can fill your mqueue partition -- this is a possible
7528 denial-of-service attack.
7529 Don't reject all numeric local user names unless HESIOD is
7530 defined. It turns out that Posix allows all-numeric
7531 user names. Fix from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
7532 Add service switch support. If the local OS has a service
7533 switch (e.g., /etc/nsswitch.conf on Solaris or /etc/svc.conf
7534 on DEC systems) that will be used; otherwise, it falls back
7535 to using a local mechanism based on the ServiceSwitchFile
7536 option (default: /etc/service.switch). For example, if the
7537 service switch lists "files" and "nis" for the aliases
7538 service, that will be the default lookup order. the "files"
7539 ("local" on DEC) service type expands to any alias files
7540 you listed in the configuration file, even if they aren't
7541 actually file lookups.
7542 Option I (NameServerOptions) no longer sets the "UseNameServer"
7543 variable which tells whether or not DNS should be considered
7544 canonical. This is now determined based on whether or not
7545 "dns" is in the service list for "hosts".
7546 Add preliminary support for the ESMTP "DSN" extension (Delivery
7547 Status Notifications). DSN notifications override
7548 Return-Receipt-To: headers, which are bogus anyhow --
7549 support for them has been removed.
7550 Add T=mts-name-type/address-type/diagnostic-type keyletter to mailer
7551 definitions to define the types used in DSN returns for
7552 MTA names, addresses, and diagnostics respectively.
7553 Extend heuristic to force running in ESMTP mode to look for the
7554 five-character string "ESMTP" anywhere in the 220 greeting
7555 message (not just the second line). This is to provide
7556 better compatibility with other ESMTP servers.
7557 Print sequence number of job when running the queue so you can
7558 easily see how much progress you have made. Suggested
7559 by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
7560 Map newlines to spaces in logged message-ids; some versions of
7561 syslog truncate the rest of the line after newlines.
7562 Suggested by Fletcher Mattox of U. Texas.
7563 Move up forking for job runs so that if a message is split into
7564 multiple envelopes you don't get "fork storms" -- this
7565 also improves the connection cache utilization.
7566 Accept "<<>>", "<<<>>>", and so forth as equivalent to "<>" for
7567 the purposes of refusing to send error returns. Suggested
7568 by Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan University.
7569 Relax rules on when a file can be written when referenced from
7570 the aliases file: use the default uid/gid instead of the
7571 real uid/gid. This allows you to create a file owned by
7572 and writable only by the default uid/gid that will work
7573 all the time (without having the set-user-ID bit set). Change
7574 suggested by Shau-Ping Lo and Andrew Cheng of Sun
7576 Add "DialDelay" option (no short name) to provide an "extra"
7577 delay for dial on demand systems. If this is non-zero
7578 and a connect fails, sendmail will wait this long and
7579 then try again. If it takes longer than the kernel
7580 timeout interval to establish the connection, this
7581 option can give the network software time to establish
7582 the link. The default units are seconds.
7583 Move logging of sender information to be as early as possible;
7584 previously, it could be delayed a while for SMTP mail
7585 sent to aliases. Suggested by Brad Knowles of the
7586 Defense Information Systems Agency.
7587 Call res_init() before setting RES_DEBUG; this is required by
7588 BIND 4.9.3, or so I'm told. From Douglas Anderson of
7589 the National Computer Security Center.
7590 Add xdelay= field in logs -- this is a transaction delay, telling
7591 you how long it took to deliver to this address on the
7592 last try. It is intended to be used for sorting mailing
7593 lists to favor "quick" addresses. Provided for use by
7594 the mailprio scripts (see below).
7595 If a map cannot be opened, and that map is non-optional, and
7596 an address requires that map for resolution, queue the
7597 map instead of bouncing it. This involves creating a
7598 pseudo-class of maps called "bogus-map" -- if a required
7599 map cannot be opened, the class is changed to bogus-map;
7600 all queries against bogus-map return "tempfail". The
7601 bogus-map class is not directly accessible. A sample
7602 implementation was donated by Jem Taylor of Glasgow
7603 University Computing Service.
7604 Fix a possible core dump when mailing to a program that talks
7605 SMTP on its standard input. Fix from Keith Moore of
7606 the University of Kentucky.
7607 Make it possible to resolve filenames to $#local $: @ /filename;
7608 previously, the "@" would cause it to not be recognized
7609 as a file. Problem noted by Brian Hill of U.C. Davis.
7610 Accept a -1 signal to re-exec the daemon. This only works if
7611 argv[0] is a full path to sendmail.
7612 Fix bug in "addr=..." field in O option on little-endian machines
7613 -- the network number wasn't being converted to network
7614 byte order. Patch from Kurt Lidl of Pix Technologies
7616 Pre-initialize the resolver early on; this is to avoid a bug with
7617 BIND 4.9.3 that can cause the _res.retry field to get
7618 reset to zero, causing all name server lookups to time
7619 out. Fix from Matt Day of Artisoft.
7620 Restore T line (trusted users) in config file -- but instead of
7621 locking out the -f flag, they just tell whether or not
7622 an X-Authentication-Warning: will be added. This really
7623 just creates new entries in class 't', so "Ft/file/name"
7624 can be used to read trusted user names from a file.
7625 Trusted users are also allowed to execute programs even
7626 if they have a shell that isn't in /etc/shells.
7627 Improve NEWDB alias file rebuilding so it will create them
7628 properly if they do not already exist. This had been
7629 a MAYBENEXTRELEASE feature in 8.6.9.
7630 Check for @:@ entry in NIS maps before starting up to avoid
7631 (but not prevent, sigh) race conditions. This ought to
7632 be handled properly in ypserv, but isn't. Suggested by
7633 Michael Beirne of Motorola.
7634 Refuse connections if there isn't enough space on the filesystem
7635 holding the queue. Contributed by Robert Dana of Wolf
7637 Skip checking for directory permissions in the path to a file
7638 when checking for file permissions iff setreuid()
7639 succeeded -- it is unnecessary in that case. This avoids
7640 significant performance problems when looking for .forward
7641 files. Based on a suggestion by Win Bent of USC.
7642 Allow symbolic ruleset names. Syntax can be "Sname" to get an
7643 arbitrary ruleset number assigned or "Sname = integer"
7644 to assign a specific ruleset number. Reference is
7645 $>name_or_number. Names can be composed of alphas, digits,
7646 underscore, or hyphen (first character must be non-numeric).
7647 Allow -o flag on AliasFile lines to make the alias file optional.
7648 From Bryan Costales of ICSI.
7649 Add NoRecipientAction option to handle the case where there is
7650 no legal recipient header in the message. It can take
7652 None Leave the message as is. The
7653 message will be passed on even
7654 though it is in technically
7656 Add-To Add a To: header with any
7657 recipients that it can find from
7658 the envelope. This risks exposing
7660 Add-Apparently-To Add an Apparently-To: header. This
7661 has almost no redeeming social value,
7662 and is provided only for back
7664 Add-To-Undisclosed Add a header reading
7665 To: undisclosed-recipients:;
7666 which will have the effect of
7667 making the message legal without
7668 exposing Bcc: recipients.
7669 Add-Bcc To add an empty Bcc: header.
7670 There is a chance that mailers down
7671 the line will delete this header,
7672 which could cause exposure of Bcc:
7674 The default is NoRecipientAction=None.
7675 Truncate (rather than delete) Bcc: lines in the header. This
7676 should prevent later sendmails (at least, those that don't
7677 themselves delete Bcc:) from considering this message to
7678 be non-conforming -- although it does imply that non-blind
7679 recipients can see that a Bcc: was sent, albeit not to whom.
7680 Add SafeFileEnvironment option. If declared, files named as delivery
7681 targets must be regular files in addition to the regular
7682 checks. Also, if the option is non-null then it is used as
7683 the name of a directory that is used as a chroot(2)
7684 environment for the delivery; the file names listed in an
7685 alias or forward should include the name of this root.
7686 For example, if you run with
7687 O SafeFileEnvironment=/arch
7688 then aliases should reference "/arch/rest/of/path". If a
7689 value is given, sendmail also won't try to save to
7690 /usr/tmp/dead.letter (instead it just leaves the job in the
7691 queue as Qfxxxxxx). Inspired by *Hobbit*'s sendmail patch kit.
7692 Support -A flag for alias files; this will comma concatenate like
7693 entries. For example, given the aliases:
7696 and an alias file declared as:
7697 OAhash:-A /etc/aliases
7698 the final alias inserted will be "list: member1,member2";
7699 without -A you will get an error on the second and subsequent
7700 alias for "list". Contributed by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
7701 Line-buffer transcript file. Suggested by Liudvikas Bukys.
7702 Fix a problem that could cause very long addresses to core dump in
7703 some special circumstances. Problem pointed out by Allan
7705 (Internal change.) Change interface to expand() (macro expansion)
7706 to be simpler and more consistent.
7707 Delete check for funny qf file names. This didn't really give
7708 any extra security and caused some people some problems.
7709 (If you -really- want this, define PICKY_QF_NAME_CHECK
7710 at compile time.) Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7711 (Internal change.) Change EF_NORETURN to EF_NO_BODY_RETN and
7712 merge with DSN code; this is simpler and more consistent.
7713 This may affect some people who have written their own
7714 checkcompat() routine.
7715 (Internal change.) Eliminate `D' line in qf file. The df file
7716 is now assumed to be the same name as the qf file (with
7717 the `q' changed to a `d', of course).
7718 Avoid forking for delivery if all recipient mailers are marked as
7719 "expensive" -- this can be a major cost on some systems.
7720 Essentially, this forces sendmail into "queue only" mode
7721 if all it is going to do is queue anyway.
7722 Avoid sending a null message in some rather unusual circumstances
7723 (specifically, the RCPT command returns a temporary
7724 failure but the connection is lost before the DATA
7725 command). Fix from Scott Hammond of Secure Computing
7727 Change makesendmail to use a somewhat more rational naming scheme:
7728 Makefiles and obj directories are named $os.$rel.$arch,
7729 where $os is the operating system (e.g., SunOS), $rel is
7730 the release number (e.g., 5.3), and $arch is the machine
7731 architecture (e.g., sun4). Any of these can be omitted,
7732 and anything after the first dot in a release number can
7733 be replaced with "x" (e.g., SunOS.4.x.sun4). The previous
7734 version used $os.$arch.$rel and was rather less general.
7735 Change makesendmail to do a "make depend" in the target directory
7736 when it is being created. This involves adding an empty
7737 "depend:" entry in most Makefiles.
7738 Ignore IDENT return value if the OSTYPE field returns "OTHER",
7739 as indicated by RFC 1413. Pointed out by Kari Hurtta
7740 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
7741 Fix problem that could cause multiple responses to DATA command
7742 on header syntax errors (e.g., lines beginning with colons).
7743 Problem noted by Jens Thomassen of the University of Oslo.
7744 Don't let null bytes in headers cause truncation of the rest of
7746 Log Authentication-Warning:s. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
7747 Increase timeouts on message data puts to allow time for receivers
7748 to canonify addresses in headers on the fly. This is still
7749 a rather ugly heuristic. From Motonori Nakamura.
7750 Add "HasWildcardMX" suboption to ResolverOptions; if set, MX
7751 records are not used when canonifying names, and when MX
7752 lookups are done for addressing they must be fully
7753 qualified. This is useful if you have a wildcard MX record,
7754 although it may cause other problems. In general, don't use
7755 wildcard MX records. Patch from Motonori Nakamura.
7756 Eliminate default two-line SMTP greeting message. Instead of
7757 adding an extra "ESMTP spoken here" line, the word "ESMTP"
7758 is added between the first and second word of the first
7759 line of the greeting message (i.e., immediately after the
7760 host name). This eliminates the need for the BROKEN_SMTP_PEERS
7761 compile flag. Old sendmails won't see the ESMTP, but that's
7762 acceptable because SIZE was the only useful extension that
7763 old sendmails understand.
7764 Avoid gethostbyname calls on UNIX domain sockets during SIGUSR1
7765 invoked state dumps. From Masaharu Onishi.
7766 Allow on-line comments in .forward and :include: files; they are
7767 introduced by the string "<LWSP>#@#<LWSP>", where <LWSP>
7768 is a space or a tab. This is intended for native
7769 representation of non-ASCII sets such as Japanese, where
7770 existing encodings would be unreadable or would lose
7771 data -- for example,
7772 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> NAKAMURA Motonori
7773 (romanized/less information)
7774 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQ2ZCPBsoQg==?=
7775 =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQUdFNRsoQg==?=
7776 (with MIME encoding, not human readable)
7777 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> #@# ^[$BCfB<^[(B ^[$BAGE5^[(B
7778 (native encoding with ISO-2022-JP)
7779 The last form is human readable in the Japanese environment.
7780 Based on a fix from (surprise!) Motonori Nakamura.
7781 Don't make SMTP error returns on MAIL FROM: line be "sticky" for all
7782 messages to that host; these are most frequently associated
7783 with addresses rather than the host, with the exception of
7784 421 (service shutting down). The effect was to cause queues
7785 to sometimes take an excessive time to flush. Reported by
7786 Robert Sargent of Southern Geographics Technologies and
7787 Eric Prestemon of American University.
7788 Add Nice=N mailer option to set the niceness at which a mailer will
7789 run. This is actually a relative niceness (that is, an
7790 increment on the background value).
7791 Log queue runs that are skipped due to high loads. They are logged
7792 at LOG_INFO priority iff the log level is > 8. Contributed
7793 by Bruce Nagel of Data General.
7794 Allow the error mailer to accept a DSN-style error status code
7795 instead of an sysexits status code in the host part.
7796 Anything with a dot will be interpreted as a DSN-style code.
7797 Add new mailer flag: F=3 will tell translations to Quoted-Printable
7798 to encode characters that might be munged by an EBCDIC system
7799 in addition to the set required by RFC 1521. The additional
7800 characters are !, ", #, $, @, [, \, ], ^, `, {, |, }, and ~.
7801 (Think of "IBM 360" as the mnemonic for this flag.)
7802 Change check for mailing to files to look for a pathname of [FILE]
7803 rather than looking for the mailer named *file*. The mapping
7804 of leading slashes still goes to the *file* mailer. This
7805 allows you to implement the *file* mailer as a separate
7806 program, for example, to insert a Content-Length: header
7807 or do special security policy. However, note that the usual
7808 initial checking for the file permissions is still done, and
7809 the program in question needs to be very careful about how
7810 it does the file write to avoid security problems.
7811 Be able to read ~root/.forward even if the path isn't accessible to
7812 regular users. This is disrecommended because sendmail
7813 sometimes does not run as root (e.g., when an unsafe option
7814 is specified on the command line), but should otherwise be
7815 safe because .forward files must be owned by the user for
7816 whom mail is being forwarded, and cannot be a symbolic link.
7817 Suggested by Forrest Aldrich of Wang Laboratories.
7818 Add new "HostsFile" option that is the pathname to the /etc/hosts
7819 file. This is used for canonifying hostnames when the
7820 service type is "files".
7821 Implement programs on F (read class from file) line. The syntax is
7822 Fc|/path/to/program to read the output from the program
7824 Probe the network interfaces to find alternate names for this
7825 host. Requires the SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call. Code
7826 contributed by SunSoft.
7827 Add "E" configuration line to set or propagate environment
7828 variables into children. "E<envar>" will propagate
7829 the named variable from the environment when sendmail
7830 was invoked into any children it calls; "E<envar>=<value>"
7831 sets the named variable to the indicated value. Any
7832 variables not explicitly named will not be in the child
7833 environment. However, sendmail still forces an
7834 "AGENT=sendmail" environment variable, in part to enforce
7835 at least one environment variable, since many programs and
7836 libraries die horribly if this is not guaranteed.
7837 Change heuristic for rebuilding both NEWDB and NDBM versions of
7838 alias databases -- new algorithm looks for the substring
7839 "/yp/" in the file name. This is more portable and involves
7840 less overhead. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
7841 Dynamically allocate the queue work list so that you don't lose
7842 jobs in large queue runs. The old QUEUESIZE compile parameter
7843 is replaced by QUEUESEGSIZE (the unit of allocation, which
7844 should not need to be changed) and the MaxQueueRunSize option,
7845 which is the absolute maximum number of jobs that will ever
7846 be handled in a single queue run. Based on code contributed
7847 by Brian Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
7848 Log message when a message is dropped because it exceeds the maximum
7849 message size. Suggested by Leo Bicknell of Virginia Tech.
7850 Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to use -bs without
7851 an X-Authentication-Warning: added. Suggested by Mark Thomas
7852 of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
7853 Announce state of compile flags on -d0.1 (-d0.10 throws in the
7854 OS-dependent defines). The old semantic of -d0.1 to not
7855 run the daemon in background has been moved to -d99.100,
7856 and the old 52.5 flag (to avoid disconnect() from closing
7857 all output files) has been moved to 52.100. This makes
7858 things more consistent (flags below .100 don't change
7859 semantics) and separates out the backgrounding so that
7860 it doesn't happen automatically on other unrelated debugging
7862 If -t is used but no addresses are found in the header, give an
7863 error message rather than just doing nothing. Fix from
7865 On systems (like SunOS) where the effective gid is not necessarily
7866 included in the group list returned by getgroups(), the
7867 `restrictmailq' option could sometimes cause an authorized
7868 user to not be able to use `mailq'. Fix from Charles Hannum
7870 Allow symbolic service names for [IPC] mailers. Suggested by
7871 Gerry Magennis of Logica International.
7872 Add DontExpandCnames option to prevent $[ ... $] from expanding CNAMEs
7873 when running DNS. For example, if the name FTP.Foo.ORG is
7874 a CNAME for Cruft.Foo.ORG, then when sitting on a machine in
7875 the Foo.ORG domain a lookup of "FTP" returns "Cruft.Foo.ORG"
7876 if this option is not set, or "FTP.Foo.ORG" if it is set.
7877 This is technically illegal under RFC 822 and 1123, but the
7878 IETF is moving toward legalizing it. Note that turning on
7879 this option is not sufficient to guarantee that a downstream
7880 neighbor won't rewrite the address for you.
7881 Add "-m" flag to makesendmail script -- this tells you what object
7882 directory and Makefile it will use, but doesn't actually do
7884 Do some additional checking on the contents of the qf file to try
7885 to detect attacks against the qf file. In particular,
7886 abort on any line beginning "From ", and add an "end of
7887 file" line -- any data after that line is prohibited.
7888 Always use /etc/sendmail.cf, regardless of the arbitrary vendor
7889 choices. This can be overridden in the Makefile by using
7890 either -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH to get the vendor location
7891 (to the extent that we know it) or by defining
7892 _PATH_SENDMAILCF (which is a "hard override"). This allows
7893 sendmail 8 to have more consistent installation instructions.
7894 Allow macros on `K' line in config file. Suggested by Andrew Chang
7895 of Sun Microsystems.
7896 Improved symbol table hash function from Eric Wassenaar. This one
7897 is at least 50% faster.
7898 Fix problem that didn't notice that timeout on file open was a
7899 transient error. Fix from Larry Parmelee of Cornell
7901 Allow comments (lines beginning with a `#') in files read for
7902 classes. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
7903 Make SIGINT (usually ^C) in test mode return to the prompt instead
7904 of dropping out entirely. This makes testing some of the
7905 name server lookups easier to deal with when there are
7906 hung servers. From Motonori Nakamura.
7907 Add new ${opMode} macro that is set to the current operation mode
7908 (e.g., `s' for -bs, `t' for -bt, etc.). Suggested by
7909 Claude Marinier <MARINIER@emp.ewd.dreo.dnd.ca>.
7910 Add new delivery mode (Odd) that defers all map lookups to queue runs.
7911 Kind of like queue-only mode (Odq) except it tries to avoid
7912 any external service requests; for dial-on-demand hosts that
7913 want to minimize DNS lookups when mail is being queued. For
7914 this to work you will also have to make sure that gethostbyname
7915 of your local host name does not do a DNS lookup.
7916 Improved handling of "out of space" conditions from John Myers of
7918 Improved security for mailing to files on systems that have fchmod(2)
7920 Improve "cannot send message for N days" message -- now says "could
7921 not send for past N days". Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T
7922 Global Information Solutions.
7923 Less misleading Subject: line on messages sent to postmaster only.
7924 From Motonori Nakamura.
7925 Avoid duplicate error messages on bad command line flags. From
7927 Better error message for case where ruleset 0 falls off the end
7928 or otherwise does not resolve to a canonical triple.
7929 Fix a problem that could cause multiple bounce messages if a bad
7930 address was sent along with a good address to an SMTP
7931 site where that SMTP site returned a 4yz code in response
7932 to the final dot of the data. Problem reported by David
7933 James of British Telecom.
7934 Add "volatile" declarations so that gcc -O2 will work. Patches
7935 from Alexander Dupuy of System Management ARTS.
7936 Delete duplicates in MX lists -- believe it or not, there are sites
7937 that list the same host twice in an MX list. This deletion
7938 only works on adjacent preferences, so an MX list that
7939 had A=5, B=10, A=15 would leave both As, but one that had
7940 A=5, A=10, B=15 would reduce to A, B. This is intentional,
7941 just in case there is something weird I haven't thought of.
7942 Suggested by Barry Shein of Software Tool & Die.
7943 SECURITY: .forward files cannot be symbolic links. If they are,
7944 a bad guy can read your private files.
7946 Solaris 2 from Rob McMahon <cudcv@csv.warwick.ac.uk>.
7947 System V Release 4 from Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan
7948 University. This expands the disk size
7949 checking to include all (?) SVR4 configurations.
7950 System V Release 4 from Kimmo Suominen -- initgroups(3)
7951 and setrlimit(2) are both available.
7952 System V Release 4 from sob@sculley.ffg.com -- some versions
7953 apparently "have EX_OK defined in other headerfiles."
7954 Linux Makefile typo.
7955 Linux getusershell(3) is broken in Slackware 2.0 --
7956 from Andrew Pam of Xanadu Australia.
7957 More Linux tweaking from John Kennedy of California State
7959 Cray changes from Eric Wassenaar: ``On Cray, shorts,
7960 ints, and longs are all 64 bits, and all structs
7961 are multiples of 64 bits. This means that the
7962 sizeof operator returns only multiples of 8.
7963 This requires adaptation of code that really
7964 deals with 32 bit or 16 bit fields, such as IP
7965 addresses or nameserver fields.''
7966 DG/UX 5.4.3 from Mark T. Robinson <mtr@ornl.gov>. To
7967 get the old behavior, use -DDGUX_5_4_2.
7968 DG/UX hack: add _FORCE_MAIL_LOCAL_=yes environment
7969 variable to fix bogus /bin/mail behavior.
7970 Tandem NonStop-UX from Rick McCarty <mccarty@mpd.tandem.com>.
7971 This also cleans up some System V Release 4 compile
7973 Solaris 2: sendmail.cw file should be in /etc/mail to
7974 match all the other configuration files. Fix
7975 from Glenn Barry of Emory University.
7976 Solaris 2.3: compile problem in conf.c. Fix from Alain
7977 Nissen of the University of Liege, Belgium.
7978 Ultrix: freespace calculation was incorrect. Fix from
7979 Takashi Kizu of Osaka University.
7980 SVR4: running in background gets a SIGTTOU because the
7981 emulation code doesn't realize that "getpeername"
7982 doesn't require reading the file. Fix from Peter
7984 Solaris 2.3: due to an apparent bug in the socket emulation
7985 library, sockets can get into a "wedged" state where
7986 they just return EPROTO; closing and re-opening the
7987 socket clears the problem. Fix from Bob Manson
7988 of Ohio State University.
7989 Hitachi 3050R & 3050RX running HI-UX/WE2: portability
7990 fixes from Akihiro Hashimoto ("Hash") of Chiba
7992 AIX changes to allow setproctitle to work from Rainer Schöpf
7993 of Zentrum für Datenverarbeitung der Universität
7995 AIX changes for load average from Ed Ravin of NASA/Goddard.
7996 SCO Unix from Chip Rosenthal of Unicom (code was using the
7998 ANSI C fixes from Adam Glass (NetBSD project).
7999 Stardent Titan/ANSI C fixes from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers
8001 DG-UX fixes from Bruce Nagel of Data General.
8002 IRIX64 updates from Mark Levinson of the University of
8003 Rochester Medical Center.
8004 Altos System V (``the first UNIX/XENIX merge the Altos
8005 did for their Series 1000 & Series 2000 line;
8006 their merged code was licensed back to AT&T and
8007 Microsoft and became System V release 3.2'') from
8008 Tim Rice <timr@crl.com>.
8009 OSF/1 running on Intel Paragon from Jeff A. Earickson
8010 <jeff@ssd.intel.com> of Intel Scalable Systems
8012 Amdahl UTS System V 2.1.5 (SVr3-based) from Janet Jackson
8013 <janet@dialix.oz.au>.
8014 System V Release 4 (statvfs semantic fix) from Alain
8016 HP-UX 10.x multiprocessor load average changes from
8017 Scott Hutton and Jeff Sumler of Indiana University.
8018 Cray CSOS from Scott Bolte of Cray Computer Corporation.
8019 Unicos 8.0 from Douglas K. Rand of the University of North
8020 Dakota, Scientific Computing Center.
8021 Solaris 2.4 fixes from Sanjay Dani of Dani Communications.
8022 ConvexOS 11.0 from Christophe Wolfhugel.
8023 IRIX 4.0.5 from David Ashton-Reader of CADcentre.
8024 ISC UNIX from J. J. Bailey.
8025 HP-UX 9.xx on the 8xx series machines from Remy Giraud
8027 HP-UX configuration from Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>.
8028 IRIX 5.2 and 5.3 from Kari E. Hurtta.
8029 FreeBSD 2.0 from Mike Hickey of Federal Data Corporation.
8030 Sony NEWS-OS 4.2.1R and 6.0.3 from Motonori Nakamura.
8031 Omron LUNA unios-b, mach from Motonori Nakamura.
8032 NEC EWS-UX/V 4.2 from Motonori Nakamura.
8033 NeXT 2.1 from Bryan Costales.
8034 AUX patch thanks to Mike Erwin of Apple Computer.
8035 HP-UX 10.0 from John Beck of Hewlett-Packard.
8036 Ultrix: allow -DBROKEN_RES_SEARCH=0 if you are using a
8037 non-DEC resolver. Suggested by Allan Johannesen.
8038 UnixWare 2.0 fixes from Petr Lampa of the Technical
8039 University of Brno (Czech Republic).
8040 KSR OS 1.2.2 support from Todd Miller of the University
8042 UX4800 support from Kazuhisa Shimizu of NEC.
8043 MAKEMAP: allow -d flag to allow insertion of duplicate aliases
8044 in type ``btree'' maps. The semantics of this are undefined
8045 for regular maps, but it can be useful for the user database.
8046 MAKEMAP: lock database file while rebuilding to avoid sendmail
8047 lookups while the rebuild is going on. There is a race
8048 condition between the open(... O_TRUNC ...) and the lock
8049 on the file, but it should be quite small.
8050 SMRSH: sendmail restricted shell added to the release. This can
8051 be used as an alternative to /bin/sh for the "prog" mailer,
8052 giving the local administrator more control over what
8053 programs can be run from sendmail.
8054 MAIL.LOCAL: add this local mailer to the tape. It is not really
8055 part of the release proper, and isn't fully supported; in
8056 particular, it does not run on System V based systems and
8058 CONTRIB: a patch to rmail.c from Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon
8059 to allow rmail to compile on systems that don't have
8060 function prototypes and systems that don't have snprintf.
8061 CONTRIB: add the "mailprio" scripts that will help you sort mailing
8062 lists by transaction delay times so that addresses that
8063 respond quickly get sent first. This is to prevent very
8064 sluggish servers from delaying other peoples' mail.
8065 Contributed by Tony Sanders of BSDI.
8066 CONTRIB: add the "bsdi.mc" file as contributed by Tony Sanders
8067 of BSDI. This has a lot of comments to help people out.
8068 CONFIG: Don't have .mc files include(../m4/cf.m4) -- instead,
8069 put this on the m4 command line. On GNU m4 (which
8070 supports the __file__ primitive) you can run m4 in an
8071 arbitrary directory -- use either:
8072 m4 ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
8074 m4 -I${CFDIR} m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
8075 On other versions of m4 that don't support __file__, you
8077 m4 -D_CF_DIR_=${CFDIR}/ ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 ...
8078 (Note the trailing slash on the _CF_DIR_ definition.)
8079 Old versions of m4 will default to _CF_DIR_=.. for back
8081 CONFIG: fix mail from <> so it will properly convert to
8082 MAILER-DAEMON on local addresses.
8083 CONFIG: fix code that was supposed to catch colons in host
8084 names. Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
8085 CONFIG: allow use of SMTP_MAILER_MAX in nullclient configuration.
8086 From Paul Riddle of the University of Maryland, Baltimore
8088 CONFIG: Catch and reject "." as a host address.
8089 CONFIG: Generalize domaintable to look up all domains, not
8090 just unqualified ones.
8091 CONFIG: Delete OLD_SENDMAIL support -- as near as I can tell, it
8092 was never used and didn't work anyway.
8093 CONFIG: Set flags A, w, 5, :, /, |, and @ on the "local" mailer
8094 and d on all mailers in the UUCP class.
8095 CONFIG: Allow "user+detail" to be aliased specially: it will first
8096 look for an alias for "user+detail", then for "user+*", and
8097 finally for "user". This is intended for forwarding mail
8098 for system aliases such as root and postmaster to a
8100 CONFIG: add confEIGHT_BIT_HANDLING to set option 8 (see above).
8101 CONFIG: add smtp8 mailer; this has the F=8 (just-send-8) flag set.
8102 The F=8 flag is also set on the "relay" mailer, since
8103 this is expected to be another sendmail.
8104 CONFIG: avoid qualifying all UUCP addresses sent via SMTP with
8105 the name of the UUCP_RELAY -- in some cases, this is the
8106 wrong value (e.g., when we have local UUCP connections),
8107 and this can create unreplyable addresses. From Chip
8108 Rosenthal of Unicom.
8109 CONFIG: add confRECEIVED_HEADER to change the format of the
8110 Received: header inserted into all messages. Suggested by
8111 Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
8112 CONFIG: Make "notsticky" the default; use FEATURE(stickyhost)
8113 to get the old behavior. I did this upon observing
8114 that almost everyone needed this feature, and that the
8115 concept I was trying to make happen didn't work with
8116 some user agents anyway. FEATURE(notsticky) still works,
8118 CONFIG: Add LUSER_RELAY -- the host to which unrecognized user
8119 names are sent, rather than immediately diagnosing them
8121 CONFIG: Add SMTP_MAILER_ARGS, ESMTP_MAILER_ARGS, SMTP8_MAILER_ARGS,
8122 and RELAY_MAILER_ARGS to set the arguments for the
8123 indicated mailers. All default to "IPC $h". Patch from
8124 Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
8125 CONFIG: pop mailer needs F=n flag to avoid "annoying side effects
8126 on the client side" and F=P to get an appropriate
8127 return-path. From Kimmo Suominen.
8128 CONFIG: add FEATURE(local_procmail) to use the procmail program
8129 as the local mailer. For addresses of the form "user+detail"
8130 the "detail" part is passed to procmail via the -a flag.
8131 Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
8132 CONFIG: add MAILER(procmail) to add an interface to procmail for
8133 use from mailertables. This lets you execute arbitrary
8134 procmail scripts. Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
8135 CONFIG: add T= fields (MTS type) to local, smtp, and uucp mailers.
8136 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(ptx2) for DYNIX/ptx 2.x from Sequent. From
8137 Paul Southworth of CICNet Systems Support.
8138 CONFIG: use -a$g as default to UUCP mailers, instead of -a$f.
8139 This causes the null return path to be rewritten as
8140 MAILER-DAEMON; otherwise UUCP gets horribly confused.
8141 From Michael Hohmuth of Technische Universitat Dresden.
8142 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to cause any hosts that
8143 list us as the best possible MX record to be treated as
8144 though they were local (essentially, assume that they
8145 are included in $=w). This can cause additional DNS
8146 traffic, but is easier to administer if this fits your
8147 local model. It does not work reliably if there are
8148 multiple hosts that share the best MX preference.
8149 Code contributed by John Oleynick of Rutgers.
8150 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(smrsh) to use smrsh (the SendMail Restricted
8151 SHell) instead of /bin/sh as the program used for delivery
8152 to programs. If an argument is included, it is used as
8153 the path to smrsh; otherwise, /usr/local/etc/smrsh is
8155 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_MAILER_MAX and PROCMAILER_MAILER_MAX to limit the
8156 size of messages to the local and procmail mailers
8157 respectively. Contributed by Brad Knowles of the Defense
8158 Information Systems Agency.
8159 CONFIG: Handle leading ``phrase:'' and trailing ``;'' as comments
8160 (just like text outside of angle brackets) in order to
8161 properly deal with ``group: addr1, ... addrN;'' syntax.
8162 CONFIG: Require OSTYPE macro (the defaults really don't apply to
8163 any real systems any more) and tweak the DOMAIN macro
8164 so that it is less likely that users will accidentally use
8165 the Berkeley defaults. Also, create some generic files
8166 that really can be used in the real world.
8167 CONFIG: Add new configuration macros to set character sets for
8168 messages _arriving from_ various mailers: LOCAL_MAILER_CHARSET,
8169 SMTP_MAILER_CHARSET, and UUCP_MAILER_CHARSET.
8170 CONFIG: Change UUCP_MAX_SIZE to UUCP_MAILER_MAX for consistency.
8171 The old name will still be accepted for a while at least.
8172 CONFIG: Implement DECNET_RELAY as spec for host to which DECNET
8173 mail (.DECNET pseudo-domain or node::user) will be sent.
8174 As with all relays, it can be ``mailer:hostname''. Suggested
8176 CONFIG: Add MAILER(mail11) to get DECnet support. Code contributed
8177 by Barb Dijker of Labyrinth Computer Services.
8178 CONFIG: change confCHECK_ALIASES to default to False -- it has poor
8179 performance for large alias files, and this confused many
8181 CONFIG: Add confCF_VERSION to append local information to the
8182 configuration version number displayed during SMTP startup.
8183 CONFIG: fix some.newsgroup.usenet@local.host syntax (previously it
8184 would only work when locally addressed. Fix from
8185 Edvard Tuinder of Cistron Internet Services.
8186 CONFIG: use ${opMode} to avoid error on .REDIRECT addresses if option
8187 "n" (CheckAliases) is set when rebuilding alias database.
8188 Based on code contributed by Claude Marinier.
8189 CONFIG: Allow mailertable to have values of the form
8190 ``error:code message''. The ``code'' is a status code
8191 derived from the sysexits codes -- e.g., NOHOST or UNAVAILABLE.
8192 Contributed by David James <dwj@agw.bt.co.uk>.
8193 CONFIG: add MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(domain list) to extend the list of
8194 sender domains that will be replaced with the masquerade name.
8195 These domains will not be treated as local, but if mail passes
8196 through with sender addresses in those domains they will be
8197 replaced by the masquerade name. These can also be specified
8198 in a file using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN_FILE(filename).
8199 CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_envelope) to masquerade the envelope
8200 as well as the header. Substantial improvements to this
8201 code were contributed by Per Hedeland.
8202 CONFIG: add MAILER(phquery) to define a new "ph" mailer; this can be
8203 accessed from a mailertable to do CCSO ph lookups. Contributed
8205 CONFIG: add MAILER(cyrus) to define a new Cyrus mailer; this can be
8206 used to define cyrus and cyrusbb mailers (for IMAP support).
8207 Contributed by John Gardiner Myers of Carnegie Mellon.
8208 CONFIG: add confUUCP_MAILER to select default mailer to use for
8209 UUCP addressing. Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
8212 cf/cf/cs-solaris2.mc
8214 cf/cf/generic-bsd4.4.mc
8215 cf/cf/generic-hpux10.mc
8216 cf/cf/generic-hpux9.mc
8217 cf/cf/generic-osf1.mc
8218 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc
8219 cf/cf/generic-sunos4.1.mc
8220 cf/cf/generic-ultrix4.mc
8222 cf/domain/berkeley-only.m4
8223 cf/domain/generic.m4
8224 cf/feature/bestmx_is_local.m4
8225 cf/feature/local_procmail.m4
8226 cf/feature/masquerade_envelope.m4
8228 cf/feature/stickyhost.m4
8229 cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4
8233 cf/mailer/phquery.m4
8234 cf/mailer/procmail.m4
8235 cf/ostype/amdahl-uts.m4
8236 cf/ostype/bsdi2.0.m4
8241 cf/ostype/unknown.m4
8244 contrib/rmail.oldsys.patch
8245 mail.local/mail.local.0
8251 src/Makefiles/Makefile.CSOS
8252 src/Makefiles/Makefile.EWS-UX_V
8253 src/Makefiles/Makefile.HP-UX.10
8254 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.5.x
8255 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64
8256 src/Makefiles/Makefile.ISC
8257 src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR
8258 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.4.x
8259 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.6.x
8260 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP
8261 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NonStop-UX
8262 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Paragon
8263 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2
8264 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.3
8265 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.4
8266 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.5
8267 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UNIX_SV.4.x.i386
8268 src/Makefiles/Makefile.uts.systemV
8269 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UX4800
8277 cf/cf/alpha.mc => cf/cf/s2k-osf1.mc
8278 cf/cf/chez.mc => cf/cf/chez.cs.mc
8279 cf/cf/hpux-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-hpux9.mc
8280 cf/cf/osf1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-osf1.mc
8281 cf/cf/s2k.mc => cf/cf/s2k-ultrix4.mc
8282 cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-sunos4.1.mc
8283 cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-ultrix4.mc
8284 cf/cf/vangogh.mc => cf/cf/vangogh.cs.mc
8285 cf/domain/Berkeley.m4 => cf/domain/Berkeley.EDU.m4
8286 cf/domain/cs-exposed.m4 => cf/domain/CS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
8287 cf/domain/eecs-hidden.m4 => cf/domain/EECS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
8288 cf/domain/s2k.m4 => cf/domain/S2K.Berkeley.EDU.m4
8289 cf/ostype/hpux.m4 => cf/ostype/hpux9.m4
8290 cf/ostype/irix.m4 => cf/ostype/irix4.m4
8291 cf/ostype/ultrix4.1.m4 => cf/ostype/ultrix4.m4
8292 src/Makefile.* => src/Makefiles/Makefile.*
8293 src/Makefile.AUX => src/Makefiles/Makefile.A-UX
8294 src/Makefile.BSDI => src/Makefiles/Makefile.BSD-OS
8295 src/Makefile.DGUX => src/Makefiles/Makefile.dgux
8296 src/Makefile.RISCos => src/Makefiles/Makefile.UMIPS
8297 src/Makefile.SunOS.4.0.3 => src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.4.0
8302 cf/cf/hpux-cs-hidden.mc
8304 cf/cf/osf1-cs-hidden.mc
8305 cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-exposed.mc
8306 cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-hidden.mc
8307 cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-hidden.mc
8308 cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-hidden.mc
8309 cf/domain/cs-hidden.m4
8310 contrib/rcpt-streaming
8311 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
8313 8.6.13/8.6.12 1996/01/25
8314 SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
8315 insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
8316 any user (except root).
8317 CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
8318 version number is unchanged.
8320 8.6.12/8.6.12 1995/03/28
8321 Fix to IDENT code (it was getting the size of the reply buffer
8322 too small, so nothing was ever accepted). Fix from several
8323 people, including Allan Johannesen, Shane Castle of the
8324 Boulder County Information Services, and Jeff Smith of
8325 Warwick University (all arrived within a few hours of
8327 Fix a problem that could cause large jobs to run out of
8328 file descriptors on systems that use vfork() rather
8331 8.6.11/8.6.11 1995/03/08
8332 The ``possible attack'' message would be logged more often
8333 than necessary if you are using Pine as a user agent.
8334 The wrong host would be reported in the ``possible attack''
8335 message when attempted from IDENT.
8336 In some cases the syslog buffer could be overflowed when
8337 reporting the ``possible attack'' message. This can
8338 cause denial of service attacks. Truncate the message
8339 to 80 characters to prevent this problem.
8340 When reading the IDENT response a loop is needed around the
8341 read from the network to ensure that you don't get
8343 Password entries without any shell listed (that is, a null
8344 shell) wouldn't match as "ok". Problem noted by
8346 When running BIND 4.9.x a problem could occur because the
8347 _res.options field is initialized differently than it
8348 was historically -- this requires that sendmail call
8349 res_init before it tweaks any bits.
8350 Fix an incompatibility in openxscript() between the file open mode
8351 and the stdio mode passed to fdopen. This caused UnixWare
8352 2.0 to have conniptions. Fix from Martin Sohnius of
8354 Fix problem with static linking of local getopt routine when
8355 using GNU's ld command. Fix from John Kennedy of
8357 It was possible to turn off privacy flags. Problem noted by
8359 Be more paranoid about writing files. Suggestions by *Hobbit*
8360 and Liudvikas Bukys.
8361 MAKEMAP: fixes for 64 bit machines (DEC Alphas in particular)
8362 from Spider Boardman.
8363 CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
8366 8.6.10/8.6.10 1995/02/10
8367 SECURITY: Diagnose bogus values to some command line flags that
8368 could allow trash to get into headers and qf files.
8369 Validate the name of the user returned by the IDENT protocol.
8370 Some systems that really dislike IDENT send intentionally
8371 bogus information. Problem pointed out by Michael Bushnell
8372 of the Free Software Foundation. Has some security
8374 Fix a problem causing error messages about DNS problems when
8375 the host name contained a percent sign to act oddly
8376 because it was passed as a printf-style format string.
8377 In some cases this could cause core dumps.
8378 Avoid possible buffer overrun in returntosender() if error
8379 message is quite long. From Fletcher Mattox of the
8380 University of Texas.
8381 Fix a problem that would silently drop "too many hops" error
8382 messages if and only if you were sending to an alias.
8383 From Jon Giltner of the University of Colorado and
8384 Dan Harton of Oak Ridge National Laboratory.
8385 Fix a bug that caused core dumps on some systems if -d11.2 was
8386 set and e->e_message was null. Fix from Bruce Nagel of
8388 Fix problem that can still cause df files to be left around
8389 after "hop count exceeded" messages. Fix from Andrew
8390 Chang and Shau-Ping Lo of SunSoft.
8391 Fix a problem that can cause buffer overflows on very long
8392 user names (as might occur if you piped to a program
8393 with a lot of arguments).
8394 Avoid returning an error and re-queueing if the host signature
8395 is null; this can occur on addresses like ``user@.''.
8396 Problem noted by Wesley Craig and the University of
8398 Avoid possible calls to malloc(0) if MCI caching is turned
8399 off. Bug fix from Pierre David of the Laboratoire
8400 Parallelisme, Reseaux, Systemes et Modelisation (PRiSM),
8401 Universite de Versailles - St Quentin, and Jacky
8403 Make a local copy of the line being sent via senttolist() -- in
8404 some cases, buffers could get trashed by map lookups
8405 causing it to do unexpected things. This also simplifies
8406 some of the map code.
8407 CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
8410 8.6.9/8.6.9 1994/04/19
8411 Do all mail delivery completely disconnected from any terminal.
8412 This provides consistency with daemon delivery and
8413 may have some security implications.
8414 Make sure that malloc doesn't get called with zero size,
8415 since that fails on some systems. Reported by Ed
8416 Hill of the University of Iowa.
8417 Fix multi-line values for $e (SMTP greeting message). Reported
8418 by Mike O'Connor of Ford Motor Company.
8419 Avoid syserr if no NIS domain name is defined, but the map it
8420 is trying to open is optional. From Win Bent of USC.
8421 Changes for picky compilers from Ed Gould of Digital Equipment.
8422 Hesiod support for UDB from Todd Miller of the University of
8423 Colorado. Use "hesiod" as the service name in the U
8425 Fix a problem that failed to set the "authentic" host name (that
8426 is, the one derived from the socket info) if you called
8427 sendmail -bs from inetd. Based on code contributed by
8428 Todd Miller (this problem was also reported by Guy Helmer
8429 of Dakota State University). This also fixes a related
8430 problem reported by Liudvikas Bukys of the University of
8432 Parameterize "nroff -h" in all the Makefiles so people with
8433 variant versions can use them easily. Suggested by
8434 Peter Collinson of Hillside Systems.
8435 SMTP "MAIL" commands with multiple ESMTP parameters required two
8436 spaces between parameters instead of one. Reported by
8437 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
8438 Reduce the number of system calls during message collection by
8439 using global timeouts around the collect() loop. This
8440 code was contributed by Eric Wassenaar.
8441 If the initial hostname name gathering results in a name
8442 without a dot (usually caused by NIS misconfiguration)
8443 and BIND is compiled in, directly access DNS to get
8444 the canonical name. This should make life easier for
8445 Solaris systems. If it still can't be resolved, and
8446 if the name server is listed as "required", try again
8447 in 30 seconds. If that also fails, exit immediately to
8448 avoid bogus "config error: mail loops back to myself"
8450 Improve the "MAIL DELETED BECAUSE OF LACK OF DISK SPACE" error
8451 message to explain how much space was available and
8452 sound a bit less threatening. Suggested by Stan Janet
8453 of the National Institute of Standards and Technology.
8454 If mail is delivered to an alias that has an owner, deliver any
8455 requested return-receipt immediately, and strip the
8456 Return-Receipt-To: header from the subsequent message.
8457 This prevents a certain class of denial of service
8458 attack, arguably gives more reasonable semantics, and
8459 moves things more towards what will probably become a
8460 network standard. Suggested by Christopher Davis of
8462 Add a "noreceipts" privacy flag to turn off all return receipts
8463 without recompiling.
8464 Avoid printing ESMTP parameters as part of the error message
8465 if there are errors during parsing. This change is
8467 Avoid sending out error messages during the collect phase of
8468 SMTP; there is an MVS mailer from UCLA that gets
8469 confused by this. Of course, I think it's their bug....
8470 Check for the $j macro getting undefined, losing a dot, or getting
8471 lost from $=w in the daemon before accepting a connection;
8472 if it is, it dumps state, prints a LOG_ALERT message,
8473 and drops core for debugging. This is an attempt to
8474 track down a bug that I thought was long since gone.
8475 If you see this, please forward the log fragment to
8476 sendmail@sendmail.ORG.
8477 Change OLD_NEWDB from a #ifdef to a #if so it can be turned off
8478 with -DOLD_NEWDB=0 on the command line. From Christophe
8480 Instead of trying to truncate the listen queue for the server
8481 SMTP port when the load average is too high, just close
8482 the port completely and reopen it later as needed.
8483 This ensures that the other end gets a quick "connection
8484 refused" response, and that the connection can be
8485 recovered later. In particular, some socket emulations
8486 seem to get confused if you tweak the listen queue
8487 size around and can never start listening to connections
8488 again. The down side is that someone could start up
8489 another daemon process in the interim, so you could
8490 have multiple daemons all not listening to connections;
8491 this could in turn cause the sendmail.pid file to be
8492 incorrect. A better approach might be to accept the
8493 connection and give a 421 code, but that could break
8494 other mailers in mysterious ways and have paging behavior
8496 Fix a glitch in TCP-level debugging that caused flag 16.101 to
8497 set debugging on the wrong socket. From Eric Wassenaar.
8498 When creating a df* temporary file, be sure you truncate any
8499 existing data in the file -- otherwise system crashes
8500 and the like could result in extra data being sent.
8501 DOC: Replace the CHANGES-R5-R8 readme file with a paper in the
8502 doc directory. This includes some additional
8504 CONFIG: change UUCP rules to never add $U! or $k! on the front
8505 of recipient envelope addresses. This should have been
8506 handled by the $&h trick, but broke if people were
8507 mixing domainized and UUCP addresses. They should
8508 probably have converted all the way over to uucp-uudom
8509 instead of uucp-{new,old}, but the failure mode was to
8510 loop the mail, which was bad news.
8512 Newer BSDI systems (several people).
8513 Older BSDI systems from Christophe Wolfhugel.
8514 Intergraph CLIX, from Paul Southworth of CICNet.
8515 UnixWare, from Evan Champion.
8516 NetBSD from Adam Glass.
8517 Solaris from Quentin Campbell of the University of
8518 Newcastle upon Tyne.
8519 IRIX from Dean Cookson and Bill Driscoll of Mitre
8521 NCR 3000 from Kevin Darcy of Chrysler Financial Corporation.
8522 SunOS (it has setsid() and setvbuf() calls) from
8523 Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
8524 HP-UX from Tor Lillqvist.
8527 src/Makefile.NCR3000
8528 doc/changes/Makefile
8529 doc/changes/changes.me
8530 doc/changes/changes.ps
8532 8.6.8/8.6.6 1994/03/21
8533 SECURITY: it was possible to read any file as root using the
8534 E (error message) option. Reported by Richard Jones;
8535 fixed by Michael Corrigan and Christophe Wolfhugel.
8537 8.6.7/8.6.6 1994/03/14
8538 SECURITY: it was possible to get root access by using weird
8539 values to the -d flag. Thanks to Alain Durand of
8540 INRIA for forwarding me the notice from the bugtraq
8543 8.6.6/8.6.6 1994/03/13
8544 SECURITY: the ability to give files away on System V-based
8545 systems proved dangerous -- don't run as the owner
8546 of a :include: file on a system that allows giveaways.
8547 Unfortunately, this also applies to determining a
8549 IMPORTANT: Previous versions weren't expiring old connections
8550 in the connection cache for a long time under some
8551 circumstances. This could result in resource exhaustion,
8552 both at your end and at the other end. This checks the
8553 connections for timeouts much more frequently. From
8554 Doug Anderson of NCSC.
8555 Fix a glitch that snuck in that caused programs to be run as
8556 the sender instead of the recipient if the mail was
8557 from a local user to another local user. From
8558 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
8559 Fix "wildcard" on /etc/shells matching -- instead of looking
8560 for "*", look for "/SENDMAIL/ANY/SHELL/". From
8561 Bryan Costales of ICSI.
8562 Change the method used to declare the "statfs" availability;
8563 instead of HASSTATFS and/or HASUSTAT with a ton of
8564 tweaking in conf.c, there is a single #define called
8565 SFS_TYPE which takes on one of six values (SFS_NONE
8566 for no statfs availability, SFS_USTAT for the ustat(2)
8567 syscall, SFS_4ARGS for a four argument statfs(2) call,
8568 and SFS_VFS, SFS_MOUNT, or SFS_STATFS for a two argument
8569 statfs(2) call with the declarations in <sys/vfs.h>,
8570 <sys/mount.h>, or <sys/statfs.h> respectively).
8571 Fix glitch in NetInfo support that could return garbage if
8572 there was no "/locations/sendmail" property. From
8573 David Meyer of the University of Virginia.
8574 Change HASFLOCK from defined/not-defined to a 0/1 definition
8575 to allow Linux to turn it off even though it is a
8577 Allow setting of "ident" timeout to zero to turn off the ident
8579 Make 7-bit stripping local to a connection (instead of to a
8580 mailer); this allows you to specify that SMTP is a
8581 7-bit channel, but revert to 8-bit should it advertise
8582 that it supports 8BITMIME. You still have to specify
8583 mailer flag 7 to get this stripping at all.
8584 Improve makesendmail script so it handles more cases automatically.
8585 Tighten up restrictions on taking ownership of :include: files
8586 to avoid problems on systems that allow you to give away
8588 Fix a problem that made it impossible to rebuild the alias
8589 file if it was on a read-only file system. From
8590 Harry Edmon of the University of Washington.
8591 Improve MX randomization function. From John Gardiner Myers
8593 Fix a minor glitch causing a bogus message to be printed (used
8594 %s instead of %d in a printf string for the line number)
8595 when a bad queue file was read. From Harry Edmon.
8596 Allow $s to remain NULL on locally generated mail. I'm not
8597 sure this is necessary, but a lot of people have complained
8598 about it, and there is a legitimate question as to whether
8599 "localhost" is legal as an 822-style domain.
8600 Fix a problem with very short line lengths (mailer L= flag) in
8601 headers. This causes a leading space to be added onto
8602 continuation lines (including in the body!), and also
8603 tries to wrap headers containing addresses (From:, To:,
8604 etc) intelligently at the shorter line lengths. Problem
8605 Reported by Lars-Johan Liman of SUNET Operations Center.
8606 Log the real user name when logging syserrs, since these can have
8607 security implications. Suggested by several people.
8608 Fix address logging of cached connections -- it used to always
8609 log the numeric address as zero. This is a somewhat
8610 bogus implementation in that it does an extra system
8611 call, but it should be an inexpensive one. Fix from
8613 Tighten up handling of short syslog buffers even more -- there
8614 were cases where the outgoing relay= name was too long
8615 to share a line with delay= and mailer= logging.
8616 Limit the overhead on split envelopes to one open file descriptor
8617 per envelope -- previously the overhead was three
8618 descriptors. This was in response to a problem reported
8619 by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
8620 Fixes to better handle the case of unexpected connection closes;
8621 this redirects the output to the transcript so the info
8622 is not lost. From Eric Wassenaar.
8623 Fix potential string overrun if you macro evaluate a string that
8624 has a naked $ at the end. Problem noted by James Matheson
8625 <jmrm@eng.cam.ac.uk>.
8626 Make default error number on $#error messages 553 (``Requested
8627 action not taken: mailbox name not allowed'') instead of
8628 501 (``Syntax error in parameters or arguments'') to
8629 avoid bogus "protocol error" messages.
8630 Strip off any existing trailing dot on names during $[ ... $]
8631 lookup. This prevents it from ending up with two dots
8632 on the end of dot terminated names. From Wesley Craig
8633 of the University of Michigan and Bryan Costales of ICSI.
8634 Clean up file class reading so that the debugging information is
8635 more informative. It hadn't been using setclass, so you
8636 didn't see the class items being added.
8637 Avoid core dump if you are running a version of sendmail where
8638 NIS is compiled in, and you specify an NIS map, but
8639 NIS is not running. Fix from John Oleynick of
8641 Diagnose bizarre case where res_search returns a failure value,
8642 but sets h_errno to a success value.
8643 Make sure that "too many hops" messages are considered important
8644 enough to send an error to the Postmaster (that is, the
8645 address specified in the P option). This fix should
8646 help problems that cause the df file to be left around
8647 sometimes -- unfortunately, I can't seem to reproduce
8649 Avoid core dump (null pointer reference) on EXPN command; this
8650 only occurred if your log level was set to 10 or higher
8651 and the target account was an alias or had a .forward file.
8652 Problem noted by Janne Himanka.
8653 Avoid "denial of service" attacks by someone who is flooding your
8654 SMTP port with bad commands by shutting the connection
8655 after 25 bad commands are issued. From Kyle Jones of
8657 Fix core dump on error messages with very long "to" buffers;
8658 fmtmsg overflows the message buffer. Fixed by trimming
8659 the to address to 203 characters. Problem reported by
8661 Fix configuration for HASFLOCK -- there were some spots where
8662 a #ifndef was incorrectly #ifdef. Pointed out by
8663 George Baltz of the University of Maryland.
8664 Fix a typo in savemail() that could cause the error message To:
8665 lists to be incorrect in some places. From Motonori
8667 Fix a glitch that can cause duplicate error messages on split
8668 envelopes where an address on one of the lists has a
8669 name server failure. Fix from Voradesh Yenbut of the
8670 University of Washington.
8671 Fix possible bogus pointer reference on ESMTP parameters that
8672 don't have an ``=value'' part.
8673 CNAME loops caused an error message to be generated, but also
8674 re-queued the message. Changed to just re-queue the
8675 message (it's really hard to just bounce it because
8676 of the weird way the name server works in the presence
8677 of CNAME loops). Problem noted by James M.R.Matheson
8678 of Cambridge University.
8679 Avoid giving ``warning: foo owned process doing -bs'' messages
8680 if they use ``MAIL FROM:<foo>'' where foo is their true
8681 user name. Suggested by Andreas Stolcke of ICSI.
8682 Change the NAMED_BIND compile flag to be a 0/1 flag so you can
8683 override it easily in the Makefile -- that is, you can
8684 turn it off using -DNAMED_BIND=0.
8685 If a gethostbyname(...) of an address with a trailing dot fails,
8686 try it without the trailing dot. This is because if
8687 you have a version of gethostbyname() that falls back
8688 to NIS or the /etc/hosts file it will fail to find
8689 perfectly reasonable names that just don't happen to
8690 be dot terminated in the hosts file. You don't want to
8691 strip the dot first though because we're trying to ensure
8692 that country names that match one of your subdomains get
8694 PRALIASES: fix bogus output on non-null-terminated strings.
8695 From Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon.
8696 CONFIG: Avoid rewriting anything that matches $w to be $j.
8697 This was in code intended to only catch the self-literal
8698 address (that is, [1.2.3.4], where 1.2.3.4 is your
8699 IP address), but the code was broken. However, it will
8700 still do this if $M is defined; this is necessary to
8701 get client configurations to work (sigh). Note that this
8702 means that $M overrides :mailname entries in the user
8703 database! Problem noted by Paul Southworth.
8704 CONFIG: Fix definition of Solaris help file location. From
8705 Steve Cliffe <steve@gorgon.cs.uow.edu.au>.
8706 CONFIG: Fix bug that broke news.group.USENET mappings.
8707 CONFIG: Allow declaration of SMTP_MAILER_MAX, FAX_MAILER_MAX,
8708 and USENET_MAILER_MAX to tweak the maximum message
8709 size for various mailers.
8710 CONFIG: Change definition of USENET_MAILER_ARGS to include argv[0]
8711 instead of assuming that it is "inews" for consistency
8712 with other mailers. From Michael Corrigan of UC San Diego.
8713 CONFIG: When mail is forwarded to a LOCAL_RELAY or a MAIL_HUB,
8714 qualify the address in the SMTP envelope as user@{relay|hub}
8715 instead of user@$j. From Bill Wisner of The Well.
8716 CONFIG: Fix route-addr syntax in nullrelay configuration set.
8717 CONFIG: Don't turn off case mapping of user names in the local
8718 mailer for IRIX. This was different than most every other
8720 CONFIG: Avoid infinite loops on certainly list:; syntaxes in
8721 envelope. Noted by Thierry Besancon
8722 <besancon@excalibur.ens.fr>.
8723 CONFIG: Don't include -z by default on uux line -- most systems
8724 don't want it set by default. Pointed out by Philippe
8725 Michel of Thomson CSF.
8726 CONFIG: Fix some bugs with mailertables -- for example, if your
8727 host name was foo.bar.ray.com and you matched against
8728 ".ray.com", the old implementation bound %1 to "bar"
8729 instead of "foo.bar". Also, allow "." in the mailertable
8730 to match anything -- essentially, take over SMART_HOST.
8731 This also moves matching of explicit local host names
8732 before the mailertable so they don't have to be special
8733 cased in the mailertable data. Reported by Bill
8734 Gianopoulos of Raytheon; the fix for the %1 binding
8735 problem was contributed by Nicholas Comanos of the
8736 University of Sydney.
8737 CONFIG: Don't include "root" in class $=L (users to deliver
8738 locally, even if a hub or relay exists) by default.
8739 This is because of the known bug where definition of
8740 both a LOCAL_RELAY and a MAIL_HUB causes $=L to ignore
8741 both and deliver into the local mailbox.
8742 CONFIG: Move up bitdomain and uudomain handling so that they
8743 are done before .UUCP class matching; uudomain was
8744 reported as ineffective before. This also frees up
8745 diversion 8 for future use. Problem reported by Kimmo
8747 CONFIG: Don't try to convert dotted IP address (e.g., [1.2.3.4])
8748 into host names. As pointed out by Jonathan Kamens,
8749 these are often used because either the forward or reverse
8750 mapping is broken; this translation makes it broken again.
8751 DOC: Clarify $@ and $: in the Install & Op Guide. From Kimmo
8754 Unicos from David L. Kensiski of Sterling Software.
8755 DomainOS from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
8756 GNU m4 1.0.3 from Karst Koymans of Utrecht University.
8757 Convex from Kimmo Suominen <kim@tac.nyc.ny.us>.
8758 NetBSD from Adam Glass <glass@sun-lamp.cs.berkeley.edu>.
8759 BSD/386 from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
8760 Apollo from Eric Wassenaar.
8761 DGUX from Doug Anderson.
8762 Sequent DYNIX/ptx 2.0 from Tim Wright of Sequent.
8764 src/Makefile.DomainOS
8766 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.1
8767 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.2
8768 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
8770 cf/ostype/domainos.m4
8775 8.6.5/8.6.5 1994/01/13
8776 Security fix: /.forward could be owned by anyone (the test
8777 to allow root to own any file was backwards). From
8778 Bob Campbell at U.C. Berkeley.
8779 Security fix: group ids were not completely set when programs
8780 were invoked. This caused programs to have group
8781 permissions they should not have had (usually group
8782 daemon instead of their own group). In particular,
8783 Perl scripts would refuse to run.
8784 Security: check to make sure files that are written are not
8785 symbolic links (at least under some circumstances).
8786 Although this does not respond to a specific known
8787 attack, it's just a good idea. Suggested by
8788 Christian Wettergren.
8789 Security fix: if a user had an NFS mounted home directory on
8790 a system with a restricted shell listed in their
8791 /etc/passwd entry, they could still execute any
8792 program by putting that in their .forward file.
8793 This fix prevents that by insisting that their shell
8794 appear in /etc/shells before allowing a .forward to
8795 execute a program or write a file. You can disable
8796 this by putting "*" in /etc/shells. It also won't
8797 permit world-writable :include: files to reference
8798 programs or files (there's no way to disable this).
8799 These behaviors are only one level deep -- for
8800 example, it is legal for a world-writable :include:
8801 file to reference an alias that writes a file, on
8802 the assumption that the alias file is well controlled.
8803 Security fix: root was not treated suspiciously enough when
8804 looking into subdirectories. This would potentially
8805 allow a cracker to examine files that were publicly
8806 readable but in a non-publicly searchable directory.
8807 Fix a problem that causes an error on QUIT on a cached
8808 connection to create problems on the current job.
8809 These are typically unrelated, so errors occur in
8811 Reset CurrentLA in sendall() -- this makes sendmail queue
8812 runs more responsive to load average, and fixes a
8813 problem that ignored the load average in locally
8814 generated mail. From Eric Wassenaar.
8815 Fix possible core dump on aliases with null LHS. From
8816 John Orthoefer of BB&N.
8817 Revert to using flock() whenever possible -- there are just
8818 too many bugs in fcntl() locking, particularly over
8819 NFS, that cause sendmail to fail in perverse ways.
8820 Fix a bug that causes the connection cache to get confused
8821 when sending error messages. This resulted in
8822 "unexpected close" messages. It should fix itself
8823 on the following queue run. Problem noted by
8824 Liudvikas Bukys of the University of Rochester.
8825 Include $k in $=k as documented in the Install & Op Guide.
8826 This seems odd, but it was documented.... From
8827 Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
8828 Fix problem that caused :include:s from alias files to be
8829 forced to be owned by root instead of daemon
8830 (actually DefUid). From Tim Irvin.
8831 Diagnose unrecognized I option values -- from Mortin Forssen
8832 of the Chalmers University of Technology.
8833 Make "error" mailer work consistently when there is no error
8834 code associated with it -- previously it returned OK
8835 even though there was a real problem. Now it assumes
8837 Fix bug that caused the last header line of messages that had
8838 no body and which were terminated with EOF instead of
8839 "." to be discarded. Problem noted by Liudvikas Bukys.
8840 Fix core dump on SMTP mail to programs that failed -- it tried
8841 to go to a "next MX host" when none existed, causing
8842 a core dump. From der Mouse at McGill University.
8843 Change IDENTPROTO from a defined/not defined to a 0/1 switch;
8844 this makes it easier to turn it off (using
8845 -DIDENTPROTO=0 in the Makefile). From der Mouse.
8846 Fix YP_MASTER_NAME store to use the unupdated result of
8847 gethostname() (instead of myhostname(), which tries
8848 to fully qualify the name) to be consistent with
8849 SunOS. If your hostname is unqualified, this fixes
8850 transfers to slave servers. Bug noted by Keith
8851 McMillan of Ameritech Services, Inc.
8852 Fix Ultrix problem: gethostbyname() can return a very large
8853 (> 500) h_length field, which causes the sockaddr
8854 to be trashed. Use the size of the sockaddr instead.
8855 Fix from Bob Manson of Ohio State.
8856 Don't assume "-a." on host lookups if NAMED_BIND is not
8857 defined -- this confuses gethostbyname on hosts
8858 file lookups, which doesn't understand the trailing
8860 Log SMTP server subprocesses that die with a signal instead
8861 of from a clean exit.
8862 If you don't have option "I" set, don't assume that a DNS
8863 "host unknown" message is authoritative -- it
8864 might still be found in /etc/hosts.
8865 Fix a problem that would cause Deferred: messages to be sent
8866 as the subject of an error message, even though the
8867 actual cause of a message was more severe than that.
8868 Problem noted by Chris Seabrook of OSSI.
8869 Fix race condition in DBM alias file locking. From Kyle
8871 Limit delivery syslog line length to avoid bugs in some
8872 versions of syslog(3). This adds a new compile time
8873 variable SYSLOG_BUFSIZE. From Jay Plett of Princeton
8874 University, which is in turn derived from IDA.
8875 Fix quotes inside of comments in addresses -- previously
8876 it insisted that they be balanced, but the 822 spec
8877 says that they should be ignored.
8878 Dump open file state to syslog upon receiving SIGUSR1 (for
8879 debugging). This also evaluates ruleset 89, if set
8880 (with the null input), and logs the result. This
8881 should be used sparingly, since the rewrite process
8883 Change -qI, -qR, and -qS flags to be case-insensitive as
8884 documented in the Bat Book.
8885 If the mailer returned EX_IOERR or EX_OSERR, sendmail did not
8886 return an error message and did not requeue the message.
8887 Fix based on code from Roland Dirlewanger of
8888 Reseau Regional Aquarel, Bordeaux, France.
8889 Fix a problem that caused a seg fault if you got a 421 error
8890 code during some parts of connection initialization.
8891 I've only seen this when talking to buggy mailers on
8892 the other end, but it shouldn't give a seg fault in
8893 any case. From Amir Plivatsky.
8894 Fix core dump caused by a ruleset call that returns null.
8895 Fix from Bryan Costales of ICSI.
8896 Full-Name: field was being ignored. Fix from Motonori Nakamura
8897 of Kyoto University.
8898 Fix a possible problem with very long input lines in setproctitle.
8899 From P{r Emanuelsson.
8900 Avoid putting "This is a warning message" out on return receipts.
8901 Suggested by Douglas Anderson.
8902 Detect loops caused by recursive ruleset calls. Suggested by
8904 Initialize non-alias maps during alias rebuilds -- they may be
8905 needed for parsing. Problem noted by Douglas Anderson.
8906 Log sender address even if no message was collected in SMTP
8907 (e.g., if all RCPTs failed). Suggested by Motonori
8909 Don't reflect the owner-list contents into the envelope sender
8910 address if the value contains ", :, /, or | (to avoid
8911 illegal addresses appearing there).
8912 Efficiency hack for toktype macro -- from Craig Partridge of
8914 Clean up DNS error printing so that a host name is always
8916 Remember to set $i during queue runs. Reported by Stephen
8917 Campbell of Dartmouth University.
8918 If the environment variable HOSTALIASES is set, use it during
8919 canonification as the name of a file with per-user host
8920 translations so that headers are properly mapped. Reported
8921 by Anne Bennett of Concordia University.
8922 Avoid printing misleading error message if SMTP mailer (not
8923 using [IPC]) should die on a core dump.
8924 Avoid incorrect diagnosis of "file 1 closed" when it is caused
8925 by the other end closing the connection. From
8926 Dave Morrison of Oracle.
8927 Improve several of the error messages printed by "mailq"
8928 to include a host name or other useful information.
8929 Add NetInfo preliminary support for NeXT systems. From Vince
8931 Fix a glitch that sometimes caused :include:s that pointed to
8932 NFS filesystems that were down to give an "aliasing/
8933 forwarding loop broken" message instead of queueing
8934 the message for retry. Noted by William C Fenner of
8935 the NRL Connection Machine Facility.
8936 Fix a problem that could cause a core dump if the input sequence
8937 had (or somehow acquired) a \231 character.
8938 Make sure that route-addrs always have <angle brackets> around
8939 them in non-SMTP envelopes (SMTP envelopes already do
8941 Avoid weird headers on unbalanced punctuation of the form:
8942 ``Joe User <user)'' -- this caused reference to the
8943 null macro. Fix from Rick McCarty of IO.COM.
8944 Fix a problem that caused an alias "user: user@local.host" to
8945 not have the QNOTREMOTE bit set; this caused configs
8946 to act as if FEATURE(notsticky) was defined even when
8947 it was not. The effect of the problem was to make it
8948 very hard to to set up satellite sites that had a few
8949 local accounts, with everything else forwarded to a
8950 corporate hub. Reported by Detlef Drewanz of the
8951 University of Rostock and Mark Frost of NCD.
8952 Change queuing to not call rulesets 3, {1 or 2}, 4 on header
8953 addresses. This is more efficient (fewer name server
8954 calls) and fixes certain unusual configurations, such
8955 as those that have ruleset 4 do something that is
8956 non-idempotent unless a mailer-specific ruleset did
8957 something else. Problem reported by Brian J. Coan
8958 of the Institute for Global Communications.
8959 Fix the "obsolete argument" routine in main to better understand
8960 new arguments. For example, if you used ``sendmail
8961 -C config -v -q'' it would choke on the -q because
8962 the -C would stop looking for old-format arguments.
8963 Fix the code that was intended to allow two users to forward their
8964 mail to the same program and have them appear unique.
8965 Portability fixes for:
8966 SCO UNIX from Murray Kucherawy.
8967 SCO Open Server 3.2v4 from Philippe Brand.
8968 System V Release 4 from Rick Ellis and others.
8969 OSF/1 from Steve Campbell.
8970 DG/UX from Ben Mesander of the USGS and Bryan Curnutt
8971 of Stoner Associates.
8972 Motorola SysV88 from Kevin Johnson of Motorola.
8973 Solaris 2.3 from Casper H.S. Dik of the University
8974 of Amsterdam and John Caruso of University
8976 FreeBSD from Ollivier Robert.
8977 NetBSD from Adam Glass.
8978 TitanOS from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers University.
8979 Irix from Bryan Curnutt.
8980 Dynix from Jim Davis of the University of Arizona.
8982 Linux from John Kennedy of California State University
8984 Solaris 2.x from Tony Boner of the U.S. Air Force.
8985 NEXTSTEP 3.x from Vince DeMarco.
8986 HP-UX from various people. NOTA BENE: the location
8987 of the config file has moved to /usr/lib
8988 to match the HP-UX version of sendmail.
8989 CONFIG: Don't do any recipient rewriting on relay mailer;
8990 since this is intended only for internal use, the
8991 usual RFC 821/822/1123 rules can be relaxed. The
8992 main point of this is to avoid munging (ugh) UUCP
8993 addresses when relaying internally.
8994 CONFIG: fix typo in mailer/uucp.m4 that mutilates list:;
8995 syntax addresses delivered via UUCP. Solution
8996 provided by Peter Wemm.
8997 CONFIG: fix thumb-fumble in default UUCP relaying in ruleset
8998 zero; it caused double @ signs in addresses. From
8999 Irving Reid of the University of Toronto.
9000 CONFIG: Portability fixes for SCO Unix 3.2 with TCP/IP 1.2.1
9001 from Markku Toijala of ICL Personal Systems Oy.
9002 CONFIG: Add trailing "." on pseudo-domains for consistency;
9003 this fixes a problem (noted by Al Whaley of Sunnyside)
9004 that made it hard to recognize your own pseudodomain
9006 CONFIG: catch "@host" syntax errors (i.e., null local-parts)
9007 rather than letting them get "local configuration
9008 error"s. Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers.
9009 CONFIG: add uucp-uudom mailer variant, based on code posted
9010 by Spider Boardman <spider@Orb.Nashua.NH.US>; this
9011 has uucp-dom semantics but old UUCP syntax. This
9012 also permits "uucp-old" as an alias for "uucp" and
9013 "uucp-new" as a synonym for "suucp" for consistency.
9014 CONFIG: add POP mailer support (from Kimmo Suominen
9015 <kim@grendel.lut.fi>).
9016 CONFIG: drop CSNET_RELAY support -- CSNET is long gone.
9017 CONFIG: fix bug caused with domain literal addresses (e.g.,
9018 ``[128.32.131.12]'') when FEATURE(allmasquerade)
9019 was set; it would get an additional @masquerade.host
9020 added to the address. Problem noted by Peter Wan
9022 CONFIG: make sure that the local UUCP name is in $=w. From
9023 Jim Murray of Stratus.
9024 CONFIG: changes to UUCP rewriting to simulate IDA-style "V"
9025 mailer flag. Briefly, if you are sending to host
9026 "foo", then it rewrites "foo!...!baz" to "...!baz",
9027 "foo!baz" remains "foo!baz", and anything else has
9028 the local name prepended.
9029 CONFIG: portability fixes for HP-UX.
9030 DOC: several minor problems fixed in the Install & Op Guide.
9031 MAKEMAP: fix core dump problem on lines that are too long or
9032 which lack newline. From Mark Delany.
9033 MAILSTATS: print sums of columns (total messages & kbytes
9034 in and out of the system). From Tom Ferrin of UC
9035 San Francisco Computer Graphics Lab.
9036 SIGNIFICANT USER- OR SYSAD-VISIBLE CHANGES:
9037 On HP-UX, /etc/sendmail.cf has been moved to
9038 /usr/lib/sendmail.cf to match HP sendmail.
9039 Permissions have been tightened up on world-writable
9040 :include: files and accounts that have shells
9041 that are not listed in /etc/shells. This may
9042 cause some .forward files that have worked
9043 before to start failing.
9044 SIGUSR1 dumps some state to the log.
9048 src/Makefile.FreeBSD
9049 src/Makefile.Mach386
9056 cf/ostype/bsdi1.0.m4
9058 cf/ostype/dynix3.2.m4
9060 makemap/Makefile.dist
9061 praliases/Makefile.dist
9063 8.6.4/8.6.4 1993/10/31
9064 Repair core-dump problem (write to read-only memory segment)
9065 if you fall back to the return-to-Postmaster case in
9066 savemail. Problem reported by Richard Liu.
9067 Immediately diagnose bogus sender addresses in SMTP. This
9068 makes quite certain that crackers can't use this
9070 Reliability Fix: check return value from fclose() and fsync()
9071 in a few critical places.
9072 Minor problem in initsys() that reversed a condition for
9073 redirecting the output channel on queue runs. It's
9074 not clear this code even does anything. From Eric
9075 Wassenaar of the Dutch National Institute for Nuclear
9076 and High-Energy Physics.
9077 Fix some problems that caused queue runs to do "too much work",
9078 such as double-reading the Errors-To: header. From
9080 Error messages on writing the temporary file (including the
9081 data file) were getting suppressed in SMTP -- this
9082 fix causes them to be properly reported. From Eric
9084 Some changes to support AF_UNIX sockets -- this will only
9085 really become relevant in the next release, but some
9086 people need it for local patches. From Michael
9087 Corrigan of UC San Diego.
9088 Use dynamically allocated memory (instead of static buffers)
9089 for macros defined in initsys() and settime(); since
9090 these can have different values depending on which
9091 envelope they are in. From Eric Wassenaar.
9092 Improve logging to show ctladdr on to= logging; this tells you
9093 what uid/gid processes ran as.
9094 Fix a problem that caused error messages to be discarded if
9095 the sender address was unparseable for some reason;
9096 this was supposed to fall back to the "return to
9098 Improve aliaswait backoff algorithm.
9099 Portability patches for Linux (8.6.3 required another header
9100 file) (from Karl London) and SCO UNIX.
9101 CONFIG: patch prog mailer to not strip host name off of envelope
9102 addresses (so that it matches local again). From
9104 CONFIG: change uucp-dom mailer so that "<>" translates to $n;
9105 this prevents uux from seeing lines with null names like
9106 ``From Sat Oct 30 14:55:31 1993''. From Motonori
9107 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
9108 CONFIG: handle <list:;> syntax correctly. This isn't legal, but
9109 it shouldn't fail miserably. From Motonori Nakamura.
9111 8.6.2/8.6.2 1993/10/15
9112 Put a "successful delivery" message in the transcript for
9113 addresses that get return-receipts.
9114 Put a prominent "this is only a warning" message in warning
9115 messages -- some people don't read carefully enough
9116 and end up sending the message several times.
9117 Include reason for temporary failure in the "warning" return
9118 message. Currently, it just says "cannot send for
9120 Fix the "Original message received" time generated for
9121 returntosender messages. It was previously listed as
9122 the current time. Bug reported by Eric Hagberg of
9123 Cornell University Medical College.
9124 If there is an error when writing the body of a message,
9125 don't send the trailing dot and wait for a response
9126 in sender SMTP, as this could cause the connection to
9127 hang up under some bizarre circumstances. From Eric
9129 Fix some server SMTP synchronization problems caused when
9130 connections fail during message collection. From
9132 Fix a problem that can cause srvrsmtp to reject mail if the
9133 name server is down -- it accepts the RCPT but rejects
9134 the DATA command. Problem reported by Jim Murray of
9136 Fix a problem that can cause core dumps if the config file
9137 incorrectly resolves to a null hostname. Reported by
9138 Allan Johannesen of WPI.
9139 Non-root use of -C flag, dangerous -f flags, and use of -oQ
9140 by non-root users were not put into
9141 X-Authentication-Warning:s as intended because the
9142 config file hadn't set the PrivacyOptions yet. Fix
9143 from Sven-Ove Westberg of the University of Lulea.
9144 Under very odd circumstances, the alias file rebuild code
9145 could get confused as to whether a database was
9147 Check "vendor code" on the end of V lines -- this is
9148 intended to provide a hook for vendor-specific
9149 configuration syntax. (This is a "new feature",
9150 but I've made an exception to my rule in a belief
9151 that this is a highly exceptional case.)
9152 Portability fixes for DG/UX (from Douglas Anderson of NCSC),
9153 SCO Unix (from Murray Kucherawy), A/UX, and OSF/1
9154 (from Jon Forrest of UC Berkeley)
9155 CONFIG: fix ``mailer:host'' form of UUCP relay naming.
9157 8.6.1/8.6 1993/10/08
9158 Portability fixes for A/UX and Encore UMAX V.
9159 Fix error message handling -- if you had a name server down
9160 causing an error during parsing, that message was never
9161 propagated to the queue file.
9164 Configuration cleanup: make it easier to undo IDENTPROTO in
9165 conf.h (other systems have the same bug).
9166 If HASGETDTABLESIZE and _SC_OPEN_MAX are both defined, assume
9167 getdtablesize() instead of sysconf(); a disturbingly
9168 large number of systems defined _SC_OPEN_MAX in the
9169 header files but don't have the syscall.
9170 Another patch to really truly ignore MX records in getcanonname
9172 Fix problem that caused the "250 IAA25499 Message accepted for
9173 delivery" message to be omitted if there was an error
9174 in the header of the message (e.g., a bad Errors-To:
9175 line). Pointed out by Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
9176 Announce name of host we are chatting when we get errors; this
9177 is an IDA-ism suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel.
9178 Portability fixes for Alpha OSF/1 (from Anthony Baxter of the
9179 Australian Artificial Intelligence Institute), SCO Unix
9180 (from Murray Kucherawy of Hookup Communication Corp.),
9181 NeXT (from Vince DeMarco and myself), Linux (from
9182 Karl London <karl@borg.demon.co.uk>), BSDI (from
9183 Christophe Wolfhugel, and SVR4 on Dell (from Kimmo
9184 Suominen), AUX 3.0 on Macintosh, and ANSI C compilers.
9185 Some changes to get around gcc optimizer bugs. From Takahiro
9187 Fix error recovery in queueup if another tf file of the same
9188 name already exists. Problem stumbled over by Bill
9190 Output YP_MASTER_NAME and YP_LAST_MODIFIED without null bytes.
9191 Problem noted by Keith McMillan of Ameritech Services.
9192 Deal with group permissions properly when opening .forward and
9193 :include: files. This relaxes the 8.1C restrictions
9194 slightly more. This includes proper setting of groups
9195 when reading :include: files, allowing you to read some
9196 files that you should be able to read but have previously
9197 been denied unless you owned them or they had "other"
9199 Make certain that $j is in $=w (after the .cf is read) so that
9200 if the user is forced to override some silly system,
9201 MX suppression will still work.
9202 Fix a couple of efficiency problems where newstr was double-
9203 calling expensive routines. In at least one case, it
9204 wasn't guaranteed that they would always return the
9205 same result. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel.
9206 Fix null pointer dereference in putoutmsg -- only on an error
9207 condition from a non-SMTP mailer. From Motonori
9209 Macro expand "C" line class definitions before scanning so that
9211 Fix problem that caused error message to be sent while still
9212 trying to send the original message if the connection
9213 is closed during a DATA command after getting an error
9214 on an RCPT command (pretty obscure). Problem reported
9215 by John Myers of CMU.
9216 Fix reply to NOOP to be 250 instead of 200 -- this is a long
9218 Fix a nasty bug causing core dumps when returning the "warning:
9219 cannot deliver for N hours -- will keep trying" message;
9220 it only occurred if you had PostmasterCopy set and
9221 only on some architectures. Although sendmail would
9222 keep trying, it would send error messages on each
9223 queue interval. This is an important fix.
9224 Allow u and g options to take user and group names respectively.
9225 Don't do a chdir into the queue directory in -bt mode to make
9226 ruleset testing a bit easier.
9227 Don't allow users to turn off logging (using -oL) on the command
9228 line -- command line can only raise, not lower, logging
9230 Set $u to the original recipient on the SMTP transaction or on
9231 the command line. This is only done if there is exactly
9232 one recipient. Technically, this does not meet the
9233 specs, because it does not guarantee a domain on the
9235 Fix a problem that dumped error messages on bad addresses if
9236 you used the -t flag. Problem noted by Josh Smith of
9237 Harvey Mudd College.
9238 Given an address such as ``<foo> <bar>'', auto-quote the first
9239 ``<foo>'' part, giving ``"<foo>" <bar>''. This is to
9240 avoid the problem of people who use angle brackets in
9241 their full name information.
9242 Fix a null pointer dereference if you set option "l", have
9243 an Errors-To: header in the message, and have Errors-To:
9244 defined in the config file H lines. From J.R. Oldroyd.
9245 Put YPCOMPAT on #ifdef NIS instead -- it's one less thing to get
9246 wrong when compiling. Suggested by Rick McCarty of TI.
9247 Fix a problem that could pass negative SIZE parameter if the
9248 df file got lost; this would cause servers to always
9249 give a temporary failure, making the problem even worse.
9250 Problem noted by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
9251 Add "ident" timeout (one of the "r" option selectors) for IDENT
9252 protocol timeouts (30s default). Requested by Murray
9253 Kucherawy of HookUp Communication Corp. to handle bogus
9254 PC TCP/IP implementations.
9255 Change $w default definition to be just the first component of
9256 the domain name on config level 5. The $j macro defaults
9257 to the FQDN; $m remains as before. This lets well-behaved
9258 config files use any of the short, long, or subdomain
9260 Add makesendmail script in src to try to automate multi-architecture
9261 builds. I know, this is sub-optimal, but it is still
9263 Fix very obscure race condition that can cause a queue run to
9264 get a queue file for an already completed job. This
9265 problem has existed for years. Problem noted by the
9266 long suffering Allan Johannesen of WPI.
9267 Fix a problem that caused the raw sender name to be passed to
9268 udbsender instead of the canonified name -- this caused
9269 it to sometimes miss records that it should have found.
9270 Relax check of name on HELO packet so that a program using -bs
9271 that claims to be itself works properly.
9272 Restore rewriting of $: part of address through 2, R, 4 in
9273 buildaddr -- this requires passing a lot of flags to get
9274 it right. Unlike old versions, this ONLY rewrites
9275 recipient addresses, not sender addresses.
9276 Fix a bug that caused core dumps in config files that cannot
9277 resolve /file/name style addresses. Fix from Jonathan
9278 Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
9279 Fix problem with fcntl locking that can cause error returns to
9280 be lost if the lock is lost; this required fully
9281 queueing everything, dropping the envelope (so errors
9282 would get returned), and then re-reading the queue from
9284 Fix a problem that caused aliases that redefine an otherwise
9285 true address to still send to the original address
9286 if and only if the alias failed in certain bizarre
9287 ways (e.g, if they pointed at a list:; syntax address).
9288 Problem pointed out by Jonathan Kamens.
9289 Remove support for frozen configuration files. They caused
9290 more trouble than it was worth.
9291 Fix problem that can cause error messages to get ignored when
9292 using both -odb and -t flags. Problem noted by Rob
9293 McNicholas at U.C. Berkeley.
9294 Include all "normal" variations on hostname in $=w. For example,
9295 if the host name is vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu, $=w will
9296 contain vangogh, vangogh.cs, and vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu.
9297 Add "restrictqrun" privacy flag -- without this, anyone can run
9299 Reset SmtpPhase global on initial connection creation so that
9300 messages don't come out with stale information.
9301 Pass an "ext" argument to lockfile so that error/log messages
9302 will properly reflect the true filename being locked.
9303 Put all [...] address forms into $=w -- this eliminates the need
9304 for MAXIPADDR in conf.h. Suggested by John Gardiner
9306 Fix a bug that can cause qf files to be left around even after
9307 an SMTP RSET command. Problem and fix from Michael
9309 Don't send a PostmasterCopy to errors when the Precedence: is
9310 negative. Error reports still go to the envelope
9312 Add LA_SHORT for load averages.
9313 Lock sendmail.st file when posting statistics.
9314 Add "SendBufSize" and "RcvBufSize" suboptions to "O" option to
9315 set the size of the TCP send and receive buffers; if you
9316 run over a slow slip line you may need to set these down
9317 (although it would be better to fix the SLIP implementation
9318 so that it's not necessary to recompile every program
9319 that does bulk data transfer).
9320 Allow null defaults on $( ... $) lookups. Problem reported by
9322 Diagnose crufty S and V config lines. This resulted from an
9323 observation that some people were using the SITE macro
9324 without the SITECONFIG macro first, which was causing
9325 bogus config files that were not caught.
9326 Fix makemap -f flag to turn off case folding (it was turning it
9327 on instead). THIS IS A USER VISIBLE CHANGE!!!
9328 Fix a problem that caused multiple error messages to be sent if
9329 you used "sendmail -t -oem -odb", your system uses fcntl
9330 locking, and one of the recipient addresses is unknown.
9331 Reset uid earlier in include() so that recursive .forwards or
9332 :include:s don't use the wrong uid.
9333 If file descriptor 0, 1, or 2 was closed when sendmail was
9334 called, the code to recover the descriptor was broken.
9335 This sometimes (only sometimes) caused problems with the
9336 alias file. Fix from Motonori Nakamura.
9337 Fix a problem that caused aliaswait to go into infinite recursion
9338 if the @:@ metasymbol wasn't found in the alias file.
9339 Improve error message on newaliases if database files cannot be
9340 opened or if running with no database format defined.
9341 Do a better estimation of the size of error messages when NoReturn
9342 is set. Problem noted by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
9343 Fix a problem causing the "c" option (don't connect to expensive
9344 mailers) to be ignored in SMTP. Problem noted and the
9345 solution suggested by Robert Elz of The University of
9347 Improve connection caching algorithm by passing "[host]" to
9348 hostsignature, which strips the square brackets and
9349 returns the real name. This allows mailertable entries
9350 to match regular entries.
9351 Re-enable Return-Receipt-To: -- people seem to want this stupid
9352 feature, even if it doesn't work right.
9353 Catch and log attempts to try the "wiz" command in server SMTP.
9354 This also ups the log level from LOG_NOTICE to LOG_CRIT.
9355 Be more generous at assigning $z to the home directory -- do this
9356 for programs that are specified through a .forward file.
9357 Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
9358 Always save a fatal error message in preference to a non-fatal
9359 error message so that the "subject" line of return
9360 messages is the best possible.
9361 CONFIG: reduce the number of quotes needed to quote configuration
9362 parameters with commas: two quotes should work now, e.g.,
9363 define(ALIAS_FILE, ``/etc/aliases,/etc/aliases.local'').
9364 CONFIG: class $=Z is a set of UUCP hosts that use uucp-dom
9365 connections (domain-ized UUCP).
9366 CONFIG: fix bug in default maps (-o must be before database file
9367 name). Pointed out by Christophe Wolfhugel.
9368 CONFIG: add FEATURE(nodns) to state that we are not relying on
9369 DNS. This would presumably be used in UUCP islands.
9370 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(nextstep) and OSTYPE(linux).
9371 CONFIG: log $u in Received: line. This is in technical violation
9372 of the standards, since it doesn't guarantee a domain
9374 CONFIG: don't assume "m" in local mailer flags -- this means that
9375 if you redefine LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS you will have to include
9376 the "m" flag should you want it. Apparently some Solaris 2.2
9377 installations can't handle multiple local recipients.
9378 Problem noted by Josh Smith.
9379 CONFIG: add confDOMAIN_NAME to set $j (if undefined, $j defaults).
9380 CONFIG: change default version level from 4 to 5.
9381 CONFIG: add FEATURE(nullclient) to create a config file that
9382 forwards all mail to a hub without ever looking at the
9383 addresses in any detail.
9384 CONFIG: properly strip mailer: information off of relays when
9385 used to change .BITNET form into %-hack form.
9386 CONFIG: fix a problem that caused infinite loops if presented
9387 with an address such as "!foo".
9388 CONFIG: check for self literal (e.g., [128.32.131.12]) even if
9389 the reverse "PTR" mapping is broken. There's a better
9390 way to do this, but the change is fairly major and I
9391 want to hold it for another release. Problem noted by
9395 Serious bug: if you used a command line recipient that was unknown
9396 sendmail would not send a return message (it was treating
9397 everything as though it had an SMTP-style client that
9398 would do the return itself). Problem noted by Josh Smith.
9399 Change "trymx" option in getcanonname() to ignore all MX data,
9400 even during a T_ANY query. This actually didn't break
9401 anything, because the only time you called getcanonname
9402 with !trymx was if you already knew there were no MX
9403 records, but it is somewhat cleaner. From Motonori
9405 Don't call getcanonname from getmxrr if you already know there
9406 are no DNS records matching the name.
9407 Fix a problem causing error messages to always include "The
9408 original message was received ... from localhost".
9409 The correct original host information is now included.
9410 Previous change to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh doesn't port to Ultrix (their
9411 version of "test" doesn't have the -x flag). Change it
9412 to use -f instead. From John Myers.
9413 CONFIG: 8.4 mistakenly set the default SMTP-style mailer to
9414 esmtp -- it should be smtp.
9415 CONFIG: send all relayed mail using confRELAY_MAILER (defaults
9416 to "relay" (a variant of "smtp") if MAILER(smtp) is used,
9417 else "suucp" if MAILER(uucp) is used, else "unknown");
9418 this cleans up the configs somewhat. This fixes a serious
9419 problem that caused route-addrs to get mistaken as relays,
9420 pointed out by John Myers. WARNING: this also causes
9421 the default on SMART_HOST to change from "suucp" to
9422 "relay" if you have MAILER(smtp) specified.
9425 Add option `w'. If you receive a message that comes to you because
9426 you are the best (lowest preference) target of an MX, and
9427 you haven't explicitly recognized the source MX host in
9428 your .cf file, this option will cause you to try the target
9429 host directly (as if there were no MX for it at all). If
9430 `w' is not set, this case is a configuration error.
9431 Beware: if `w' is set, senders may get bogus errors like
9432 "message timed out" or "host unknown" for problems that
9433 are really configuration errors. This option is
9434 disrecommended, provided only for compatibility with
9436 Fix a problem that caused the incoming socket to be left open
9437 when sendmail forks after the DATA command. This caused
9438 calling systems to wait in FIN_WAIT_2 state until the
9439 entire list was processed and the child closed -- a
9440 potentially prodigious amount of time. Problem noted
9442 Fix problem (created in 6.64) that caused mail sent to multiple
9443 addresses, one of which was a bad address, to completely
9444 suppress the sending of the message. This changes
9445 handling of EF_FATALERRS somewhat, and adds an
9446 EF_GLOBALERRS flag. This also fixes a potential problem
9447 with duplicate error messages if there is a syntax error
9448 in the header of a message that isn't noticed until late
9449 in processing. Original problem pointed out by Josh Smith
9450 of Harvey Mudd College. This release includes quite a bit
9451 of dickering with error handling (see below).
9452 Back out SMTP transaction if MAIL gets nested 501 error. This
9453 will only hurt already-broken software and should help
9455 Fix a problem that broke aliases when neither NDBM nor NEWDB were
9456 compiled in. It would never read the alias file.
9457 Repair unbalanced `)' and `>' (the "open" versions are already
9459 Logging of "done" in dropenvelope() was incorrect: it would
9460 log this even when the queue file still existed. Change
9461 this to only log "done" (at log level 11) when the
9462 queue file is actually removed. From John Myers.
9463 Log "lost connection" in server SMTP at log level 20 if there
9464 is no pending transaction. Some senders just close the
9465 connection rather than sending QUIT.
9466 Fix a bug causing getmxrr to add a dot to the end of unqualified
9467 domains that do not have MX records -- this would cause
9468 the subsequent host name lookup to fail. The problem
9469 only occurred if you had FEATURE(nocanonify) set.
9470 Problem noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
9471 Fix invocation of setvbuf when passed a -X flag -- I had
9472 unwittingly used an ANSI C extension, and this caused
9473 core dumps on some machines.
9474 Diagnose self-destructive alias loops on RCPT as well as EXPN.
9475 Previously it just gave an empty send queue, which
9476 then gave either "Need RCPT (recipient)" at the DATA
9477 (confusing, since you had given an RCPT command which
9478 returned 250) or just dropped the email, depending on
9479 whether you were running VERBose mode. Now it usually
9480 diagnoses this case as "aliasing/forwarding loop broken".
9481 Unfortunately, it still doesn't adequately diagnose
9482 some true error conditions.
9483 Add internal concept of "warning messages" using 6xx codes.
9484 These are not reported only to Postmaster. Unbalanced
9485 parens, brackets, and quotes are printed as 653 codes.
9486 They are always mapped to 5xx codes before use in SMTP.
9487 Clean up error messages to tell both the actual address that
9488 failed and the alias they arose from. This makes it
9489 somewhat easier to diagnose problems. Difficulty noted
9490 by Motonori Nakamura.
9491 Fix a problem that inappropriately added a ctladdr to addresses
9492 that shouldn't have had one during a queue run. This
9493 caused error messages to be handled differently during
9494 a queue run than a direct run.
9495 Don't print the qf name and line number if you get errors during
9496 the direct run of the queue from srvrsmtp -- this was
9497 just extra stuff for users to crawl through.
9498 Put command line flags on second line of pid file so you can
9499 auto-restart the daemon with all appropriate arguments.
9500 Use "kill `head -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to stop the
9501 daemon, and "eval `tail -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to
9503 Remove the ``setuid(getuid())'' in main -- this caused the
9504 IDENT daemon to screw up. This required that I change
9505 HASSETEUID to HASSETREUID and complicate the mode
9506 changing somewhat because both Ultrix and SunOS seem
9507 to have a bug causing seteuid() to set the saved uid
9508 as well as the effective. The program test/t_setreuid.c
9509 will test to see if your implementation of setreuid(2)
9510 is appropriately functional.
9511 The FallBackMX (option V) handling failed to properly identify
9512 fallback to yourself -- most of the code was there,
9513 but it wasn't being enabled. Problem noted by Murray
9514 Kucherawy of the University of Waterloo.
9515 Change :include: open timeout from ETIMEDOUT to an internal
9516 code EOPENTIMEOUT; this avoids adding "during SmtpPhase
9517 with CurHostName" in error messages, which can be
9518 confusing. Reported by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision
9520 Back out setpgrp (setpgid on POSIX systems) call to reset the
9521 process group id. The original fix was to get around
9522 some problems with recalcitrant MUAs, but it breaks
9523 any call from a shell that creates a process group id
9524 different from the process id. I could try to fix
9525 this by diddling the tty owner (using tcsetpgrp or
9526 equivalent) but this is too likely to break other
9528 Portability changes:
9529 Support -M as equivalent to -oM on Ultrix -- apparently
9530 DECnet calls sendmail with -MrDECnet -Ms<HOST> -bs
9531 instead of using standard flags. Oh joy. This
9532 behavior reported by Jon Giltner of University
9534 SGI IRIX -- this includes several changes that should
9535 help other strict ANSI compilers.
9536 SCO Unix -- from Murray Kucherawy of HookUp Communication
9538 Solaris running the Sun C compiler (which despite the
9539 documentation apparently doesn't define
9540 __STDC__ by default).
9541 ConvexOS from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
9542 Sony NEWS workstations and Omron LUNA workstations from
9544 CONFIG: add confTRY_NULL_MX_LIST to set option `w'.
9545 CONFIG: delete `C' and `e' from default SMTP mailers flags;
9546 several people have made a good argument that this
9547 creates more problems than it solves (although this
9548 may prove painful in the short run).
9549 CONFIG: generalize all the relays to accept a "mailer:host"
9551 CONFIG: move local processing in ruleset 0 into a new ruleset
9552 98 (8 on old sendmail). Domain literal [a.b.c.d]
9553 addresses are also passed through this ruleset.
9554 CONFIG: if neither SMART_HOST nor MAILER(smtp) were defined,
9555 internet-style addresses would "fall off the end" of
9556 ruleset zero and be interpreted as local -- however,
9557 the angle brackets confused the recursive call.
9558 These are now diagnosed as "Unrecognized host name".
9559 CONFIG: USENET rules weren't included in S0 because of a mistaken
9560 ifdef(`_MAILER_USENET_') instead of
9561 ifdef(`_MAILER_usenet_'). Problem found by Rein Tollevik
9562 of SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo.
9563 CONFIG: move up LOCAL_RULE_0 processing so that it happens very
9564 early in ruleset 0; this allows .mc authors to bypass
9565 things like the "short circuit" code for local addresses.
9566 Prompted by a comment by Bill Wisner of The Well.
9567 CONFIG: add confSMTP_MAILER to define the mailer used (smtp or
9568 esmtp) to send SMTP mail. This allows you to default
9569 to esmtp but use a mailertable or other override to
9570 deal with broken servers. This logic was pointed out
9571 to me by Bill Wisner. Ditto for confLOCAL_MAILER.
9572 Changes to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh to make it portable to SVR4
9573 environments. Ugly as sin.
9576 Fix setuid problems introduced in 8.2 that caused messages
9577 like "Cannot create qfXXXXXX: Invalid argument"
9578 or "Cannot reopen dfXXXXXX: Permission denied". This
9579 involved a new compile flag "HASSETEUID" that takes
9580 the place of the old _POSIX_SAVED_IDS -- it turns out
9581 that the POSIX interface is broken enough to break
9582 some systems badly. This includes some fixes for
9583 HP-UX. Also fixes problems where the real uid is
9584 not reset properly on startup (from Neil Rickert).
9585 Fix a problem that caused timed out messages to not report the
9586 addresses that timed out. Error messages are also more
9588 Drop required bandwidth on connections from 64 bytes/sec to
9590 Further Solaris portability changes -- doesn't require the BSD
9591 compatibility library. This also adds a new
9592 "HASGETDTABLESIZE" compile flag which can be used if
9593 you want to use getdtablesize(2) instead of sysconf(2).
9594 These are loosely based on changes from David Meyer at
9595 University of Oregon. This now seems to work, at least
9596 for quick test cases.
9597 Fix a problem that can cause duplicate error messages to be
9598 sent if you are in SMTP, you send to multiple addresses,
9599 and at least one of those addresses is good and points
9600 to an account that has a .forward file (whew!).
9601 Fix a problem causing messages to be discarded if checkcompat()
9602 returned EX_TEMPFAIL (because it didn't properly mark
9603 the "to" address). Problem noted by John Myers.
9604 Fix dfopen to return NULL if the open failed; I was depending
9605 on fdopen(-1) returning NULL, which isn't the case. This
9606 isn't serious, but does result in weird error diagnoses.
9607 From Michael Corrigan.
9608 CONFIG: add UUCP_MAX_SIZE M4 macro to set the maximum size of
9609 messages sent through UUCP-family mailers. Suggested
9610 by Bill Wisner of The Well.
9611 CONFIG: if both MAILER(uucp) and MAILER(smtp) are specified,
9612 include a "uucp-dom" mailer that uses domain-style
9613 addressing. Suggested by Bill Wisner.
9614 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_SHELL_FLAGS and LOCAL_SHELL_ARGS to match
9615 LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS and LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS. Suggested by
9616 Christophe Wolfhugel.
9617 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(aix3). From Christophe Wolfhugel.
9620 Don't drop out on config file parse errors in -bt mode.
9621 On older configuration files, assume option "l" (use Errors-To
9622 header) for back compatibility. NOTE: this DOES NOT
9623 imply an endorsement of the Errors-To: header in any way.
9624 Accept -x flag on AIX-3 as well as OSF/1. Why, why, why???
9625 Don't log errors on EHLO -- it isn't a "real" error for an old
9626 SMTP server to give an error on this command, and
9627 logging it in the transcript can be confusing. Fix
9629 IRIX compatibility changes provided by Dan Rich
9630 <drich@sandman.lerc.nasa.gov>.
9631 Solaris 2 compatibility changes. Provided by Bob Cunningham
9632 <bob@kahala.soest.hawaii.edu>, John Oleynick
9633 <juo@klinzhai.rutgers.edu>
9634 Debugging: -d17 was overloaded (hostsignature and usersmtp.c);
9635 move usersmtp (smtpinit and smtpmailfrom) to -d18 to
9636 match the other flags in that file.
9637 Flush transcript before fork in mailfile(). From Eric Wassenaar.
9638 Save h_errno in mci struct and improve error message display.
9639 Changes from Eric Wassenaar.
9640 Open /dev/null for the transcript if the create of the xf file
9641 failed; this avoids at least one possible null pointer
9642 reference in very weird cases. From Eric Wassenaar.
9643 Clean up statistics gathering; it was over-reporting because of
9644 forks. From Eric Wassenaar.
9645 Fix problem that causes old Return-Path: line to override new
9646 Return-Path: line (conf.c needs H_FORCE to avoid
9647 re-using old value). From Motonori Nakamura.
9648 Fix broken -m flag in K definition -- even if -m (match only)
9649 was specified, it would still replace the key with the
9650 value. Noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
9651 If the name server timed out over several days, no "timed out"
9652 message would ever be sent back. The timeout code
9653 has been moved from markfailure() to dropenvelope()
9654 so that all such failures should be diagnosed. Pointed
9655 out by Christophe Wolfhugel and others.
9656 Relax safefile() constraints: directories in an include or
9657 forward path must be readable by self if the controlling
9658 user owns the entry, readable by all otherwise (e.g.,
9659 when reading your .forward file, you have to own and
9660 have X permission in it; everyone needs X permission in
9661 the root and directories leading up to your home);
9662 include files must be readable by anyone, but need not
9664 If _POSIX_SAVED_IDS is defined, setuid to the owner before
9665 reading a .forward file; this gets around some problems
9666 on NFS mounts if root permission is not exported and
9667 the user's home directory isn't x'able.
9668 Additional NeXT portability enhancements from Axel Zinser.
9669 Additional HP-UX portability enhancements from Brian Bullen.
9670 Add a timeout around SMTP message writes; this assumes you can
9671 get throughput of at least 64 bytes/second. Note that
9672 this does not impact the "datafinal" default, which
9673 is separate; this is just intended to work around
9674 network clogs that will occur before the final dot
9675 is sent. From Eric Wassenaar.
9676 Change map code to set the "include null" flag adaptively --
9677 it initially tries both, but if it finds anything
9678 matching without a null it never tries again with a
9679 null and vice versa. If -N is specified, it never
9680 tries without the null and creates new maps with a
9681 null byte. If -O is specified, it never tries with
9682 the null (for efficiency). If -N and -O are specified,
9683 you get -NO (get it?) lookup at all, so this would
9684 be a bad idea. If you don't specify either -N or -O,
9686 Fix recognition of "same from address" so that MH submissions
9687 will insert the appropriate full name information;
9688 this used to work and got broken somewhere along the
9690 Some changes to eliminate some unnecessary SYSERRs in the
9691 log. For example, if you lost a connection, don't
9692 bother reporting that fact on the connection you lost.
9693 Add some "extended debugging" flags to try to track down
9694 why we get occasional problems with file descriptor
9695 one being closed when execing a mailer; it seems to
9696 only happen when there has been another error in the
9697 same transaction. This requires XDEBUG, defined
9698 by default in conf.h.
9699 Add "-X filename" command line flag, which logs both sides of
9700 all SMTP transactions. This is intended ONLY for
9701 debugging bad implementations of other mailers; start
9702 it up, send a message from a mailer that is failing,
9703 and then kill it off and examine the indicated log.
9704 This output is not intended to be particularly human
9705 readable. This also adds the HASSETVBUF compile
9706 flag, defaulted on if your compiler defines __STDC__.
9707 CONFIG: change SMART_HOST to override an SMTP mailer. If you
9708 have a local net that should get direct connects, you
9709 will need to use LOCAL_NET_CONFIG to catch these hosts.
9710 See cf/README for an example.
9711 CONFIG: add LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS (default: `mail -d $u') to handle
9712 sites that don't use the -d flag.
9713 CONFIG: hide recipient addresses as well as sender addresses
9714 behind $M if FEATURE(allmasquerade) is specified; this
9715 has been requested by several people, but can break
9716 local aliases. For example, if you mail to "localalias"
9717 this will be rewritten as "localalias@masqueradehost";
9718 although initial delivery will work, replies will be
9719 broken. Use it sparingly.
9720 CONFIG: add FEATURE(domaintable). This maps unqualified domains
9721 to qualified domains in headers. I believe this is
9722 largely equivalent to the IDA feature of the same name.
9723 CONFIG: use $U as UUCP name instead of $k. This permits you
9724 to override the "system name" as your UUCP name --
9725 in particular, to use domain-ized UUCP names. From
9726 Bill Wisner of The Well.
9727 CONFIG: create new mailer "esmtp" that always tries EHLO
9728 first. This is currently unused in the config files,
9729 but could be used in a mailertable entry.
9731 8.1C/8.1B 1993/06/27
9732 Serious security bug fix: it was possible to read any file on
9733 the system, regardless of ownership and permissions.
9734 If a subroutine returns a fully qualified address, return it
9735 immediately instead of feeding it back into rewriting.
9736 This fixes a problem with mailertable lookups.
9737 CONFIG: fix some M4 frotz (concat => CONCAT)
9739 8.1B/8.1A 1993/06/12
9740 Serious bug fix: pattern matching backup algorithm stepped by
9741 two tokens in classes instead of one. Found by Claus
9742 Assmann at University of Kiel, Germany.
9744 8.1A/8.1A 1993/06/08
9745 Another mailertable fix....
9748 4.4BSD freeze. No semantic changes.
projects / dragonfly.git / blob